10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Last 7 days
    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors present comprehensive experimental observations and a theoretical framework to explain the heterogeneous behaviour of sarcomeres in cardiomyocytes. They show that a stochastic component exists in their contractile activity, which may act as a feedback mechanism regulating physiological function.

      Strengths:

      Experiments and data analysis are robust and valid. The rigorous statistical analysis and unbiased methods enable the authors to draw well-supported conclusions that go beyond the existing literature. Their outcomes inform about cellular activity at the individual level and the authors explain how the transient dynamics of single sarcomeres are governed by a force-velocity relationship and lead to the complex contractile patterns. The similarity of the results to the study cited in [24] demonstrates the validity of the in vitro setup for answering these questions and the feasibility of such in-vitro systems to extend our knowledge of out-of-equilibrium dynamics in cardiac cells.

      Very interesting the suggestion that the interplay between intrinsic fluctuations and the dynamic instability are part of a feedback mechanism for maintaining structural and functional homeostasis.

      The addition of the theoretical model and the new text of the manuscript improves the clarity of the study.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Dad et al. explored the roles of cytosolic carboxypeptidase 5(CCP5)in the development of ependymal multicilia in the brain. CCP family are erasers of polyglutamylation of ciliary-axoneme microtubules. The authors generated a new mutant mouse of Agbl5 gene, which encodes CCP5, with deletion of its N-terminus and partial carboxypeptidase (CP) domain (named AGBL5M1/M1).

      Strengths:

      The mutant mice revealed lethal hydrocephalus due to degeneration of ependymal multicilia. Interestingly, this is in contrast with the phenotype of Agbl5 mutants with disruption solely in the CP domain of CCP5 (named AGBL5M2/M2) that did not develop hydrocephalus despite increased glutamylation levels in ependymal cilia as observed for AGBL5M1/M1 mutants. The study has been well-performed and the findings suggest a unique function of the N-domain of CCP5 in ependymal multicilia stability.

      Weaknesses:

      The content of this article is relatively descriptive and lacks molecular insights, regarding the function of the CCP5 N-domain.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have appropriately revised the manuscript in response to most of my comments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Gruskin and colleagues use twin data from a movie-watching fMRI paradigm to show how genetic control of cortical function intersects with the processing of naturalistic audiovisual stimuli. They use hyperalignment to dissect heritability into the components that can be explained local differences in cortical-functional topography and those that cannot. They show that heritability is strongest at slower-evolving neural time scales, and more evident in functional connectivity estimates than in response time series.

      Strengths:

      This is a very thorough paper that tackles this question from several different angles. I very much appreciate the use of hyperalignment to factor our topographic differences and found the relationship between heritability and neural time scales very interesting. The writing is clear and the results are compelling. In general, I don't have many complaints after a couple reads through the manuscript; most of my comments below are relatively minor suggestions and points of clarification.

      Weaknesses:

      The only "weaknesses" I identified were some points where I think the methods, interpretation, or visualization could be clarified:

      On page 16, you compare heritability in functional connectivity (FC) and response time series and find that the heritability effect is larger in FC. In general, I agree with your diagnosis that this is in large part due to the fact that FC captures the covariance structure across parcels, whereas response time series only diverge in terms of univariate time-point-by-time-point differences. Another important factor here is that (within-subject) FC can be driven by intrinsic fluctuations that occur with idiosyncratic timing across subjects and are unrelated to the stimulus (whereas time-locked metrics like ISC and time-series differences cannot, by definition). This makes me wonder how this connectivity result would change if you used intersubject functional connectivity (ISFC) analysis to specifically isolate the stimulus-driven components of functional connectivity (Simony et al., 2016). This, to me, would provide a closer comparison to the ISC and response time series results, and could allow the authors to quantify how much of the heritability in FC is intrinsic versus stimulus-driven. I'm not asking that the authors actually perform this analysis, as I don't think it's critical for the message of the manuscript-but it could be an interesting future direction. As the authors discuss on page 17, I also suspect there's something fundamentally shared between response time series and connectivity as they relate to functional topography (Busch et al., 2021) that drives part of the heritability effect.

      The observation that regions with intermediate ISC have the largest differences between MZ, DZ, and UR is very interesting, but it's kind of hard to see in Figure 1B. Is there any other way to plot this that might make the effect more obvious? For example, I could imagine three scatter plots where the x- and y-axes are, e.g., MZ ISC and UR ISC, and each data point is a parcel. In this kind of plot, I would expect to see the middle values lifted visibly off the diagonal/unity line toward MZ. You could even color the data points according to networks like in Figure 3C. (You also might not need to scale the ISC axis all the way to r = 1, which would make the differences more visible.)

      On page 9, if I understand correctly, you regress the vector of ISC values across parcels out of the vector of heritability values across parcels and then plot the residual heritability values. Do you center the heritability values (or include some kind of intercept) in the process? I'm trying to understand why the heritability values go from all positive (Figure 2A) to roughly balanced between positive and negative (Figure 2B). Important question for me: How should we interpret negative values in this plot? Can you explain this explicitly in the text? (I also wonder if there's a more intuitive way to control for ISC. For example, instead of regressing out ISC at the parcel/map level, could you go into a single parcel and then regress the subject-level pairwise ISC values out when computing the heritability score?)

      On page 4 (line 155), you say "we shuffled dyad labels"-is this equivalent to shuffling rows and columns of the pairwise subject-by-subject matrix combined across groups? I'm trying to make sure your approach here is consistent with recommendations by Chen et al., 2016. Is this the same kind of shuffling used for the kinship matrix mentioned at line 189?

      I found panel A in Figure 4 to be a little bit misleading because your parcel-wise approach to hyperalignment won't actually resolve topographic idiosyncrasies across a large cortical distance like what's depicted in the illustration (at the scale of the parcels you're performing hyperalignment within). Maybe just move the green and purple brain areas a bit closer to each other so they could feasibly be "aligned" within a large parcel. Worth keeping in mind when writing that hyperalignment is also not actually going to yield a one-to-one mapping of functionally homologous voxels across individuals: it's effectively going to model any given voxel time series as a linear combination of time series across other voxels in the parcel.

      References:

      Busch, E. L., Slipski, L., Feilong, M., Guntupalli, J. S., di Oleggio Castello, M. V., Huckins, J. F., Nastase, S. A., Gobbini, M. I., Wager, T. D., & Haxby, J. V. (2021). Hybrid hyperalignment: a single high-dimensional model of shared information embedded in cortical patterns of response and functional connectivity. NeuroImage, 233, 117975. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2021.117975

      Chen, G., Shin, Y. W., Taylor, P. A., Glen, D. R., Reynolds, R. C., Israel, R. B., & Cox, R. W. (2016). Untangling the relatedness among correlations, part I: nonparametric approaches to inter-subject correlation analysis at the group level. NeuroImage, 142, 248-259. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2016.05.023

      Simony, E., Honey, C. J., Chen, J., Lositsky, O., Yeshurun, Y., Wiesel, A., & Hasson, U. (2016). Dynamic reconfiguration of the default mode network during narrative comprehension. Nature Communications, 7, 12141. https://doi.org/10.1038/ncomms12141

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have adequately addressed my previous comments. This is a strong contribution: the methods are sophisticated, the statistical treatment is rigorous, and the results are quite interesting/compelling. I'm happy to endorse the revised manuscript as a finalized version.

      Just to confirm: The subjects watched all different movies across the two days, right? For a moment I was wondering "are Day 1 and Day 2 repetitions of the same movies?" Given that Day 1 and Day 2 are an organizational feature of several figures, it might be worth making this very explicit in the Methods and reminding the reader in the Results section.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed some of comments raised in the previous round of review and have opted to proceed to a Version of Record without additional review.]

      Summary:

      This is an excellent and strong paper. The authors not only show the mechanisms of action of destabilizing mutations in VHL, but notably, they also go on to computationally design and experimentally test an inhibitor that restores wild-type pVHL function, offering starting points for a new class of kidney cancer drugs. The approach that the authors take here can be used to target destabilizing mutations in repressor proteins, common in diseases, including cancer.

      Strengths:

      This paper is the culmination of an extraordinary amount of work, over years, including method development and testing by a broad range of tools and experiments. It is thorough and comprehensive. It is also well-written and easy to follow.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors quantified and compared the 3D kinematics of bill and tongue movements between two seed-eating bird species: one that specializes on soft seeds, and one that is more adapted to feeding on hard seeds. Their goal was to determine specifically what the role of the tongue was for processing (e.g., dehusking) seeds, and to understand how differences in biting strength between species affect other aspects of seed processing. The authors provided intricate (visual) details of seed processing movements, and showed how coordination between the tongue and cranial kinesis (i.e., mobility of the upper bill relative to the cranium) is both critically important for properly positioning seeds to enhance feeding efficiency. Many studies have detailed how seed-eating birds process seeds, but this study has elevated those to a new level of quantification and visualization for readers to fully experience firsthand. Furthermore, the authors established that the force-velocity trade-off that has been observed between bill functions (e.g., feeding and singing) is largely driven by the contractile properties of the muscles. The conclusions are well supported by the results, and the authors placed the results more broadly into the context of manual grasping, making the argument that these birds achieve high levels of dexterity with far fewer degrees of freedom, which could have potential biomimetic applications.

      Strengths:

      This study builds upon - and advances - our understanding of the feeding mechanics of seed-eating birds using cutting-edge 3-dimensional modeling and kinematics. Their quantitative analyses of upper and lower bill, tongue, and seed displacements are complemented by elegant visualizations of seed processing in each species. Their comprehensive Bayesian modeling statistical framework tackles the issue of small sample sizes (i.e., few subjects) with volumes of data for each (i.e., lots of sequential kinematic variables) that plague comparative biomechanics studies, principally because (a) it is difficult to gather these high resolution XROMM and muscle contractile data on more than just a few subjects, and (b) these data streams are inherently very large, as they are gathered at high frame and sampling rates. Furthermore, I believe their approach to statistically testing for differences between species sets a new standard for our field that could (perhaps should?) be implemented in other similar types of studies. Another strength is in how the results were packaged: each subsection indicated how the objectives were addressed, and there were concluding statements trailing each subsection that helped deliver the key takeaways.

      Weaknesses:

      A potential weakness is one that the authors themselves mentioned, regarding the body (and skull) size differences between species. Because gape size limits bite force, and given the force-velocity tradeoff in muscle function, there could be limitations on the rapid manipulation of relatively large seeds for similar reasons in the smaller finches. I see that the small finches appear to overcompensate in their beak rotations, but it's not clear how those compensatory movements might affect their seed processing kinematics with their preferred seed sizes. This does not nullify the authors' conclusions, but the results for the smaller finches might not be entirely representative of seed processing mechanics in smaller species.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Many previous studies have reported inter-item biases in visual working memory tasks. These biases can be either attractive or repulsive, depending on the particular experiments. It has been difficult to explain these biases in a unifying theoretical framework. Recently, Chetverikov (the first author of the current manuscript) proposed a demixing model for explaining these biases in Ref 22. That paper shows that both attractive and repulsive biases could emerge in the demixing framework depending on the noise properties. The current manuscript seeks to test the predictions of the demixing model experimentally in a series of new experiments and find evidence supporting the demixing model.

      Because previous modeling results described in reference 22 (which is a preprint) are essential in interpreting the results reported in the current manuscript, I also studied that preprint and used the results reported in that paper to help interpret the results in this paper. My comments below will also contain discussions of that modeling paper.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the computational model tested in the paper is novel and interesting.

      The demixing framework represents an appealing hypothesis that deserves further investigation.

      The current paper provides new empirical data showing that the target stimuli with the same absolute noise level can be either repelled from or attracted to non-target items, depending on the relative noise levels. The observation that biases depend on the relative noise levels is by itself an interesting one, and is consistent with the prediction of the demixing model.

      Weaknesses:

      While this manuscript contains interesting new experimental observations and theoretical ideas, it has several substantial problems in its current form, which limit the conclusions that can be drawn. The description of the computational model is too brief. The key modeling assumptions need to be better motivated and explained. As the computational models generate different predictions in different regimes, it is a bit difficult to evaluate how well the experimental data support the model at a more quantitative level. Also, the results focused on studying the biases in the behavior; it is unclear whether the model can fully explain the behavior data (such as error distributions or behavioral precision).

      Major concerns:

      (1) Concerns/suggestions regarding the computational modeling

      The current paper seeks to test the predictions of the demixing-based computational model proposed in reference 22. There are several problems with the modeling component in the current paper.

      (1a) The description of the model is too brief and difficult to understand. Although the model was proposed in reference 22, it would still be beneficial to provide more details of the model so that readers can understand and appreciate the strengths/limitations of the model.

      The generative model and the inference procedure could be better explained to better link the model to the behavior. In particular, how was the observer's behavioral report in each trial modeled? This requires more explanation because currently the demixing procedure estimates four parameters for a given trial, yet for a given trial, only one behavioral report was produced (e.g., current Experiment 1), or two reports were produced sequentially (e.g., current Experiment 2).

      (1b) Key modeling assumptions need better justification.

      One such key assumption is that on a given trial, each stimulus triggers many samples (or approximately, an entire response distribution), rather than a single sample. This assumption deviates substantially from prior work on ideal observer models. It was not clear whether this assumption is realistic. For the type of stimuli used in the current experiments, perhaps one can argue that each pixel corresponds to one sample of brain activity, thus collectively each stimulus should trigger many samples of activity in the brain. If this were to be the case, it would have two implications. First, the noise parameter in the model should be directly related to the magnitude of the stimulus noise. Thus, one should be able to plug these experimentally-controlled parameter values into the model to directly generate predictions about the biases. Second, when using stimuli with no stimulus variability (e.g., simple grating stimuli), the predicted biases should change. However, it wasn't clear whether this would hold experimentally, i.e., using gratings would lead to different biases or no biases.

      If the variability of the samples for a given stimulus involves neural noise, it would be useful to justify why it is reasonable to consider that many samples were generated per stimulus.

      (1c) As mentioned in (1b), the model assumes that on each trial, a large number of samples was generated. It would be useful to study and report how the prediction would change when the number of samples generated per stimulus is small. In particular, what happens when each stimulus only generates one measurement? This might be useful for interpreting previous experiment results with grating stimuli.

      (1d) Reference 22 studies how the predicted biases depend on the d-prime of the identifying dimension and found that the pattern of the biases varies substantially depending on the information available for the identifying dimension. However, the current paper didn't really discuss this important point. It is also unclear what parameters the authors used for the d-prime of the identifying dimension. Was it fitted directly to the data? The Methods section has some description on the "identifiability dimension", but it was a bit obscure.

      Intuitively, when the d-prime of the identifying dimension is very large, the demixing problem becomes irrelevant. In this case, there should not be any biases induced by demixing. In the case of the d-prime for the identifying dimension is 0, the problem should reduce to the simplified 1-d problem studied in reference 22. If my reading of reference 22 was correct, they reported different conclusions. It would be useful to clarify these points.

      In any case, the d-prime of the identifying dimension appears to be a key parameter. It would be great to constrain this parameter using the empirical data. When the d-prime of the identifying parameter is small, the observer would easily confuse the probed stimulus with the other stimulus in a given trial. This should lead to poor task performance. Thus, it may be possible to directly estimate the value of the d-prime of the identifying dimension based on the observer's performance, and then use this parameter to generate model predictions accordingly.

      (1e) The current model assumes that a large number of samples are generated per stimulus and the brain can manipulate this information to perform the demixing task. It was well documented that visual working memory has a capacity limit (i.e., it can only hold information about a few items); this discrepancy needs to be clarified or addressed.

      (2) How well the computational model can explain the experimental data remains not entirely clear

      The authors show that there exists a parameter regime that can qualitatively explain the experimental finding. They also show that it is possible to fit the model to the data to explain the bias patterns. However, given that the model is flexible, it would be stronger if the authors could show that the same parameters that explain the biases could also explain other aspects of the behavior, for example, the magnitude of the errors.

      In other words, the model is not well constrained in the way it was tested in the paper. But it should be possible to improve it. First, if the noise parameter in the model is determined by the stimulus variability, one can determine it directly based on the external noise in the stimuli (discussed also in 1b) and see what prediction it leads to. Second, from the behavioral data, it may be possible to estimate the noise for the identifying dimension. Doing so will help better constrain the model.

      It would also help if the authors could report the best-fitted parameters from the experimental data. From these parameters, one can simulate synthetic data and apply the demixing model to see if the error distribution of the simulated observers is indeed similar to the experimentally measured error distribution. That way, one can check whether the fitted parameter explains the observer's behavioral performance beyond the biases.

      Other comments:

      (1) How does the model account for the swap errors? I am not sure I understood the way how the swap errors were treated in the paper. To me, substantial swap errors seem to be a consequence of having low d-prime values for the identifying dimension; that is, if there is only little information to discriminate the identity of the two stimuli, swap errors would be large. However, this possibility didn't seem to be mentioned in the paper.

      (2) Since the solution of the demixing problem was obtained using a numerical procedure based on EM. It would be useful to check whether the initialization has affected the biases obtained.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors seek to understand and identify the neural plasticity that underlies recovery from precise unilateral hemi-pyramidotomy. The corticospinal tract is severed on one side in the pyramids below the exit of corticoreticular projections. Recovery from the injury is achieved with an intensive wheel running rehabilitation regime. The anatomical sites of plasticity, the importance of plasticity in different reticular areas<br /> to recovery, and the impact of the degree of plasticity observed on recovery as correlated predictors, are shown.

      Strengths:

      Refined anatomical analysis using mouse line and genetic and viral intersectional tracing identifies specific reticular targets of likely enhanced cortical control that correlate with recovery of locomotor skill.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The study is correlational at this time. This does not undercut the value of the data and the identification of targets of plasticity achieved in the work.

      (2) Generalization of motor gains beyond locomotion was not tested. Reach-to-grasp tasks for feeding were not tested.

      (3) Some discussions and use of the terms fine motor and skilled motor are fuzzy, and the limitations of the study are not sufficiently clearly stated.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Microbialization (bacterial overgrowth) is a recognized component of degraded, eutrophied coral reefs where there is a shift from coral to algal dominance on the benthos. In addition, previous work has demonstrated that virus communities shift from a lytic strategy dominated (kill-the-winner) to a temperate (lysogenic) strategy dominated with reef microbialization. Kelman et al. sought to leverage previously published virus metagenomes produced from the water column of healthy and degraded coral reefs to assess virus community metabolic shifts. The authors also produce a conceptual model to demonstrate the potential impact of the observed metabolism shifts on reef fates.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of the manuscript is the findings from their metagenomic analyses and results. The virus metagenomes were produced using established approaches in the field and yield sufficient data per sample for their analyses. Interesting results regarding the shift in the types of genes from anaplerotic to cataplerotic provide the foundation for testable hypotheses to determine the magnitude of impact virus strategies have on reef health. The introduction is also well written and sets up the scene very well.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The methods text currently omits important information related to the sampling design. It is not clear how many metagenomes are from healthy and degraded communities. This impacts the interpretability and robustness of the statistical results. Furthermore, it is unclear if analyses are based on assembled contigs or read-based alignments. Improving the clarity and organization of the Methods is essential for reproducibility.

      (2) Regarding the bioinformatics approach, normalization using the "percent known" approach within samples may not fully account for discovery bias related to sequencing depth. While Supplementary Table 1 shows variability in read counts, the lack of community-level metadata makes it difficult to determine if sequencing depth covaries with community type (healthy vs. degraded). The study would benefit from a rarefaction analysis or subsampling to ensure that gene frequency trends and Spearman correlations are biological signals rather than artifacts of sequencing effort.

      (3) The qualitative model in Figure 5 is positioned as evidence for the role of viruses in reef health, but it does not provide independent support for the authors' hypotheses. Since the model is parameterized using "arbitrary units" to reflect the authors' assumptions rather than being derived from the empirical metagenomic data, it serves as a helpful illustration of a hypothesis but not as a validation of the findings.

      (4) Results and discussion require revisions to improve readability and connectivity across sections. Ensuring a clear distinction between empirical data and model-based speculation would help the audience better appreciate the science.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The review by Dorrell and Whittington synthesizes the progress made over the past few years with respect to a normative theory of grid cells. The core question addressed by normative frameworks of grid cells is what primary computational function grid cells serve. The review discusses evidence from mechanistic models and experimental data that point to path integration as the computational function of grid cells, consistent with results from normative models. The main goal of the review is to clarify the normative grid cell theory literature. However, the current version of the article reads at times more like a perspective or opinion article in support of the path integration hypothesis rather than a critical review of normative frameworks in the grid cell literature that contrasts the benefits and limitations, as well as pitfalls and caveats, with other modelling approaches.

      Some specific comments are as follows:

      (1) Abstract: "The first question quickly attracted an answer: grid cells subserve path integration ..." - I am not sure if this statement is correct. The first grid cell paper by Hafting and Fyhn in 2005 suggested that grid cells are part of a path integration-based map, and the paper emphasizes the map part. It remained unclear, and is still debated, whether grid cells are part of a system performing path integration or whether grid maps reflect the output/result of a path integration process. Other theories about the function of grid cells were brought forward as well. Although the main competing theory is discussed in this review, this review article at times appears more as a perspective or opinion article with a clear bias toward the path integration hypothesis rather than objectively discussing the evidence.

      (2) Grid cells may serve multiple functions. What would be the implications for our understanding of grid cells and for interpreting the results of normative models? In general, the review could discuss some pitfalls or caveats of normative models in more detail.

      (3) A normative framework can be helpful in two ways: (a) Given sufficient details on biological constraints, a normative model can help identify the computational function of grid cells. If a computational function is given and - under the given simulated biological constraints - grid cells were part of the solution, the results of the model would support the hypothesis that grid cells serve the computational function in question. (b) If a computational function were identified beyond any doubt (e.g., assume experimental data demonstrated that grid cells are necessary and sufficient for path integration), a normative model would help identify biological parameters necessary to produce grid cell firing. Unfortunately, the review falls short in making this clear distinction between (a) and (b) and in discussing important caveats regarding mixing up these two ways. E.g., the neural network model approaches by Sorscher et al. and others have been criticized because they try to achieve two things at the same time: find support for the computational function of grid cells and identify optimal parameters that result in grid cells. But doing both at the same time provides a strong bias in tweaking the parameters in exactly the way you need for the model to produce grid cells as a solution (other solutions may be possible given other parameters), preventing strong conclusions regarding the computational function of grid cells and preventing conclusions about what the parameter choices mean for biological connectivity motifs. These caveats in setting up normative models and interpreting them could be discussed in greater detail.

      (4) A common assumption underlying most grid cell models is that head direction is viewed as identical to movement direction. However, head direction can differ at times from movement direction, and entorhinal head direction cells code head direction rather than movement direction (Raudies et al., 2015; 10.1016/j.brainres.2014.10.053). This missing link in how movement direction signals reach and inform grid cells could be discussed.

      (5) "Knowing that one neuron in a module is active and that you make a movement north uniquely determines which neuron in that module should be active next" - I agree that this rule follows from the fact that grid cells within one module differ in phase but share spacing and orientation. However, I am surprised that the authors do not also make the argument here for the value of a normative model. Rebecca R.G. et al. (10.7554/eLife.96627) use exactly the rule cited above as a normative function. They demonstrate that this rule begets grid cells. Isn't this a prime example of how a normative approach can contribute to scientific inquiry? First, a hypothesis about a computational function is derived from experimental data. And in turn, using a normative framework, the experimental data are derived from the computational function (under appropriate biological results). The paper is discussed later together with Nicolai Waniek's work (10.1162/neco_a_01255). However, in my opinion, their work seems to be somewhat misrepresented in that later paragraph. E.g., velocity is still required as an input to determine which neuron should be active next, neurons do not need to be binary units, and space is not discretized beyond the fact that space is encoded by neurons with spatial firing fields.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Extracellular electrophysiology datasets are growing in both number and size, and recordings with thousands of sites per animal are now commonplace. Analyzing these datasets to extract the activity of single neurons (spike sorting) is challenging: signal to noise is low, the analysis is computationally expensive, and small changes in analysis parameters and code can alter the output. The authors address the problem of volume by packaging the well-characterized SpikeInterface pipeline in a framework that can distribute individual sorting jobs across many workers in a compute cluster or cloud environment. Reproducibility is ensured by running containerized versions of the processing components.

      The authors apply the pipeline in two important examples. The first is a thorough study comparing the performance of two widely used spike-sorting algorithms (Kilosort 2.5 and Kilosort 4). They use hybrid datasets created by injecting measured spike waveforms (templates) into existing recordings, adjusting those waveforms according to the measured drift in the recording. These hybrid ground truth datasets preserve the complex noise and background of the original recording. Similar to the original Kilosort 4 paper, which uses a different method for creating ground truth datasets that include drift, the authors find Kilosort 4 significantly outperforms Kilosort 2.5. The second example measures the impact of compression of raw data on spike sorting with Kilosort 4, showing that accuracy, precision, and recall of the ground truth units is not significantly impacted even by lossy compression. As important as the individual results, these studies provide good models for measuring the impact of particular processing steps on the output of spike sorting.

      Strengths:

      The pipeline uses the Nextflow framework, which makes it adaptable to different job schedulers and environments. The high-level documentation is useful, and the GitHub code is well organized. The two example studies are thorough and well-designed and address important questions in the analysis of extracellular electrophysiology data.

      Weaknesses:

      There are no major weaknesses in the revised manuscript. While no data analysis pipeline can cover the needs of all experiments, the authors have added and significant flexibility in the pipeline. Even experimenters who might opt for a simpler pipeline will benefit from this work as a model.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript examines how Streptococcus pyogenes regulates expression of the virulence factor SpeB in response to both bacterial and host-derived cues. The authors propose that Vfr acts as a repressor of speB expression and that degradation of Vfr by SpeB or by neutrophil-derived proteases relieves this repression. This creates a model in which S. pyogenes can sense proteolytic activity during infection and use that information to tune virulence factor expression.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of the study is the bacterial regulatory mechanism. The dual reporter system provides a useful way to follow speB and hasABC expression, and the genetic analysis of known regulators helps validate the system. The media-swap experiments, recombinant Vfr experiments, and SpeB-mediated degradation of Vfr support the conclusion that Vfr represses speB and that proteolysis can relieve this repression. The finding that SpeB can degrade Vfr is particularly interesting because it suggests an autoregulatory mechanism that could reinforce SpeB expression once it has been initiated.

      Weaknesses:

      The host side of the model is less completely supported. The authors show that neutrophil lysates and protease-containing fractions can induce the speB reporter and degrade Vfr, which supports the idea that neutrophil-derived proteases can affect this circuit. However, the in vivo interpretation relies heavily on PAD4-deficient mice to implicate neutrophil extracellular traps. PAD4 deficiency is a useful perturbation, but it does not by itself distinguish loss of extracellular trap formation from changes in neutrophil recruitment, survival, degranulation, phagocytosis, oxidative killing, or other neutrophil death pathways. As a result, the current data support a role for neutrophil-associated proteolytic activity more strongly than they support a specific role for extracellular traps. This distinction is important for interpreting the central model. The bacterial circuit is well developed, but the host-derived cue remains somewhat underdefined. If the relevant signal is extracellular protease activity more broadly, then the model is still interesting, but the conclusion should be framed around neutrophil-derived proteolytic stress rather than extracellular traps specifically. If extracellular traps are the key in vivo source of protease exposure, then additional evidence would be needed to separate that mechanism from other neutrophil effector functions that remain intact in PAD4-deficient cells.

      Overall:

      This is a valuable study with solid evidence for a bacterial protease-sensing regulatory mechanism controlling SpeB expression. The work should be useful to investigators interested in bacterial virulence regulation, host-pathogen interactions, and how pathogens integrate immune-derived cues during infection. The impact of the study would be stronger if the host-derived signal were defined more precisely, but the bacterial Vfr-SpeB circuit provides a compelling framework for thinking about how S. pyogenes links proteolytic activity to virulence gene expression.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors presented a simplified E. coli cell-free protein synthesis (eCFPS) system reduces core reaction components from 35 to 7, improving protein expression levels. They also presented a "fast lysate" protocol that simplifies extract preparation, enhancing accessibility and robustness for diverse applications.

      Strengths:

      The authors present a valuable new protocol for eCFPS, which simplifies its application.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors provide data for optimization but offer insufficient explanation of the fundamental mechanisms underlying the phenomenon based on data.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have satisfactorily addressed the concerns raised by the reviewers. However, the mechanistic basis of the observed performance gain remains insufficiently substantiated. The attribution of this improvement to enhanced transcription is currently speculative. This point could be directly tested by quantifying mRNA levels, for example, using real-time PCR, in both the initial and optimized systems. Such analysis would significantly strengthen the mechanistic interpretation of the results.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Pecak et al have deciphered the conformational dynamics of a heterodimeric model ABC transporter, TmrAB, a functional homolog of the human antigen transporter TAP, using single molecule Forster resonance energy and fluorophores attached to residues at either nucleotide binding domains or periplasmic gate. The analysis not only differentiated ATP-free and bound states, but also enabled the real time monitoring of protein conformational changes precisely dissecting transport cycles and resolving transient intermediates. This study is absolutely significant in providing and establishing a general pipeline delineating the conformational dynamics in heterodimeric ABC transporters.

      Strengths:

      The scientific study is very well documented for experimental design, results and conclusions supported by the experimental data. Authors have determined the conformational dynamics of TmrAB across different ATP concentrations including physiological ones and resolved an outward open state and other conformational states consistent with previous cryoEM and DEER studies. Authors have also mentioned limitations in the study.

      Comments on revised version.

      Authors have worked on most of the revisions stated in previous feedback and included in the newer version, which has been significantly improved. Other comments have been described to be out of scope from this study.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      WIPI1 is a PROPPIN family protein that has been implicated in Retromer-mediated membrane fission events. Although the cargos that it has been tested to be important for are diverse, one of the cargos that is unaffected is Beta1-Integrin. This leads the authors to assess another PROPPIN family protein - WIPI2, which is a homolog of WIPI1. KD using siRNA is effective and had no consequences on LAMP1, EGFR trafficking or GLUT1 trafficking. Integrin-B1, however, had a large and significant defect in its recycling from the endosome, with a clear endosomal colocalisation. Complementation experiments with WT WIPI2 recovered the phenotype, but various mutant WIPI2 complements resulted in elongated tubules, and there was also a dominant negative effect of the mutant. Integrin is a classic retriever cargo, so the authors rationalise that WIPI2 may be playing a role with retriever that WIPI1 plays with retromer. To assess this, they perform a set of immunoprecipitations. SNX17, the retriever-associated sorting nexin, co-IPs with WIPI2 in a VPS26C-dependent manner. VPS26C but not VPS26 co-IPs with WIPI2, and the reciprocal with WIPI1. These interactions were not present for the FSSS mutation of WIPI2. WIPI2 localises to Rab11 endosomes mainly, as does retriever. Mutations of WIPI2 not only affected WIPI2 localisation, but also VPS35L mutations, indicating that there is a functional relationship between the two.

      Comments on revised version.

      The reviewers have responded appropriately to all the points. I have no remaining concerns.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper reports the findings of a neuroimaging experiment that tested the hypothesis that the cortex, specifically early visual areas, reinstates the content from single events during our lives. The researchers tested this hypothesis by presenting to-be-remembered pictures of objects at spatial locations on the computer screen and then testing subjects with both recall and recognition. They show that during memory testing, the spatial location of the object can be decoded from the pattern of cortical BOLD responses measured with fMRI. They go on to show that the spatial tuning is higher during recognition than recall, that the tuning is correlated with memory retrieval accuracy, and that the retrieved precision is predicted by the encoded precision, particularly in the higher-level visual areas. Thus, the paper finds evidence of cortical reinstatement of details from a single event in a human life.

      Strengths:

      This is a strong manuscript that I have had the luxury of commenting on during a round of review at another prestigious journal. As a result, the authors have already made changes to address previous comments about highlighting the complementary learning systems approach more to motivate the alternative prediction that the cortex should only show evidence of reinstatement after repeated presentations. In addition, the authors have fleshed out the discussion of working memory in this task. They also revised their review of the literature to include citations suggesting spatial locations are normal parts of our episodic representations, likely obligatory in nature, as my group and others have argued in completely unrelated work. I applaud the authors for being responsive to a previous round of review and using the comments to address relatively minor issues with the paper, even though they moved on to a different journal. Thus, I found the paper even stronger than at first approach, and at first blush, the results were intriguing and the paper well written.

      Weaknesses:

      There is a logical perspective in the narrative that seems to unnecessarily weaken the paper. The paper shows evidence consistent with the conclusion that mnemonic representations are contained in early visual cortex, but then argues that those representations are not actually stored therein. For example, the first half of the last sentence of the conclusions (see page 19 of the manuscript). I understand the perspective that subcortical mechanisms must be involved in the act of retrieval, given the neuropsychology and other evidence. But if storage is elsewhere with the same fidelity so as to code this information, then how would such a memory system work? The MTL neurons would need to have the real, precise representation of all the orientations encoded at all the retinotopic locations, a mirror to V1 in terms of precision, because that's the actual memory representation being retrieved, so its fidelity will be limited by what is stored in the file, so to speak. Then, at retrieval, the paper proposes that the brain just reactivates the encoding context in V1 to help with the response output and ensure the precision of the behavioral responses. This must mean that the hippocampus/MTL has cells and networks with tuning functions that match the precision in all the cortical sensory systems that they are integrating context across, given the episodic memory models like Polyn and colleagues (2009, Psych Rev). So, there are little MTL maps that are completely redundant with V1, M1, A1, S1, etc.? Why such redundancy?

      Why not propose that what the subcortical systems do is to encode a unique pattern for that episode, that is separated from others, that just links (or provides pointers to, in computer science jargon) the contextual details stored in the cortical networks themselves? In this way, we can explain why neglected patients also neglect their memories of the town square. This has always been my interpretation of the results of the Polyn et al. (2006, Science) paper and the models tested with those whole-brain results. That is, you see widespread cortical context reinstatement during (one-shot) free recall events that included visual selective cortex for faces when faces were being recalled, but included a broad network, probably V1, and activating sounds in A1, body posture in M1, etc., though the latter three examples did not discriminate between categories of memoranda, in their experiments. Given that you show that activity in V1 during retrieval looks like it is being used, you should propose that the early cortex really participates in memory storage functions. V1 neurons are wired up to neurons of other selectivities in a competitive network with plastic synaptic connections. How would experience be prevented from changing activity in the cortex? Yes, cortical changes slow after the critical periods, as studied in the classic eye suturing experiments to study ocular dominance, but changes in cortical representations do not stop with maturity, with the pinwheel centers looking like they are context sensitive, thus, changing rapidly to events across time (Okamoto, Ikezoe, et al., 2011, Sci Reports). The brain would need a no-plasticity mechanism, and instead, it looks like the cortex can completely rewire even in adulthood (Buonomano & Merzenich, 1998, Annu Rev Neuro).

      I believe that the paper needs to describe the strong/radical interpretation of the current findings; that they are consistent with the view that the entire brain may be a memory structure, with encoding linking representations across sensory cortices. But also activating semantic and lexical systems, emotional networks encoding those aspects of context which we know can sometimes strongly drive effects, a nice prediction that could be made in the discussion/conclusions. Here you are looking at how precise the visual reinstatement is in V1 during retrieval following one exposure. One parsimonious mechanism to explain this effect is that the brain stores details of events using the neurons that do the high-fidelity perception of the event. Given that our goal is to stimulate thinking among fellow scientists so that this paper can be a citation classic, I think the paper should be revised so that it paints a complete picture of the theoretical possibilities of its findings.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study examines the mechanisms underlying retinal toxicity associated with certain AAV gene therapy vectors, particularly in the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE) and photoreceptors following expression of transgenes such as GFP. The findings suggest that AAV-related retinal toxicity is driven less by transgene identity itself and more by distinct pathogenic mechanisms, including stress-induced injury in RPE cells and interferon-mediated damage in photoreceptors. The comments are as follows:

      (1) The AAV vectors were manufactured in-house, and the production method is described in sufficient detail. However, were any characterization assays performed beyond qPCR-based titer determination, such as vector genome titer, capsid titer, empty/full capsid ratio, sterility, bioburden, endotoxin, mycoplasma, residual host cell DNA, residual plasmid DNA, or residual host cell protein testing? These analyses, particularly those assessing residual impurities and microbial contamination, are critical, as such contaminants may provoke inflammatory responses following subretinal injection. This, in turn, could confound the interpretation of the results, including the identification of the molecular pathways contributing to toxicity as well as the specific role of GFP-associated toxicity. Please provide any characterization information for the AAV vectors.

      (2) The study uses contralateral or uninjected eyes as controls, but this choice may not adequately account for changes induced by the subretinal injection procedure itself. Because the earliest assessment of RPE toxicity was performed at 2 weeks post-injection, any injury, inflammation, retinal detachment-related stress, or wound-healing responses triggered by the surgical procedure could have contributed to the observed phenotype. As a result, comparisons to uninjected eyes alone make it difficult to distinguish vector or transgene-specific toxicity from procedure related effects. Inclusion of a more appropriate procedural control, such as sham-injected eyes or eyes injected with vehicle/buffer alone, would have strengthened the study by enabling clearer discrimination between injection-related retinal responses and toxicity attributable to the AAV construct or transgene expression.

      (3) The authors used phalloidin staining on RPE-choroid flatmounts to evaluate RPE toxicity, which provides useful information on RPE morphology and structural disruption. However, it would be highly informative to also assess the presence and distribution of subretinal microglia/macrophages, for example, by Iba1 immunostaining, in the same preparations. Specifically, determining whether Iba1-positive cells accumulate in or around areas of RPE dystrophy would help clarify the contribution of local inflammatory responses to the observed pathology. Such analysis could strengthen the interpretation of the toxicity phenotype by revealing whether RPE degeneration is accompanied by focal immune cell recruitment and whether these cells spatially associate with regions of tissue damage. This would also provide additional insight into whether inflammation is likely to be a downstream consequence of RPE injury or a more direct contributor to disease progression, especially in light of publications by Danial Saban's group regarding the characterization of microglia phenotypes using RNA-seq analysis.

      (4) The Discussion should also address the anatomical and procedural differences between neonatal and adult mouse eyes, particularly with respect to retinal thickness and the potential impact of subretinal injection-related injury. Because the RPE toxic effects appeared less severe in adult mice, it would be valuable for the authors to consider whether this difference reflects true age-dependent biological susceptibility or, at least in part, differences in the mechanical consequences of the injection procedure. Neonatal retinas are thinner and structurally less mature than adult retinas, which may render them more vulnerable to injection-associated stress, retinal detachment, or secondary tissue injury following subretinal delivery. In contrast, the greater retinal thickness and maturity of the adult eye may provide some degree of resilience to procedural trauma, thereby reducing the apparent severity of RPE damage. Expanding the Discussion to consider these factors would strengthen the interpretation of the age-related differences observed in toxicity and help distinguish vector- or transgene-driven effects from potential confounding effects introduced by the delivery method itself.

      Overall, this manuscript presents a detailed and comprehensive analysis of transgene-induced retinal toxicity and makes effective use of multiple mouse models to dissect the contribution of relevant molecular pathways. The study is particularly strengthened by its systematic approach, combining histologic, transcriptomic, and genetic loss-of-function strategies to distinguish the mechanisms underlying toxicity in the RPE versus photoreceptors. By evaluating several knockout mouse lines, the authors can move beyond descriptive observations and begin to assign causality to specific stress and immune signaling pathways, thereby providing important mechanistic insight into AAV-associated retinal injury. These findings are timely and relevant to the broader field of ocular gene therapy, as they highlight the complexity of vector- and transgene-related toxicity and underscore the need for careful pathway-level evaluation during preclinical development.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. In the latest version, the authors have made textual revisions that note caveats about the quality of the chromatin accessibility data.]

      In the manuscript entitled "Flexible and high-throughput simultaneous profiling of gene expression and chromatin accessibility in single cells," Soltys and colleagues present easySHARE-seq, a method described as an improvement upon SHARE-seq for the simultaneous measurement of RNA transcripts and chromatin accessibility.

      The authors demonstrate the utility of easySHARE-seq by profiling approximately 20,000 nuclei from the murine liver, successfully annotating cell types and linking cis-regulatory elements to target genes. The authors claim that easySHARE-seq supports longer read lengths potentially enabling better variant discovery or allele-specific signal assessment, though they do not provide direct evidence to support these specific claims.

      A key strength of the protocol is enhanced sequencing efficiency, achieved by shortening the Index 1 read from 99 to 17 nucleotides. This reduction does not come at a significant cost to barcode diversity, retaining approximately 3.5 million combinations. Additionally, the approach allows for the sequencing of a sub-library to assess quality prior to final barcoding and sequencing which seems quite clever.

      While the increase in RNA transcript recovery is substantial, it appears to come at a cost: there is a notable decrease in ATAC fragments per cell compared to the original SHARE-seq (and other platforms). Likely as a result, the dimensionality reduction (UMAP) shows good resolution for RNA profiles but relatively poor resolution for accessibility profiles. Furthermore, the presented data suggests potential ambient RNA contamination; specifically, the detection of Albumin in HSCs and B cells is likely an artifact of the protocol rather than a biological signal.

      Overall, the study is well-presented and represents a promising advance.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      NPAS4 is an activity-dependent transcription factor that regulates inhibitory synapses onto active pyramidal neurons. In this study, the authors examined whether this molecular mechanism influences neural coding in awake animals. To accomplish this, they generated a sparse, CA1-specific NPAS4 knockout in mice and compared knockout neurons with neighboring wild-type neurons recorded from the same animals during navigation. They found that, although neurons lacking NPAS4, which received diminished somatic inhibition and enhanced dendritic inhibition, still encoded location, their spatial firing was less precise: place fields were broader and less stable, showed weaker firing within the field, and exhibited more firing outside the field. KO neurons also exhibited poorer temporal organization with weaker coupling to theta oscillations and reduced phase precession, two signatures of precise spike timing in the hippocampus. Overall, the study suggests that NPAS4 links the balance of somatic and dendritic inhibition to the quality of circuit-level coding by refining the spatial and temporal precision of neuronal firing.

      Strengths:

      Using a sparse CA1-specific knockout, the authors compared NPAS4-deficient neurons with neighboring wild-type neurons within the same animal and network. This is a significant advantage because it minimizes confounding factors arising from global circuit disruption, providing a clearer comparison of genotypes. Furthermore, the rigorous optogenetic tagging strategy used to distinguish KO from WT neurons in vivo makes the single-cell comparisons much more convincing. Electrophysiological recordings from intermingled WT and KO neurons enable precise spike-timing measurements relative to a shared local field potential, which would be challenging to obtain with calcium imaging.

      Weaknesses:

      Rather than an acute manipulation, the authors rely on a chronic, sparse knockout, and NPAS4 had been deleted for at least one month before recording. Consequently, while the paper demonstrates a robust long-term phenotype, it is less definitive about the immediate causal sequence by which NPAS4 induction alters inhibition and reshapes spatial and temporal coding. Furthermore, the study focuses on single-neuron coding during navigation and does not test whether the observed degradation in coding precision leads to corresponding impairments in learning or memory in the same animals. In the discussion, the authors suggest that NPAS4 may be especially important for ripple-associated activity during sleep; however, the paper does not test this possibility.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This revised manuscript represents a partial response to the concerns raised in the first round of review. The authors have made one genuine mechanistic addition in the form of the semi-permeabilized cell reconstitution assay, removed the most overreaching conclusions regarding the contribution of cytoplasmic TDP-43 aggregation to disease, and made several minor presentational improvements. However, the central weaknesses of the original submission remain substantially unaddressed. The exclusive reliance on non-physiological TDP-43 variants, the incompletely resolved mechanism linking XPO1 to TDP-43 phase behavior, and the limited organoid validation continue to limit confidence in the major claims. The authors have, in several instances, responded by removing contested data rather than by providing the additional evidence that was requested.

      (1) The justification for the 2KQ acetylation-mimetic system remains inadequate.

      The authors respond to the concern about the non-physiological nature of the 2KQ mutant by citing published evidence that TDP-43 acetylation occurs in ALS patient spinal cord and is upregulated under oxidative and proteotoxic stress conditions. While these references are real and support the relevance of acetylation as a pathological post-translational modification, they do not resolve the central concern: there is no quantification of how much endogenous TDP-43 is acetylated at the specific lysine residues mimicked by 2KQ in degenerating human neurons, and no evidence that the degree of RNA-binding disruption imposed by the double glutamine substitution is ever achieved by endogenous acetylation in vivo. The 2KQ mutant eliminates RNA binding essentially completely, whereas physiological acetylation events are graded, reversible, and likely partial. The response conflates the existence of TDP-43 acetylation as a phenomenon with validation that 2KQ is a physiologically accurate model of that phenomenon. None of the new experiments address the request to test whether wild-type TDP-43 expressed at near-physiological levels, or a bona fide heterozygous ALS-linked TARDBP mutant in iPSC-derived neurons, responds to XPO1 modulation in a qualitatively similar fashion. Until this is shown, the mechanistic conclusions of this paper remain constrained to a highly artificial overexpression system and cannot be extrapolated to physiological or pathological TDP-43 biology with confidence.

      (2) The homozygous K181E organoid model is still not adequately justified, and no heterozygous comparison has been provided.

      The authors acknowledge that the homozygous background is "more sensitive for detecting phospho-TDP-43" and argue that homozygous conditions are commonly used in experimental TDP-43 research. However, the critical issue is not whether homozygous models are used in general, but whether the homozygous background specifically alters the relative contribution of cytoplasmic aggregation versus nuclear RNA-processing dysfunction in this study. In a homozygous K181E model, both alleles produce an RNA-binding-defective TDP-43, meaning that every molecule of endogenous TDP-43 in the cell is dysfunctional. This is categorically different from the patient situation in which one wild-type allele is present, and it may substantially exaggerate nuclear loss-of-function relative to cytoplasmic gain-of-function phenotypes. The authors have not performed the requested comparison with heterozygous K181E/+ organoids, nor have they acknowledged that the organoid genotype itself could bias the interpretation of what KPT-276 treatment rescues. Given that the organoid section is now the sole in-disease-model validation of the XPO1 mechanism, this limitation is more consequential than it was in the original submission.

      (3) The new semi-permeabilized cell data is a genuine contribution, but the mechanistic interpretation remains insufficiently constrained.

      The development of the streptolysin O semi-permeabilized cell reconstitution system is the most substantive new addition to this revision. The finding that LMB-stabilized anisosomes resist cytosol washout but dissolve upon RNase T1 treatment is interesting and provides a plausible indirect mechanism: XPO1 inhibition retains nuclear RNA, and this elevated nuclear RNA availability contributes to maintaining the liquid LLPS state of the TDP-43 2KQ condensate. This is a meaningful mechanistic advance and deserves credit. However, several important limitations of this new data are not adequately discussed. First, RNase T1 degrades single-stranded RNA globally during permeabilization, so the experiment does not identify which specific RNA species stabilize the anisosome, nor whether these are pre-mRNA splicing intermediates, mature mRNA, non-coding RNA, or another class. Second, the same nuclear export blockade that retains RNA will also retain the nuclear concentrations of many RNA-binding proteins, splicing factors, and other XPO1-dependent cargos. The RNase T1 experiment does not exclude the possibility that the relevant effect is mediated by an RNA-binding protein whose nuclear concentration increases upon LMB treatment and which, upon RNase digestion, can no longer engage TDP-43 or the anisosome shell. Third, the permeabilized cell system is by definition not intact and has lost cytosolic factors; whether the RNA-dependent stabilization of anisosomes operates in the same way in intact cells during physiological or pathological nuclear export perturbation is an assumption, not a demonstrated fact. The authors should more carefully frame these data as hypothesis-generating and explicitly note these alternative interpretations in the Discussion.

      (4) The conceptual asymmetry between XPO1 inhibition and XPO1 overexpression phenotypes is not resolved by the new mechanism.<br /> The paper continues to present two XPO1 perturbation phenotypes that are difficult to reconcile within a single mechanistic model. XPO1 inhibition enlarges anisosomes, maintains their liquid character by FRAP, and retains them in the nucleus. XPO1 overexpression also enlarges TDP-43 puncta, but these are FRAP-impaired, gel-like, and appear in the cytoplasm. The RNA-retention model proposed by the new semi-permeabilized data explains why XPO1 inhibition stabilizes the liquid state, but it does not explain why XPO1 overexpression drives the opposite outcome: gel-like hardening and cytoplasmic redistribution. If increased nuclear RNA availability is the key variable downstream of XPO1 inhibition, then XPO1 overexpression would be expected to decrease nuclear RNA and thereby destabilize anisosomes toward dissolution or hardening. The paper does not test whether nuclear RNA levels are indeed altered by XPO1 overexpression, nor whether the cytoplasmic gel-like puncta seen in XPO1-overexpressing cells are RNA-poor relative to control anisosomes. The revised Discussion does not engage with this asymmetry in a satisfying way, and the figure model remains qualitative. A quantitative or at least semi-quantitative model that accounts for both arms of the XPO1 perturbation is needed.

      (5) The removal of RNA-seq data weakens rather than strengthens the organoid section.

      The authors have removed the bulk RNA-seq analysis from the revised manuscript in response to concerns that the modest transcriptional rescue was being over-interpreted. While the decision to remove over-interpretation is appropriate, the result is that the organoid section now rests entirely on pTDP-43 immunostaining as its sole readout. The revised paper thus uses reduction in immunofluorescent pTDP-43 puncta in homozygous K181E organoids as the only evidence that nuclear export inhibition mitigates TDP-43 proteinopathy in a disease-relevant context. This is a weaker evidentiary base than before the revision, not an improvement. The originally requested more sensitive orthogonal readouts, including biochemical fractionation for SDS-insoluble TDP-43, filter-trap assays, or RNA aptamer-based detection of TDP-43 aggregates, remain absent. Without at least one additional independent measure confirming that cytoplasmic TDP-43 aggregation is genuinely reduced rather than simply rendered antigenically undetectable, the organoid conclusion is not adequately supported. At minimum, the authors should provide total and cytoplasmic TDP-43 fractionation data from organoid lysates to corroborate the immunostaining result.

      (6) No functional neuronal readout has been provided for the organoid model.

      The organoid section now makes the claim that "nuclear export is required for the formation of p-TDP-43-containing aggregates in a disease-relevant organoid model," but no measure of neuronal health, integrity, or function is reported in association with this. Even a simple assessment of neuron survival by TUJ1 or MAP2 quantification, neurite complexity, or cleaved caspase-3 staining before and after KPT-276 treatment would substantially strengthen the biological significance of the pTDP-43 reduction. The current data establish a pharmacological effect on a pathological marker but do not demonstrate that this has any consequence for neuronal biology in the organoid, which is what the disease-relevance framing implies.

      (7) The abstract and title continue to overstate the mechanistic conclusions.<br /> Despite the stated intent to reframe the study as a screening study and to temper the conclusions, the revised abstract retains the language: "These findings establish nuclear export as a key regulator of TDP-43 phase transitions and define a mechanistic framework that links altered nuclear transport and phase dynamics to TDP-43 aggregation potential." Similarly, the Discussion still states: "a particularly compelling aspect of our study is the discovery that the nuclear export receptor XPO1 governs TDP-43 liquid-to-solid transitions and subcellular localization." The word "governs" and the phrase "establish nuclear export as a key regulator" are not warranted by data that derive entirely from an overexpressed acetylation-mimetic mutant in a colon cancer cell line and a homozygous K181E organoid model. A more accurate framing would describe these findings as identifying nuclear export as one of several cellular processes that modulate TDP-43 phase behavior in a sensitized model system, with an indirect RNA-mediated mechanism that remains to be defined at the molecular level. The title change from "governs" to "modulates" is appreciated but does not extend into the abstract and Discussion, where the strong causal language persists.

      (8) Individual siRNA knockdown validation for XPO1 has not been provided.

      The authors argue that validation with 6 independent siRNAs across two rounds of screening, combined with convergent pharmacological data, is sufficient to establish XPO1 as a genuine hit. While the convergence of chemical and genetic evidence is reassuring, the specific request was for protein-level confirmation of XPO1 knockdown efficiency in the DLD1 TDP-43 2KQ cells used for mechanistic follow-up, together with demonstration that the anisosome phenotype is specifically caused by loss of XPO1 and not by off-target effects. This is a straightforward experiment, and its absence is particularly notable given that the entire mechanistic XPO1 narrative hinges on this specificity. At minimum, an immunoblot confirming XPO1 protein depletion in cells treated with the siRNA pool identified in the screen, in the same cell background and induction conditions as the follow-up experiments, should be provided.

      (9) The identity of XPO1-dependent cargos that regulate anisosome dynamics remains entirely unknown.

      The authors acknowledge that XPO1 does not directly bind TDP-43 and that the mechanism is likely indirect. The new RNA data provides one plausible indirect pathway. However, the possibility that one or more specific RNA-binding proteins or splicing factors, whose nuclear levels rise upon XPO1 inhibition, are the proximate drivers of anisosome stabilization has not been addressed. This matters because if the relevant mechanism operates through a specific cargo rather than bulk RNA retention, the model for how nuclear export connects to TDP-43 aggregation in disease would be fundamentally different. The authors decline to pursue adaptor identification on grounds of scope, which is a defensible position for future work. However, the framing should explicitly state that the current data cannot distinguish between bulk RNA retention and cargo-specific effects, and that the conclusion that nuclear export modulates TDP-43 phase behavior via RNA accumulation is a working hypothesis supported by but not proven by the RNase T1 experiment.

      Minor remaining issues.

      The number of independent iPSC clones and organoid batches used for the KPT-276 treatment experiment is now stated as two batches per condition, which is minimal for a 3D organoid study and does not fully address the concern about clone-level variability. Ideally, organoids from at least two independently derived isogenic clones per genotype would be used. The mCherry overexpression control added in Supplemental Figure 4 is a useful addition and is acknowledged. The immunoblotting confirmation that drug treatments do not alter total TDP-43 levels addresses a prior concern adequately. The addition of the sentence noting that anisosomes have not been validated in human patient samples is appreciated and appropriate. Statistical detail has been improved in figure legends. These minor improvements are noted positively but do not compensate for the major unresolved concerns above.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This preprint investigates the molecular mechanism by which warm temperature induces female-to-male sex reversal in the ricefield eel (Monopterus albus), a protogynous hermaphroditic fish of significant aquacultural value in China. The study identifies Trpv4 - a temperature-sensitive Ca²⁺ channel - as a putative thermosensor linking environmental temperature to sex determination. The authors propose that Trpv4 causes Ca²⁺ influx, leading to activation of Stat3 (pStat3). pStat3 then transcriptionally upregulates the histone demethylase Kdm6b (aka Jmjd3), leading to increased dmrt1 gene expression and ovo-testes development. This work aims to bridge ecological cues with molecular and epigenetic regulators of sex change and has potential implications for sex control in aquaculture.

      This revision is an improvement to the manuscript. However, there are still several remaining issues that are not resolved and that limit enthusiasm.

      (1) The Supplementary File 1 contains a compilation of Western blots. However, the control protein (for example GAPDH) is on a *different gel* in all of the tabs. For best practices, the protein that is used as the "loading control" needs to be on the same membrane (same Western blot), not on a different blot. It is not compelling to normalize a loading control protein on a separate blot. This reduces enthusiasm for all of the protein data in the manuscript.<br /> a. The blots under the tab "Fig. 5D" are dirty and the blot the GAPDH is over-exposed.

      (2) The images provided in the response to authors have no legends and are not explained in the text. As such, they are not supportive data in their current form.

      (3) The antibodies that were listed as "home-made" need to be described in great details. For example, we need to know the species that the antibodies were generated in. Additionally, we need to know the antigen (amino acid residues of the recombinant protein).

      (4) The reference genes for the qRT-PCR are not listed in the Materials and Methods. The authors need to list the reference gene and tell us why they selected those genes.

      (5) The comparison of the turtle and ricefield eel of kdm6b should be shown as a supplementary file and not listed as data not shown.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work investigates the membrane insertion of aromatic-centered sequences in IDPs. Using a combination of all-atom MD simulations, the PPM method, and development of the sequence-based predictor AroMIP, the authors aim to establish a quantitative membrane insertion role for aromatic-centered motifs. The study demonstrates that flanking aliphatic and basic residues promote membrane insertion, whereas acidic and polar residues suppress insertion, and further reveals a difference between F/W-centered motifs and Y-centered motifs. The resulting AroMIP model achieves high predictive accuracy on human IDPs and is implemented as a publicly accessible web server.

      Strengths:

      This work addresses an important biological problem, as aromatic-driven membrane insertion remains poorly characterized despite mediating diverse functions like membrane remodeling and signaling. A key strength is the combination of complementary approaches, e.g., MD simulations provide mechanistic insight into insertion pathways, while PPM enables exhaustive sequence space exploration. The large-scale analysis clearly establishes L and R as promoters and E, N, and G as suppressors. The work also provides valuable mechanistic insight into how aromatic, aliphatic, and basic residues cooperate to stabilize membrane insertion states. Another important strength is the development of AroMIP as a practical prediction tool with a user-friendly online server that appears computationally efficient and broadly accessible to the community. The work is also well connected to prior experimental and computational literature, and the authors carefully position their findings within existing knowledge of membrane-associated IDPs.

      Weaknesses:

      A primary limitation is the heavy reliance on computational modeling. Training for AroMIP is generated using PPM rather than direct experimental measurements, and so the model may primarily reproduce PPM behavior rather than true membrane insertion thermodynamics. Moreover, all simulations use a single lipid composition (POPC:POPS:PIP₂ 70:25:5), but biological membranes vary substantially in cholesterol, cardiolipin, and acidic lipid content. Whether AroMIP's predictions transfer to diverse lipid environments remains untested. The 5% PIP₂ concentration used in the simulations is higher than that of a normal mammalian cell and may therefore overemphasize electrostatic contributions. Applicability beyond short 9-residue motifs is unclear, as longer-range interactions or secondary structure in full-length IDRs could modulate insertion in ways the current model does not capture. This could be considered for future development.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Forbes et al. developed an integrated approach to identify cis-regulatory elements (CREs) in the large (3.6 Gbp) genome of the crustacean Parhyale hawaiensis, addressing the challenge of pinpointing these regions among large regions of non-coding sequences. They combined ATAC-seq chromatin accessibility profiling (both bulk and single-nucleus) across embryonic and adult tissues with low-coverage genome sequencing of three congeneric species (P. aquilina, P. darvishi, P. plumicornis). Without assembling congener genomes, they mapped reads with low stringency to the P. hawaiensis reference, identifying about 55k conserved islands that overlap ATAC peaks more than expected by chance. This dual filter was used to select CRE candidates for transgenic reporter validation, yielding 6 functional elements (out of 11 tested) driving ubiquitous, neuronal, or muscle-specific expression, a major advance for non-model systems with large genomes.

      Strengths:

      Forbes et al. generated high-quality ATAC data across multiple scales. Using bulk ATAC-seq (from whole embryos, developing and adult legs), they identified tens of thousands of open chromatin peaks across the assembled P. hawaiensis large genome. Moreover, using single-nucleus ATAC-seq from adult legs, they could resolve differentially accessible chromatin profiles across over 15 cell types previously identified by scRNA-seq, enabling cell-type-specific candidate selection.

      Furthermore, their innovative low-coverage comparative genomics method mapped 0.46-6.4% of congener reads to P. hawaiensis without genome assembly, revealing hundreds of thousands of conserved non-coding islands, including about 55k showing conservation in all four species, far exceeding random expectation.

      Using the developed approach, the authors could validate 6 (out of 11 candidates) reporter constructs, driving robust ubiquitous and tissue-specific expression, succeeding where prior promoter-only screening failed and providing immediately useful genetic tools for the Parhyale community.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary limitation is that functional CRE testing was performed only in P. hawaiensis. While conservation maps are valuable resources, the manuscript lacks functional validation in congener species, limiting claims about broad applicability across related genomes/species.

      The approach also failed to validate developmental CREs. None of the candidates from combined ATAC and conservation filtering drove reporter expression matching endogenous patterns. The authors appropriately hypothesize technical limits (low expression) or biological factors (long-range enhancers, shadow enhancers).

      Overall Assessment:

      Forbes et al. fully succeed with their integrated approach to (1) generate an ATAC-seq atlas plus functional CRE discovery and (2) innovative low-coverage sequencing for conservation mapping in the large 3.6 Gbp genome of Parhyale hawaiensis. Their combination of ATAC-seq chromatin accessibility profiling (bulk and single-nucleus) across embryonic and adult tissues with low-coverage genome sequencing of three congeneric species (P. aquilina, P. darvishi, P. plumicornis), without congener genome assembly, drastically shrank the CRE search space. Using this approach, the authors could validate six out of 11 candidate transgenic reporters (ubiquitous, neuronal, and muscle-specific), where prior promoter-only screening failed.

      The low-coverage mapping innovation cuts cost and labour while snATAC-seq provides cell-type resolution, making these resources valuable for building new genetic and imaging tools in Parhyale.

      This compelling method also has the potential to enable labs with limited resources to identify and characterize regulatory elements in more non-model organisms, advancing our understanding of their evolution while establishing a scalable pipeline for large-genome systems.

    1. Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      This study uses state-of-the-art imaging approaches to show that membrane contact site (MCS) markers and the ER-resident tyrosine phosphatase PTP1B accumulate on phagocytic membranes within actin-devoid zones during frustrated phagocytosis in RAW264.7 macrophages. The authors convincingly show that PTP1B interacts with Syk, an Fcγ receptor-associated tyrosine kinase that plays a critical role in phagocytosis, and that ablation of PTP1B results in hyperphosphorylation of Syk and increased superoxide production, without impacting phagocytic efficiency. Using a phosphoproteomic approach, the authors identify the adaptor protein Shc1 as a strongly phosphorylated protein during stimulation of immunoglobulin receptors by aggregated IgG. In the absence of PTP1B, the authors demonstrate an increased interaction between Shc1 and the NADPH oxidase NOX2 subunit p47phox, suggesting that PTP1B controls superoxide production by inhibiting a Syk-Shc1-NOX2 axis.

      Strengths:

      This is a well-reasoned and cogently developed study that uses contemporary methods, including high-quality TIRF microscopy combined with MAPPER (Membrane-Attached Peripheral ER) or SPLICS (split-GFP-based contact site sensors), to describe how membrane contact site markers and the ER-resident tyrosine phosphatase PTP1B accumulate in the phagocytic cup as cortical actin depolymerizes. The genetic data also convincingly show that PTP1B ablation increases Syk and Shc1 phosphorylation, enhances the Shc1/p47phox interaction, and elevates superoxide production, whereas depletion of Shc1 reduces superoxide levels. Overall, the work outlines an interesting interplay between membrane contact sites, signaling, and the phagocytic machinery of broad interest.

      Weaknesses:

      While the authors indicate that the PTP1B phosphatase downregulates superoxide production via the Syk-Shc1-NOX2 axis and present a summary model depicting the proposed sequence of events, the supporting data are currently mostly circumstantial. For example, although it is clear that PTP1B depletion increases superoxide production as well as Syk and Shc1 phosphorylation in vivo, there are no data directly demonstrating that the effects of PTP1B depletion on superoxide production require enhanced Syk or Shc1 phosphorylation. Likewise, although PTP1B depletion increases the interaction between Shc1 and p47phox, a soluble component of NOX2, there is no compelling demonstration that superoxide production in PTP1B-depleted cells truly depends on the NOX2 complex or on the Shc1/p47phox interaction.<br /> In addition, while the authors elegantly demonstrate the formation of ER-PM contact sites during frustrated phagocytosis within the actin clearance zone, as well as the localization of the PTP1B phosphatase in the same region, it remains unclear whether the presence of the phosphatase at membrane contact sites is required for its regulatory effect on superoxide production.

      Finally, it would be interesting to investigate these phenomena in other macrophage cell lines and perhaps also in more physiological contexts than frustrated phagocytosis. This would help evaluate the broader generalizability of the results and conclusions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors use a gambling task with momentary mood ratings from Rutledge et al. and compare computational models of choice and mood to identify markers of decisional and affective impairments underlying risk-prone behavior in adolescents with suicidal thoughts and behaviors (STB). The results show that adolescents with STB show enhanced gambling behavior (choosing the gamble rather than the sure amount), and this is driven by a bias towards the largest possible win rather than insensitivity to possible losses. Moreover, this group shows a diminished effect of receiving a certain reward (in the non-gambling trials) on mood. The results were replicated in a general online sample where participants were divided into groups with or without STB based on their self-report of suicidal ideation on one question in the Beck Depression Inventory self-report instrument. The authors suggest, therefore, that adolescents diagnosed with depression or anxiety with decreased sensitivity to certain rewards may need to be monitored more closely for STB due to their increased propensity to take risky decisions aimed at (expected) gains (such as relief from an unbearable situation through suicide) regardless of the potential losses. However, such a result was only found in the clinical sample and cannot be generalized more broadly based on the current findings.

      Strengths:

      ● The study uses a previously validated task design and replicates previously found results through well-explained model-free and model-based analyses.

      ● Sampling of adolescents at high risk can help target early preventative diagnoses and treatments for suicide.

      ● Replication of the results in an online cohort increases confidence in the findings.

      ● The models considered for comparison are thorough and well-motivated. The chosen models allow for teasing apart which decision and mood sensitivity parameters relate to risky decision-making across groups based on their hypotheses.

      ● Novel finding of mood (in)sensitivity to non-risky rewards and its relationship with risk behavior in STB.

      Weaknesses:

      ● Sample size of 25 for S- group is low-powered, which is explicitly mentioned as a study limitation.

      ● Modeling in the mediation analysis focused on predicting risk behavior in this task from the model-derived bias for gains and suicidal symptom scores. Thus, the implications of this work are more relevant to a basic-science understanding of the etiology of suicidal behavior than they are useful as a predictor of suicidal behavior, and it is not clear that a psychiatrist or psychologist could use this task to potentially determine who is at higher risk of attempting suicide and must be more closely monitored. Indeed, relationships between task parameters and behavior and suicidal behavior was limited to the clinical sample with a diagnosis of depression or anxiety disorder, and did not extend to the online sample. Therefore, the claim that these findings provide "computational markers for general suicidal tendency among adolescents" is unwarranted.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a computational framework for generating "cell-specific" digital twins of human iPSC-CMs from a single optimized voltage clamp recording. Using deep learning trained on > 1 million artificial cells, the authors demonstrate that the model can infer 52 biophysical parameters governing 6 major ionic currents, and the resulting digital twins can reproduce experimentally recorded action potentials.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors propose an interesting platform for digital twin construction of iPSC-CMs using an AI-based approach. However, regarding the fundamental concerns raised in the previous review round "lack of experimental validation" and "overstatement of the claims", the authors have merely added text to the "Limitations" in the Discussion, without providing any new wet-lab experimental data. This cosmetic revision fails to demonstrate the scientific validity of the platform, and the core issues remain completely unresolved.

      I think the authors need to either provide substantial additional experimental data or drastically tone down the claims throughout the manuscript based on the following three major concerns.

      (1) Lack of wet validation

      The authors show that their AI model can infer 52 parameters from a single patch-clamp recording and reproduce the overall action potential waveform. However, the most critical validation (whether the individual ion channel parameters, such as IKr/ICaL, inferred by the AI actually match the true parameters of that specific cell) is still missing. Without a direct head-to-head comparison between the parameters inferred by the model and the exact values measured using conventional wet experiments, it is impossible to determine whether the platform is providing accurate prediction (or merely performing a curve-fitting).

      (2) Absence of experimental validation for drug response simulations (Cell 1 vs. Cell 2)

      In Figure 6, the authors present a simulation result where the administration of an IKr blocker (E-4031) induces EADs in the digital twin of Cell 1, but not Cell 2. However, there is absolutely no wet-lab validation for this prediction. Unless the authors actually administer the same drug to the live Cell 1 and Cell 2 from which the recordings were taken, this "computational drug response prediction" remains purely hypothetical. There is no evidence provided that the prediction accurately reflects real biological responses.

      (3) Significant overstatement regarding "inter-individual variability" and "personalized medicine"

      The authors state in the very first sentence of the Abstract: "Individual variability shapes how diseases manifest, how patients respond to therapy, and how rare phenotypes arise". However, this opening sentence is severely disconnected from the actual conclusions and data presented in this study. The platform can capture only "cell-to-cell variability within the same dish" (which is not even validated), and thus claiming "patient-to-patient differences" is an overstatement.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      In the manuscript by Winke et al, the authors present evidence that fear-induced analgesia is mediated by somatostatin projection cells from the vlPAG to the RVM. This study uses a mouse model of fear-induced analgesia, and incorporates optogenetic circuit manipulation with behaviour and electrophysiology to gain a meaningful insight into a novel circuit involved in fear-induced analgesia.

      Strengths:

      (1) This is a well-constructed study with appropriate controls and analyses.

      (2) Alternative interpretations of the data are systematically considered and eliminated via rational experiments. The authors are commended for a nice piece of experimental work.

      (3) The vlPAG is a known region of pain modulation, and this study adds valuable insight to the circuit involved in fear-associated analgesia.

      Weaknesses:

      Only male mice are included in this study. [This has been explained and noted as a limitation.]

    1. Joint Public Review:

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers.]

      The major strengths of the manuscript are in the Plasmodium falciparum genetic and phenotyping approaches. PfMSP2 knockouts are made in two different strains, which is important as it is know that invasion pathways can vary between strains, but is a level of comprehensiveness that is not always delivered in P. falciparum genetic studies. The knockout strains are characterised very thoroughly using multiple different assays and the authors should be commended for publishing a good deal of negative data, where no phenotype was detected. This is not always done but is very helpful for the field and reduces the potential for experimental redundancy, i.e., others repeating work that has already been performed but never published. The quality of the writing, referencing and figures is also generally strong.

      There are certainly some areas of the manuscript that would benefit from deeper exploration, such as electron microscopy/other imaging approaches to explore whether deletion of PfMSP2 has a visible impact on merozoite surface structure, further replicates of the video microscopy assays to see whether trends in the data could reach significance (although these are very time-consuming and technically difficult assays), and follow up of some of the genes where expression is changed by PfMSP2 knockout (as the authors point out, there are no candidates that have a very obvious link to invasion suggesting that they may be compensating for PfMSP2 function, although several are expressed in schizont stages). However, there is already a substantial amount of data in the manuscript, and more detailed follow-up is reasonable to leave to future work. Overall, with the modifications made through the review process, including the addition of new controls for key experiments, the claims and conclusions are justified by the data, and the manuscript generates important new information about a highly studied Plasmodium falciparum merozoite surface protein. The studies are important and have potential for directing vaccine design targeting erythrocyte invasion, a critical step in bloodstream expansion of malaria parasites.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study aims to understand how cell fusion contributes to wound healing using a laser-induced injury in the notum epithelium of a developing fruit fly. The authors meticulously characterize the epithelial fusion events using a live imaging approach and report that syncytia arise by 'border breakdown' and 'cell shrinking'. The syncytial epithelial cells also appear to outcompete mononucleated cells and preferentially dissolve their tangential borders, which correlates with the accumulation of actin at the leading edge.

      Strengths:

      The strength of this study is the authors' live imaging approach to capture these dynamic fusion events that are a fundamental yet poorly understood biological process.

      Comments on revised version.

      The manuscript overall is significantly improved and authors addressed majority of my concerns. The addition of the computational vertex model (Figure 7) as well as Atg1 RNAi (Figure 4) to inhibit cell fusion provide more mechanistic insight to their study. However, the analysis of Atg1 RNAi wound assay falls short as it does directly measure changes in syncytium frequency nor size to confirm that cell fusion is reduced. The authors should quantify the number of nuclei per syncytium over the 2hr wound healing period as performed for WT in Figure 1C. It would have been ideal if they could have also performed the Act-GFP spreading assay in WT and Atg1 RNAi strains to determine if Act-GFP movement is dependent on cell fusion as purposed. At the least, further quantification of Atg1 RNAi phenotype is warranted to support their conclusions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study presents a systematic behavioral characterization of object classification abilities in macaque monkeys using a high-throughput touchscreen-based paradigm. The work shows that monkeys can learn and generalize many binary object classification rules, and compares their behavior with humans and computational models. A key finding is that monkey behavior is more closely aligned with visual deep neural networks, whereas human behavior is better captured by language-informed models. The study provides a useful benchmark for understanding visually grounded object categorization in nonhuman primates.

      Strengths:

      The study introduces a scalable and well-controlled behavioral paradigm for testing many object classification rules in macaques. The comparison across monkeys, humans, and computational models is a major strength and makes the work broadly relevant to visual neuroscience, comparative cognition, and computational modeling. The results provide an informative framework for distinguishing categorization based primarily on visual representations from categorization supported by semantic or language-based knowledge.

      Weaknesses:

      Some aspects of the interpretation would benefit from clarification. In particular, it remains somewhat unclear what stimulus-level factors drive image difficulty, how much training performance reflects general rule learning versus repeated reinforcement of specific images, and whether monkeys and humans apply the same category rules. The link between macaque IT representations and monkey behavior is also suggestive but not yet fully resolved, given the limited and separate neural dataset.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study constructed engineered NK-92 cell extracellular vesicles displaying CD19 single-chain variable fragment and evaluated their therapeutic efficacy in MRL/lpr mouse models of systemic lupus erythematosus, demonstrating that these vesicles could deplete B cells, alleviate lupus nephritis, and improve mouse survival. However, this strategy lacks significant innovation compared to existing research. The current results are not sufficient to provide strong support for the experimental hypotheses.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) This study proposes using engineered EVs displaying CD19 scFv to target B cells for SLE treatment. However, similar core therapeutic strategies have been reported in previous studies. For instance, recently, studies have reported engineered EVs for SLE therapy (J Control Release. 2025, 384:113886; Ann Rheum Dis. 2025, 84(11):1811-1821; J Nanobiotechnology. 2026, 24(1):203). Another research team from China also constructed engineered EVs displaying anti-CD19 scFv for SLE treatment, which is highly consistent with the present work in targeting strategy, delivery vehicle, and disease model (Mol Ther. 2026:S1525-0016(26)00080-8). Moreover, the human trial of allogeneic CD19-targeted CAR-NK therapy for SLE has been published (Lancet. 2026, 406(10522):2968-2979). This study has not made original improvements in therapeutic vectors, targeting modules, therapeutic mechanisms, and indications, and thus finds it difficult to meet the requirements of high-level journals for originality and novelty.

      (2) Numerous core experiments are missing, including the validation of CD19 scFv fusion protein expression on EVs, systematic characterization of engineered EVs, verification of EVs functions and therapeutic mechanisms, and in vitro and in vivo safety assessments. The available data are insufficient to support complete conclusions.

      (3) The stable expression of CD19 scFv on EVs should be further verified by Western blot or flow cytometry. The anchoring of CD19 scFv on the outer membrane surface of EVs must be confirmed. In addition, the loading capacity of CD19 scFv on exosomes should be quantified for the dosage selection in SLE treatment.

      (4) In vitro experiments are required to confirm the specific targeting ability of CD19 scFv-EVs to B cells and clarify the precise mechanism of B cell depletion, particularly whether it is mediated by effector molecules carried by exosomes such as perforin and granzyme B.

      (5) The key quality control parameters, such as the stability, purity, buoyant density, and particle/protein ratio of engineered exosomes, should be characterized and identified.

      (6) For the in vivo treatment experiments, the author needs to explain how the treatment dose of CD19scFv-EVs was determined in order to clarify the dose-effect relationship.

      (7) It is necessary to supplement with in vivo imaging and tissue distribution data to prove that the CD19 scFv-EVs can specifically accumulate in B-cell organs such as the spleen or lymph nodes.

      (8) The author needs to clarify the mechanism by which CD19 scFv-EVs reduce B cells in vivo and verify the caspase apoptosis pathway.

      (9) For the in vivo therapeutic experiments, the clinical first-line drugs and the free CD19scFv should be used to supplement the control group to highlight the advantages of the engineered EVs.

      (10) Safety assessment in this manuscript is completely absent. Routine toxicity examinations, including hepatic and renal function tests, routine blood tests, and histopathological analysis of major organs in mice, must be supplemented. In addition, the systemic inflammatory cytokine profile and anti-drug antibody levels should be determined to rule out critical safety risks such as cytokine release syndrome and immunogenicity. The authors only focused on alterations in B cells; the impacts of the treatment on T cell subsets, NK cells, and monocytes/macrophages should be further investigated.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript from Ali Guler's lab intends to test the impact of an integrated lifestyle around the timing of food, exercise, and light on circadian rhythm, metabolic health, and sleep in wild-type mice. After observing positive outcomes from short-term studies, they applied this integrated chronobiologically anchored lifestyle to mouse models of neurodegenerative diseases. They found some encouraging trends of health improvement that largely did not reach statistical significance.

      Strengths:

      Good experimental design to systematically test the effects of shorter day, timed voluntary exercise, and time-restricted feeding in rodents. The authors started with an experimental design that incorporated some findings from published papers. They used a shorter photoperiod of 8 h, which was shown to improve SCN synchrony and amplitude of the molecular clock. The use of time-restricted feeding with feeding aligned with the dark phase also has precedence. The late-night access to the running wheel is based on the published data on treadmill exercise in the late active phase, imparting better metabolic benefits. No other study has systematically integrated all three interventions into a single study. This is one of the uniqueness of the study.

      Weaknesses:

      Since the B6 strain of mice on normal chow does not show many health impairments, the choice of this strain and diet did not enable fine-grained analyses of each intervention on health outcomes. Although the authors used male and female mice, sex differences (if any) should have been explicitly addressed.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors perform confirmation studies of Paul Basch's seminal schistosome work from 1981, demonstrating the development of transformed schistosomules into sexually dimorphic adult parasites, albeit without successful egg production. In addition to the findings from Basch's earlier work, the authors add some new molecular data in the form of analysis of proliferative cells in in-vitro derived animals.

      Strengths:

      The authors successfully confirm experimental results from earlier schistosome researchers, providing a potential new tool for studying schistosome biology without the need for vertebrate hosts.

      Weaknesses:

      The display of data from the authors is sometimes difficult to follow/understand where it comes from. For example:

      (1) Line 136: the authors claim state that parasites in HS and FBS conditions have substantially different mortality rates (11.3 +/- 2.7 vs 5 +/- 2.3) but a quite high p-value (0.8). Analyzing the raw data myself, this reviewer obtained a mean of 8.2 +/- 1.7% vs 4.8% +/- 4.3% with a p-value 0f 0.15. Either the data are not clearly presented, and this reviewer did not follow them, or the data presented in the text do not match the raw data in the supplemental files.

      (2) Line 187/Figure 4: though it is not clearly stated, it appears that the authors treat their EdU counts as an ordinal data set of 61 steps (from 0 to >60) rather than a continuous measure of EdU+ cells per animal. In this author's opinion, the graph strongly suggests a continuous data set, and the fact that this reviewer had to dig through poorly-labeled raw data to discover the nature of the data is problematic. The authors should either switch to a continuous data set or make it explicit that the data shown are ordinal. If counting EdU+ cells is too arduous, the authors could consider comparing the amount of EdU+ area to the amount of DAPI+ area in maximum intensity projections of their confocal images, as this would roughly approximate the amount of proliferative cells in the animals.

      There are some minor issues as well:

      (1) Line 122: it is perhaps incorrect to refer to humans as "the" definitive host of schistosomes, as S. japonicum is primarily considered a zoonotic infection with water buffalo/cows being the primary definitive host.

      (2) Line 185/298 the authors refer to EdU pulse-chase experiments, but the experiments described here are EdU pulse experiments.

      Comments on revised version.

      Following the initial submission of the manuscript and a round of peer review, the authors updated the manuscript and addressed all of this reviewer's concerns. As such, this reviewer believes that the manuscript is substantially clearer and will serve as useful literature in the field of schistosome research.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors’ note, July 1, 2026: An Author Response to the reviews below will be provided in the near future.]

      Summary:

      The authors used a large dataset evaluating gut carriage of Enterobacterales and ESBL organisms from children aged 6-24 months as the basis for a modeling study to investigate what factors are most important for determining the prevalence of ESBL resistance. The modeling incorporated travel, a simple model of carriage duration (short and long), fitness cost of resistance on transmission and clearance, and antibiotic use. They found that antibiotic use is the primary driver of resistance prevalence, with transmissibility of resistant strains also important for setting the prevalence. Travel, while important when prevalence is very low, plays less of a role in maintaining prevalence once it is established (in keeping with other recent work). They estimated the fitness cost of resistance (terming a reduction of 14% on the rate of transmission and an increase of 23% on the rate of clearance as "low"). While the extent of assumptions and simplifications makes me skeptical of the quantitative conclusions, the qualitative ones seem reasonable and reinforce the long-held principles of the field--reducing antibiotic pressure and interrupting transmission--and highlight the importance of understanding the biological factors that shape the duration of carriage and the likelihood of colonization.

      Strengths:

      This study incorporates many of the factors that might influence the carriage prevalence of ESBL Enterobacterales. This builds on the work led by this group, both in primary data collection and in theory. Overall, it's such a tough problem that I commend the authors for trying to tackle it. The authors take a thoughtful, rigorous approach, acknowledging simplifications and assumptions where they need to, so as to evaluate the various factors shaping ESBL prevalence.

      Weaknesses:

      Part of the reason it's such a tough problem is that we have limited data to structure and parameterize a complex model.

      (1) The data are not sufficiently described.

      The primary data source for this modeling exercise comes from a study of 6-24-month-old children who underwent rectal swabs and evaluation of the carriage prevalence of Enterobacterales, and then whether these Enterobacterales were ESBL; moreover, the study included data on travel and on antibiotic use. Could the authors please direct us to these primary data? Could the authors also justify the parameters in their models from these data--for example, could they please provide the distribution of antibiotic use and the associated timing? Could they also explain why they decided to treat all Enterobacterales as if they were E. coli (line 307)? Is there evidence that all Enterobacterales occupy the same niche and compete with each other?

      (2) The model should be more fully described and the limitations explored/explained.

      - The authors should point to the code and the ODEs.<br /> - I understand the focus on the pediatric population; the authors argue that this is reasonable because ESBL colonization is similar across age groups. But presumably, antibiotic use differs across age groups, and there is colonization pressure from within households.<br /> - The authors only consider resistance to extended-spectrum beta-lactams and use of beta-lactam antibiotics, but ESBL Enterobacterales are often resistant to other antibiotics as well. How much does the use of other antibiotics also select for Enterbacterales that happen to carry ESBL resistance? "One bug/one drug" modeling, as done here, neglects the complexities of the actual patterns of resistance and range of antibiotic use.<br /> - Do the data support the T3 or S3 compartments, which, if I understand correctly, means no exposure to antibiotics can happen during three months after either treatment or travel? What do the data say about the patterns of antibiotic use? I'd imagine that the likelihood of antibiotic use is not homogenous, but instead, there are some who use repeated rounds of antibiotics.<br /> - Why do the authors exclude individuals who used antibiotics in the prior 7 days? What justifies that cutoff? The authors speculate that the impact of excluding these individuals is likely to be minimal; why exclude them, then? Did the authors evaluate the results if they were included?<br /> - What is the basis of "niche differentiation", as described starting on line 221? Why should clearance of one strain be slower when the strain co-occurs in a host with a strain of another type?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Zeng et al.'s work links several key issues in Cryo Electron Tomography in ways that reinforce each other, inspired by the cycleGAN model, leading to very positive results across several benchmark datasets. The related topics include tomogram cleaning and simulations (two crucial areas in the field), with "spin-off" outcomes in automatic annotation and the completion of the missing wedge. The manuscript covers nearly all essential topics in Tomography, making it very comprehensive and potentially critical in the field. The generalization capabilities on the SHREC 2021 data set are very interesting, although difficult to quantify. I appreciate the approach, but I have serious concerns about some of the limitations of the results presented by the authors.

      1. Simplified data versus nowadays challenging tomography data. It is acknowledged the difficulty in making general tests. In this work, the method shows excellent results on potentially simple data sets (the SHREC 2021, which was used for a benchmark in ET several years ago, but not much used since then) and, even more, the old Relion data set for picking).

      2. Reproducibility by the average user. I have found many cases in which a specific software produces excellent results when run by the authors. Still, the average user is lost with the parameters and cannot reproduce these promising results. I propose that the authors address this issue by involving some experimental colleagues and ask them to repeat the work. This is a general concern that applies not only to this work but to many others. I think this consideration is crucial for a field that is growing very quickly and where method development happens at an extraordinary pace... but are all of them generally useful?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      The authors provide a resource to the systems neuroscience community by offering their Python-based CLoPy platform for closed-loop feedback training. In addition to using neural feedback, as is common in these experiments, they include a capability to use real-time movement extracted from DeepLabCut as the control signal. The methods and repository are detailed for those who wish to use this resource. Furthermore, they demonstrate the efficacy of their system through a series of mesoscale calcium imaging experiments. These experiments use a large number of cortical regions for the control signal in the neural feedback setup, while the movement feedback experiments are analyzed more extensively. The revised preprint has improved substantially upon the previous submission.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of the paper is the availability of their CLoPy platform. Currently, most closed-loop operant conditioning experiments are custom built by each lab, and carry a relatively large startup cost to get running. This platform lowers the barrier to entry for closed-loop operant conditioning experiments, in addition to making the experiments more accessible to those with less technical expertise.

      Another strength of the paper is the use of many different cortical regions as control signals for the neurofeedback experiments. Rodent operant conditioning experiments typically record from the motor cortex, and maybe one other region. Here, the authors demonstrate that mice can volitionally control many different cortical regions not limited to those previously studied, recording across many regions in the same experiment. This demonstrates the relative flexibility of modulating neural dynamics, including in non-motor regions.

      Finally, adapting the closed-loop platform to use real-time movement as a control signal is a nice addition. Incorporating movement kinematics into operant conditioning experiments has been a challenge due to the increased technical difficulties of extracting real-time kinematic data from video data at a latency where it can be used as a control signal for operant conditioning. In this paper, they demonstrate that the mice can learn the task using their forelimb position, at a rate that is quicker than the neurofeedback experiments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This article presents a study consisting of two experiments, which aim to dissociate and quantify the distinct motivational functions of phasic and tonic pain within a naturalistic and immersive VR setting. Specifically, the Authors test two hypotheses: (i) that phasic pain acts as a punishment signal that drives avoidance learning; (ii) that tonic pain reduces motivational vigor, promoting energy conservation and recuperation. In both experiments, participants performed a free-operant foraging task, where they collected virtual pineapples to earn points.

      In Experiment 1, phasic pain was delivered as a brief electric shock to the grasping hand when picking up green pineapples. As phasic pain intensity increased, participants were less likely to choose painful fruits. A reinforcement learning model that incorporated reward, pain cost and effort cost was able to successfully capture behavior.

      Experiment 2 combined effects of phasic and tonic pain. Tonic pain was induced by a pressure cuff on the non-dominant arm, simulating sustained discomfort. Interestingly, tonic pain did not affect the perceived intensity or avoidance of phasic pain. However, it significantly reduced movement velocity and pineapple collection rate, interpreted as a reduction of motivational vigor. A temporal decision model incorporating vigor cost successfully captured these effects.

      Concomitant EEG recordings showed that tonic pain was associated with reduced alpha and beta power in parietal and temporal areas. Phasic pain ratings and decision values distinctively correlated with skin conductance responses.

      Overall, these findings indicate that phasic and tonic pain have distinct and dissociable motivational effects.

      Strengths:

      This is an ambitious study that provides a quantitative dissociation of the roles of phasic and tonic pain in adaptive behavior, by integrating ecological neuroscience, motivational theory, and computational modeling. The use of immersive VR combined with a free-operant foraging task offers a more ecologically valid context to study pain-related behavior compared to traditional paradigms. Furthermore, the study employs a multimodal approach by combining behavioral data, computational frameworks, physiological signals and EEG. In particular, one of the main strengths of the study is the use of sophisticated computational modeling to capture phasic and tonic pain effects. The experiment codes are available on GitHub, increasing reproducibility.

      Weaknesses:

      As recognized by the Authors, there is no control condition involving an innocuous salient stimulus to rule out non-specific effects of distraction.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript is an excellent follow-up to your 2022 study, in which Sox17 expression was localized to the rete testis and shown to be required for proper formation of the Sertoli cell valve (transition region). By using Nr5a1-Cre to drive conditional deletion of Sox17 specifically in rete testis cells, you demonstrate that testis weights remain normal at 2 weeks of age but become significantly reduced by 8 weeks in Sox17-cKO males. At the later time point, the seminiferous epithelium is severely disrupted, with apparent arrest of spermiogenesis: the epididymal lumen is essentially devoid of sperm, and most tubules lack elongated spermatids.

      Strengths:

      The study clearly shows the role of Sox17 in Sertoli cells as being important to SV function. The SV (transition region) between the rete testis and seminiferous tubules remains an understudied domain of testicular biology. The present work, together with the authors' prior study, highlights intriguing mechanisms operating in this specialized niche.

      Weaknesses:

      At the same time, the available data do not yet fully explain either the developmental assembly of the Sertoli valve or the precise consequences of its functional disruption. These studies are nonetheless valuable precisely because they raise more questions than they answer; the conceptual implications are thought-provoking.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study by Li and colleagues examines how defensive responses to visual threats during foraging are modulated by both reward level and social hierarchy. Using a semi-naturalistic paradigm, the authors test how the availability of water or sucrose, with sucrose being more rewarding than water, shapes escape behavior in mice exposed to looming stimuli of different intensities, which are used to probe perceived threat level and defensive responses. In parallel, the study compares dominant and subordinate animals to assess how social rank biases the trade-off between reward seeking and threat avoidance. By combining behavioral analyses with computational modeling, the work addresses how reward level and social context jointly influence escape decisions in an ethological setting.

      Across the different experimental conditions, perceived threat level is the main determinant of behavior. The authors show that looming stimuli associated with higher threat (contrast) consistently elicit faster and more robust escape responses than lower threat stimuli. This effect is particularly evident during early exposures, when animals are highly vigilant and have not yet habituated to the looming stimulus (learned that it is not dangerous). Later they described that as animals gain experience and habituate, behavior becomes more flexible, and reward level begins to exert a graded modulation of the escape response. Importantly, the authors show that under high threat conditions increasing reward value leads to more frequent and faster escape rather than greater reward pursuit, specifically in dominant mice. This finding is particularly relevant, as it suggests that highly valued rewards can heighten vigilance and thereby enhance responsiveness to threat, highlighting that reward does not simply compete with defensive behavior but can also reshape it depending on the perceived level of danger, in contrast to low threat conditions, where threat can be more easily outweighed by reward. However, it is worth noting that the authors use an extremely low contrast for the low threat condition (20%), which may to some extent be insufficient to reliably trigger escape responses. Thus, an important conceptual contribution of the study is the introduction of vigilance as a useful framework to interpret these effects. Vigilance is treated as a behavioral state reflecting heightened attention to potential danger. In line with what is known from natural foraging, mice initially maintain high vigilance when confronted with an innate threat. This perspective helps clarify a finding that might otherwise appear counterintuitive. One might expect higher rewards to motivate animals to tolerate risk, explore more, and habituate faster in any scenario. Instead, the data suggest that highly rewarding outcomes can elevate vigilance, making animals more responsive to threat and leading to faster or more frequent escape under high threat conditions. In this sense, reward does not simply compete with threat but can also amplify sensitivity to it, depending on the internal state of the animal.

      The social results are particularly interesting in this context as well. Dominant mice consistently prioritize avoidance over reward, showing stronger escape responses and slower habituation than subordinates. This behavior is well captured by the vigilance framework proposed by the authors: dominant animals appear to maintain higher vigilance, which biases decisions toward threat avoidance. The authors further suggest that stable social relationships sustain high vigilance and slow habituation, framing this as an evolutionarily conserved strategy that may enhance survival. This interpretation provides a valuable perspective on how social structure shapes defensive behavior beyond immediate physical interactions. At the same time, there are important limitations to this interpretation. All experiments were conducted in male mice, and it is possible that the relationship between social hierarchy, vigilance, and defensive behavior would differ substantially in females. In addition, the idea that stable social relationships sustain elevated vigilance should be interpreted carefully, as it does not fully align with broader views of social stability as protective against anxiety and stress and generally beneficial for mental health and resilience. These points do not undermine the findings but suggest that the social effects described here should be interpreted with caution and within the specific context of the task and sex studied.

      Another important limitation is that the neural mechanisms underlying these effects remain highly speculative. Although the manuscript includes an extensive discussion of candidate circuits, particularly involving the superior colliculus and downstream structures, these interpretations go far beyond the data presented in the study and are not directly supported by experimental evidence within the paper itself. The discussion gives substantial weight to potential circuit mechanisms based primarily on previous literature rather than on findings from the current study. Given the complexity and distributed nature of the circuits likely involved in integrating vigilance, reward, social context, and defensive behavior, the present work is better viewed as providing a strong behavioral framework rather than direct mechanistic insight into the underlying neural substrates. In this context, some references discussing how animals learn to suppress defensive responses to repeated looming threats and the neural mechanisms supporting this process could further strengthen the discussion (Salay et al 2021; Fratzl et al. 2021; Conway et al. 2025; Mederos et al. 2025).

      Methodologically, the behavioral paradigm is well suited for studying escape decisions in socially housed animals, and the machine learning based classification of defensive responses is a strength. The computational model provides a useful formalization of how threat level, reward level, and vigilance interact and may be valuable for other laboratories studying escape, approach avoidance, or conflict situations, particularly as a way to classify behavioral outcomes after pose estimation. More generally, the work will be of interest to the neuroethology community for its detailed characterization of escape behavior under naturalistic conditions. At the same time, some statements in the discussion slightly overstate the novelty of the methodological approach. For example, the claim that the study differs from earlier work by using machine learning rather than manual annotation overlooks that several previous studies have already implemented automated or semi-automated strategies to classify looming evoked defensive behaviors beyond manual scoring alone.

      Given the ethological nature of the study and the high inter individual variability reported by the authors, clarity and precision in the methods are especially important for reproducibility. While the revised manuscript addresses many earlier concerns, some aspects remain slightly difficult to follow. For example, the main text states that animals were not water deprived to minimize differences in internal state across conditions, whereas parts of the methods describe experiments in which animals were water deprived. This distinction is not always clearly explained across the different experimental sections, despite internal state being central to the interpretation of the behavioral findings. A clearer separation and description of these conditions would further strengthen confidence in the work. In addition, it was somewhat surprising that the low contrast (20%) looming condition was still sufficient to trigger robust escape responses, and additional clarification or discussion regarding stimulus saliency at this contrast level could help readers better contextualize these findings.

      Overall, this study provides a rich analysis of how reward level and social hierarchy modulate defensive behavior through changes in vigilance. It offers a useful conceptual advance for thinking about escape behavior in semi-naturalistic settings and lays a solid foundation for future work aimed at linking these behavioral states to underlying neural circuits.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript uses large-scale existing datasets that span almost the full range of human life (5-100 years) to identify two distinct architectural cortical gradients within visual cortex. These gradients are distinct in that in one cytoarchitecture and myeloarchitecture converge and in the other they diverge. The authors tested whether these gradients mapped onto known functional properties of visual cortex, as well as accounting for visual behaviours that are impacted throughout the lifespan. The manuscript also reports the identification of a hitherto unknown cluster of visual field maps in the anterior temporal lobe.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the current manuscript is the use of large-scale measurements of human brain structure throughout the lifespan, courtesy of the Human Connectome Project Initiative. The scope of this cross-sectional analysis would be rare, if not impossible to achieve through an individual project.

      The approach employed holds promise for assessing the link between large-scale anatomical gradients in the brain and functional/behavioural properties. The current manuscript focuses on visual cortex, but the approach could easily be implemented across the brain in general.

      Weaknesses:

      While the evidence for a new topographic visual field map cluster in the anterior temporal lobe is less convincing than for clusters in posterior cortex, new analyses strengthen the claim for a visuospatially tuned cluster that shared signatures of topographically organised clusters (e.g., contralateral representations) but might lack clear evidence, at present, for such topography. Investigation of how age-related and SNR confounds contribute to gradients and their life-span development could be expanded.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have taken the comments onboard and performed a number of analyses that strengthen the argument for these clusters being visuospatial in nature. I appreciate the additional analyses and effort. It may be helpful to discuss the evidence for contralateral biases in the absence of clear topographic maps in cortex in the context of what others have terms visuospatial coding (Groen et al., 2021, TiCS) where just such a mechanism is described.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript addresses how PGCs migrate towards SGPs in the Drosophila embryo. It's been shown that Hh produced by SGPs acts as an attractive cue, and that Wunnen(s) act as repulsive cues. In this work, the authors propose that Wun and Wun2 refine PGC guidance by attenuating Hedgehog signalling coming from other tissues.

      Overall, the study is potentially interesting and could make an important contribution to the field. The data shown support the idea that Wun/Wun2 negatively regulate Hh signalling and produce PGC migration phenotypes associated with Hh. However, in my opinion, there are two major questions that should be addressed.

      (1) Which is the mechanism by which Wun/Wun2 attenuates Hh signalling? The authors propose that Wun/Wun2 block Hh ligand transmission, but their data could also be explained by other possibilities, such as altered Hh production, uptake, retention or degradation, among others. The authors should either show the effect of Wun/Wun2 in Hh transmission mechanistically or attenuate their claim.

      (2) How do Wun/Wun2 attenuate Hh signalling in PGCs? The authors propose that Wun/Wun2 function both in somatic tissues and in PGCs, but these two sites of action may have very different mechanistic implications. In the soma, Wun/Wun2 could affect Hh transmission, but a PGC-autonomous role cannot be explained simply by reduced Hh ligand transmission from producing cells; it would more likely involve ligand uptake, receptor trafficking, intracellular degradation or altered PGC responsiveness. This distinction should be central to the interpretation of the data.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors present a method to detect natural selection on transcription factor binding sites (TFBSs), which is an upgraded version of a previously published method (Liu and Robinson-Rechavi, 2020). This upgraded version of the test implements more explicit models of evolution and is shown to outperform its predecessor in terms of both power and false positive rate. I think this method can be a valuable resource for the community and can be helpful not only to studies of TFBSs but also broader evolutionary questions related to genotype-phenotype maps or fitness landscapes.

      Major comments:

      (1) Questions related to Figure 1

      Figure 1, along with the first section of the Results, shows that the SVM score and its sensitivity to mutations are generally correlated with the strength of ChIP-seq signals. It is not very clear to me, however, what the motivation is behind this part of the paper. It seems that the model used to predict binding strength is a pre-existing one, and it is unclear what is new in this section. Was the prediction model retrained using different data? Was its validity confirmed using new data? I would appreciate some more elaboration on how these results differ from what was presented in the previous study of Liu and Robinson-Rechavi (2020).

      The existence of weak or negative correlations between SVM and coverage, which reportedly reflects low-quality peaks, seems applicable not only to this paper, but also to previous ones, so I would like to have it confirmed whether the question and the authors' answers apply to previous studies as well.

      It is reported that SVM scores capture TF binding signals better than conservation-based statistics do. My intuitive interpretation is that both ChIP-seq peaks and SVM scores are supposed to reflect binding strength, whereas conservation is supposed to reflect selection (i.e., different definitions of "function" as mentioned above). It is not explicitly explained in the Results, however, what the difference indicates, leaving only an impression that the SVM score is "better" than the conservation statistics.

      In summary, I think further elaboration on the above problems would make the flow of thought of this paper easier to follow.

      (2) Lack of directional selection for low binding affinity

      In the analysis of Drosophila melanogaster ChIP-seq peaks, there were more cases of directional selection for higher binding affinity than directional selection for lower binding affinity. The authors suggested that this observation is "likely biological" because the same pattern was not seen in simulations (line 412-413). I wonder if this could have resulted from a difference in the distribution of ancestral binding affinity across TFBSs between real and simulated data. If binding affinity was generally low in the common ancestor of D. melanogaster and D. simulans, selection for low binding affinity would manifest mainly as purifying selection against mutations that increase affinity instead of directional selection. Ancestral sequences for simulations, if I understood correctly, are observed peaks in D. melanogaster (line 715-719), which would include high fraction sequences that could be rarer in the real ancestral sequences.

      The description of this particular result does not refer to a figure or table, nor is it revisited in the Discussion. Figure 5 treats peaks under directional selection as a single category. Taken together, it is hard to tell how this observation should be interpreted. If the authors consider this result as biologically meaningful, I would suggest adding more details (e.g., the number of each side).

      (3) Selection in non-focal lineages

      Regarding the detected signals of directional selection for stronger binding in certain tissues (Figure 6), I wonder if it is the focal species or those very tissues that are "special": did the human lineage undergo more adaptive regulatory evolution than the chimpanzee lineage, or do nervous and male reproductive systems have a high "propensity" for adaptive regulatory evolution? Assuming that the binding preference of the same TF did not undergo a significant change since human-chimpanzee split (which, I believe, is a built-in assumption in both RegEvo and the permutation test), it should be possible to perform the same test using chimpanzee sequences that are homologous to the human ChIP-seq peak regions. In the case of coding sequences, for example, Bakewell et al. (2007) found that it was the chimpanzee that had more genes under positive selection than humans; I wonder if TFBSs show the same or a different pattern.

      (4) Comments on terminology

      a) Meaning of "function"

      The word "function" has had different meanings in the biology literature, with some authors using "functional" to refer to anything with a phenotypic effect and some using it only for targets of selection. A (putative) TFBS would be considered "functional" as long as it has TF binding affinity if we follow the effect-based definition, but only if its binding affinity is under selection if we follow the selection-based definition. In this manuscript, the term "function" appears to have been used to refer to TF binding but not selection, most notably in the first Results section. There are also places where it is less clear what "function" means exactly (e.g., "deeply conserved elements that are likely to be functionally important" of line 61). Since this paper is about evolution, it is likely that many readers prefer the selection-based definition or assume that the selection-based definition would be used. Thus, using "function" to refer to just TF binding could be confusing. To this end, I would suggest that the authors drop the word "function" or give an explicit definition early in this paper.

      b) Directional selection in different directions

      In this paper, selection for increased TF binding affinity is referred to as "positive directional selection", and selection in the opposite direction is called "negative directional selection" (as exemplified in Figure 2). I understand that using such shorthand names would make the text less clumsy, but these two terms could potentially be confusing, as "positive selection" and "negative (purifying) selection" are also terms referring to specific types of selection and have some connection to directional and stabilizing selection. Therefore, I suggest that the authors use something like "selection for increased/decreased binding affinity" instead, or note explicitly in the text that "positive/negative directional selection" would be used as shorthand.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      The authors aim to understand, in the context of leaf shape, how the constraints imposed by development inform evolution. Leaf shape is a good place to study the influence of development on evolution because it is a trait that exhibits a lot of diversity, and the developmental mechanisms that give rise to leaf shapes are apparently rather conserved across angiosperms.

      As part of the motivation for their work, the authors cite a previous study (Geeta et al), which found that in angiosperm phylogenies, transitions from complex to simple leaf shapes occur through evolution more often than transitions in the opposite direction. Is this due to developmental constraints or adaptation?

      The authors undertake two parallel lines of work:

      (1) Extending the study of Geeta et al with more data, consisting of both phylogenies and a shape classification dataset. The conclusion from this line of inquiry is that transitions from lobed to unlobed leaves are more common than transitions away from unlobed leaves.

      (2) The authors conduct evolution simulations in a computational model of leaf development. Here, they look at {\it neutral} mutations and whether simply neutral evolution is sufficient to drive the observed trend.<br /> The conclusion of the second part of the work is that the driver of the evolution toward simple leaf shape is entropy: there are more ways to make unlobed leaves than to make lobed leaves (at least in terms of gene regulation parameters that will produce the two leaf types). The argument is that random gene regulatory networks are more likely to produce unlobed leaves than lobed leaves; therefore, neutral evolution drives this trend.

      Data Analysis

      Roughly $9000$ images of leaves were classified into 4 categories: unlobed, lobed, dissected, and compound. These labels were applied to the tips of 5 phylogenetic trees of angiosperms (3 resolved at the genus level and 2 at the species level). By fitting a continuous-time Markov chain to the labelled trees, the authors claim that there is a significantly higher rate of transition to the unlobed leaf shape compared to transitions to more complex shapes.

      Simulation

      First, the authors validate a computational model (Runions et al) for leaf growth on an experimental dataset. By changing parameters in the model, they can recapitulate the morphological changes in the shapes of Arabidopsis leaves engendered by expression of two particular genes.

      Then the authors run an evolutionary model (without selection, just random mutations) on top of the computational leaf development model. As the random walk in parameter space reaches a stationary distribution, they look at both the proportions of the leaf categories in the steady state as well as the transition rates between different categories. The result is that transitions to unlobed leaves are more common than from unlobed leaves.

      General Comments

      The authors use angiosperm phylogenies from other works as the basis for the data analysis part of their work. Given the centrality of these phylogenies for their conclusions, more information is needed about how these phylogenies were constructed and what they mean. What is the timescale that they span? What method is used to infer them? What regions of DNA were sequenced in order to build the phylogenies? Also, maybe some more discussion of angiosperm evolution (e.g., when was the most recent common ancestor of all angiosperms?) would help put the study in context.

      We also need a more in-depth discussion of the computational model. What are all the $>100$ parameters doing, and what informs the seemingly strange mutational model that changes parameters by 3 orders of magnitude?

      I am confused about how the rates of transitions were inferred from the phylogeny. Here, one has a phylogeny inferred by some method (which needs to be described in more detail), and just the leaves are labelled. It is stated in the methods that BayesTraits was used to infer the transition rates. I realize this method is probably documented elsewhere, but a bit of a summary of how it works and how to interpret its results would (1) make the paper more self-contained and (2) if the algorithm is credible, make the results firmer.

      I am a bit skeptical of the authors' interpretation of the biological trend (of complex to simple leaf shapes) as being driven by neutral evolution. Why does one expect that the mutations generated by the random walk models described in the work are in fact neutral mutations?

      - If the entropy of simple leaf shapes is higher than that of complex leaf shapes, why did we have complex leaves at all? I suspect the authors might argue that this is due to selection. In that case, what allows these complex shapes to become simpler? Wouldn't they be losing the selective advantage that drove them to be more complex in the first place? Or maybe the idea is that the rates are inferred assuming some steady state that generates the phylogeny? I did not understand this point.

      Are the rates of transitions between leaf types inferred for the phylogeny assuming that the phylogeny is generated by the steady state of some Markov process? (I think the answer is no: in that case, how does one explain the initial condition?) If I take the mutation model (random walk) seriously, then shouldn't I expect that this steady state obeys detailed balance? In that case I should have $p_i r_{i\to j} = p_j r_{j\to i}$ for each of the occupancies $\{ p_i\}$ and transition rates $r_{i\to j}$ for the shape categories. How close are the rates inferred from the phylogenies to obeying detailed balance? Presumably, the Markov chain fitted to the simulation data obeys detailed balance because the mutation model itself does?

      I find it hard to take the discussion of development seriously without some consideration of mechanics. Presumably, the mechanics are hidden in the computational leaf development model, but this model is not discussed in enough detail for the reader to know. It seems to me that the interesting question is: what are the {\it mechanical} constraints on development that drive the apparent trend in evolution towards simpler leaf shapes? Maybe it is something about the type of differential growth needed to make complex leaf shapes less robust to mutation. But in this case, I would assume that selection plays a role in the complexity of shape. In any case, a better understanding (or explanation) of the computational model is needed to make this interpretation.

      Some discussion of timescales is needed, especially when invoking neutral evolutionary arguments. If a neutral mutation occurs, its time to fix in a population of size $N$ is $\sim N$ generations. What are the relevant angiosperm population sizes and the number of mutations that separate branches on the tree? Are timescales remotely consistent with e.g., the age of angiosperms on Earth?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study presents a new model of phenotypic variation incorporating direct and indirect genetic effects, as well as a new implementation (RAINBOWR) for quantification, genomic prediction and GWAS. It includes a simulation study to test the model and implementation, and three applications to plant species.

      The abstract describes the main novelty and significance of the study as follows: "Recent studies have utilized high-resolution polymorphism data to enable genomic prediction (GP) and genome-wide association study (GWAS) of IGEs, but unified methods remain limited". I disagree with this statement (e.g., using ASREML: https://doi.org/10.1186/s12711-018-0409-7, using LIMIX: https://doi.org/10.1186/s13059-021-02415-x; etc.).

      The parameterisation of genetic effects in the model is not standard and complex. Hence, the simulation study is key, and the results need to be presented in a very rigorous manner. I have several points to make on this:

      (1) L172 says the estimated parameters are "close to" the real parameters. The results of the simulation study need to be quantitative (see https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.64898/2026.03.10.710784v1.supplementary-material for example).

      (2) Figure 2h: the estimates seem to be biased, no?

      (3) Figure 2 in general: why isn't there a difference between cov and noncov? Do we not expect the inclusion or non-inclusion of a covariance term to affect the other genetic parameters and the results presented in Figure 2?

      (4) Does "total BLUPs were highly correlated between models with and without 𝜌" really validate the model?

      (5) As far as the GWAS is concerned, the results of the simulation study should include a figure showing whether the p-values are inflated (as observed in the grape application), and not just a ROC curve.

      The model only includes IID residuals, whereas the importance of including non-genetic social effects (IEE) has been demonstrated in many settings, and other IGE plant studies have used sophisticated spatially structured residuals (e.g. 10.1111/nph.12035). Can the authors justify why they considered only IID residuals? In the three applications presented, wouldn't it be appropriate to include spatially structured residuals and potentially other relevant covariates?

      It remains unclear why the authors chose such an unconventional parameterisation of the DGE IGE models for the questions asked in this study. It seemed appropriate to study frequency-dependent selection (previous paper), but for this study, focused on IGE quantification and GWAS, the classical models (e.g. early models by P. Bijma but also more recent models that allow for distance-dependent IGE) seem appropriate, and they are much simpler and easier to interpret, and have been validated in many settings). The Discussion paragraph L274-284 only strengthens my doubts.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Marconcini et al. report results of an ambitious study on the genetic mechanisms that contribute to resistance of Drosophila flies to the toxin octanoic acid (OA). This study was motivated by two observations: first, Drosophila sechellia, a close relative of D. melanogaster, has evolved specialized feeding on fruits of Morinda citrifolia, which contain high concentrations of OA and second, that artificial selection on Drosophila simulans, a sister species of D. melanogaster, can generate higher resistance to OA. Previous studies had performed genetic mapping studies between D. simulans and D. sechellia that implicated certain genomic regions in resistance to OA and, in particular, implicated several Osiris gene paralogs as contributing to resistance, though the molecular mechanisms of resistance remain unclear. In this study, Marconcini et al. performed two major experiments. First, they performed evolution-and-resequence on Drosophila simulans populations exposed to OA for 50 generations and identified candidate regions with excessive shifts in allele frequencies as candidate regions containing OA resistance genes in D. simulans. Second, they performed a CRISPR knock-out screen in a D. melanogaster cell line to identify genes that contribute to OA resistance and susceptibility.

      Evolve-and-resequence yielded many candidate genomic regions with extreme allele frequency shifts, which may be regions containing OA resistance genes, or linked genes, or regions that happen to show a strong shift in all replicate populations by chance. As the authors note, detecting significant shifts in allele frequencies is a challenging problem, and the authors use two measures of allele frequency shifts (the Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel method and Bait-ER) and perform simulations under neutrality to estimate a reasonable significance threshold. I am not entirely convinced by this method of estimating significance levels, because the simulations involve assumptions that may not be met by the real populations. I would think that a permutation test would provide an assumption-free method of estimating significance levels. I have tried to think whether there is something about the design of these experiments that would preclude the use of permutation tests (which are used widely for genome-wide studies, such as QTL), but I can't think of one. Perhaps the authors are aware of a reason permutation tests would be invalid here, and if so, they should state this reason.

      There is overlap between regions detected by the two methods, but the methods disagree for many regions. The authors state that a "majority of prominent peaks were found by both methods," but I am unclear on what "prominent" means here. It would be more helpful to be more quantitative about the extent of overlap.

      The authors hypothesized that the response would be at similar genomic loci in all populations (line 222). It seems at least possible that epistatic interactions would lead to different combinations of alleles evolving in each population. I wonder if it would be possible to test whether there is heterogeneity in the responses across the replicate populations.

      The evolve-and-resequence method yielded many possible regions contributing to OA resistance in D. simulans, but perhaps too many regions to test directly or even to build sensible hypotheses about the genes involved. Thus, the authors performed a second experiment to try to narrow down the list of possible candidate genes. They performed a CRISPR knockout screen in a D. melanogaster cell line for genes that contribute to resistance or susceptibility to OA. The authors identify several limitations of this experiment, but they nonetheless identified several genes where knockouts contribute to OA susceptibility or resistance. Intersecting top hits with regions that experienced selection identified two "resistance" genes: kraken and Alkbh7. The selection hit at kraken is quite compelling, whereas the evidence at Alkbh7 is less strong because only two SNPs were marginally significant. Further functional assays, including gene knockouts in D. melanogaster and D. sechellia, provide some support for the claim that both of these genes can contribute to resistance to OA in flies.

      Beyond the few issues raised above, I do not have significant questions about methodology or the results. I do think, however, that the authors should be more conservative about the implications and significance of their results. For example, on line 139, the authors claim that this intersection approach provides a "powerful paradigm to investigate ecotoxicology." I am not sure I agree that the identification of two genes that may contribute to OA resistance, after a seemingly heroic selection experiment and CRISPR screen, suggests that this method is all that powerful. It seems that most of the genes that contribute to the selection response remain unidentified.

      Finally, given that one motivation of this project was to identify genes that contribute to evolved resistance to OA, I am surprised that the authors did not generate CRISPR alleles of kraken and Alkbh7 in D. simulans and then use these together with the existing alleles in D. sechellia to perform reciprocal hemizygosity tests to determine if these two genes actually contribute to evolved resistance in D. sechellia. This test is simpler to perform and may be more sensitive than the allelic replacement that the authors propose (lines 446-449).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Regional differences in the brain's waste-clearance system may interact with neural activity to influence where amyloid-B accumulates. Using intrathecal GBCA administration to produce "Glymphatic MRI" in 96 subjects, the authors mapped cortical glymphatic influx and clearance and found distinct spatial patterns, with transcriptomic analyses linking better glymphatic function to neuronal cell types (through genes). In a subgroup with resting-state fMRI, regions with stronger resting-state activation generally showed higher contrast clearance, indicating a positive coupling between these processes. Notably, cortical regions where neural activity and glymphatic clearance were mismatched showed greater amyloid-β burden in a separate, publicly available PiB-PET dataset, suggesting that activity-clearance decoupling may contribute to regional vulnerability and neurodegeneration.

      Strengths:

      This is a rare and valuable dataset. Intrathecal contrast injection in ~100 subjects is quite a remarkable accomplishment alone, but the addition of resting-state fMRI, a correlative PiB cohort, and gene-expression pattern data is impressive.

      Weaknesses:

      This is a cross-sectional study, and we can't determine whether neural activity drives glymphatic clearance, whether glymphatic dysfunction alters neural activity, or whether both are shaped by a third factor. Language describing "flow", "influx", and "clearance" could be made more specific so the reader can more easily follow the methodological approach.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have used 1477 sequenced trios with available gene expression data in the offsprings to discover eQTLs that act in a parent-of-origin specific manner. The classified their associated SNPs are tested for enrichment for GWAS hits, drug target genes, etc.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript presents an impressive analysis of a very rich data set of parent-of-origin eQTLs. To my knowledge, it is one of the largest studies of its kind and most analyses are sound and the results are of interest to many in the field and potentially beyond. The different ideas of follow-up analyses are useful and make sense.

      Weaknesses:

      While in general the analyses are well-conducted, I noticed a major issue with the POE eQTL classification, which puts into question most of the downstream analysis. In the light of this problem, all claims of individual discoveries (apart from those in Table 1) should be removed. The enrichment analyses remain valid and are useful.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors tackle a long-standing question in developmental theory: given a gene-regulatory network that includes extracellular signaling, which topologies are even capable of transforming an initial spatial profile into a genuinely new pattern? Building on the classical reaction-diffusion framework in one dimension, but imposing biologically motivated constraints, they prove that every one-signal sub-network must be either Hierarchical (H), self-activating (L+), or self-inhibiting (L-). They further demonstrate that only three composite classes of full networks - pure H, a coupled L+ L- "Turing" pair, and an L- module fed by an intracellular positive loop ("noise-amplifying")-can create non-trivial spatial transformations. Analytical criteria and illustrative simulations are provided, together providing a closed taxonomy, which is supposed to be relevant for real systems.

      Strengths:

      (1) Useful classification framework. Reducing a vast number of possible gene circuits to three canonical pattern-forming motifs is a valuable organizing insight for both theorists and experimentalists.

      (2) Practical interpretability. Given a reaction network diagram, one can now decide (assuming the model applies to real systems) whether spatial patterning is even possible, saving experimental effort on in silico screens that could never succeed.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) After the resubmission, I still have concerns regarding the formal definition of "non-trivial transformations" (P1/P2) and its application to noisy or multi-dimensional systems. The criteria rely on counting "new" critical points (maxima/minima). In their response, the authors argue that the diffusion operator instantly smooths discontinuous white noise, allowing critical points to be properly defined. However, this very smoothing process passively generates a landscape of new, smooth local extrema from the initial noise. Consequently, trivial diffusive regularization could inadvertently fulfil the criteria for a "non-trivial" transformation, leaving the definition conceptually problematic. Furthermore, when extending the framework to 2D/3D, the manuscript assumes that starting from a central "spike" will robustly preserve radial symmetry, yielding concentric rings or shells. This overlooks the fundamental nature of macroscopic mean-field models like reaction-diffusion equations. The realization of the final multidimensional pattern depends strictly on the stability of the solution against ubiquitous perturbations (including angular modes) rather than solely on the deterministic symmetry of the initial condition. It remains unclear how the current framework accounts for spontaneous symmetry breaking in cases where these angular modes become unstable, challenging the assumption that radial symmetry will strictly dictate the outcome. We note that the authors' use of noise as an initial condition does not resolve this fundamental issue. Reaction-diffusion equations inherently describe mean-field dynamics, meaning that microscopic fluctuations are continuously present in any real system, regardless of whether explicit stochastic terms are written into the equations. Ultimately, if a symmetric mean-field solution is structurally unstable to these inherent fluctuations, it simply cannot be realized in nature.

      (2) Theoretical limitations in the application of Linear Stability Analysis (LSA): I remain uncertain about the framework's reliance on LSA to categorize macroscopic transformations, especially those arising from large initial perturbations (spikes). In their rebuttal letter, the authors justify this by assuming the perturbation remains small over a short time interval. However, because the study aims to describe stationary, asymptotic states, applying a linear approximation that relies on transient t->0 conditions to predict long-term global stability is not fully resolved.

      (3) In the previous round of the review, I suggested that a biomolecular sink, such as A+B -> AB reaction, could break the approach. In their response letter, the authors defend their approach by arguing that such reactions can be accommodated by their abstract constraints (R1-R5) as long as the signs of the Jacobian elements remain invariant. However, the problem I see here is not the sign of the interactions, but the severe loss of spatial homogeneity.

      When a macroscopic initial perturbation (a "spike" of morphogen) is introduced into a domain with a strong bimolecular sink, it will inevitably cause massive local depletion of the consumed substrate near the source. Consequently, the background state of the system will rapidly evolve into a profile with macroscopic spatial gradients long before any spontaneous pattern-forming instability takes over. Mathematically, this dictates that the system no longer possesses a homogeneous steady state, and the Jacobian matrix becomes explicitly space-dependent, which should break the classical LSA approach.

      Discussion:

      The study offers a solid conceptual organization of pattern-forming networks. However, the theoretical bridge between infinitesimal linear stability and macroscopic, non-linear pattern emergence still presents some uncertainties. The way the current framework formally treats noise, multi-dimensional symmetry breaking, and large initial perturbations leaves some questions open regarding its broad analytical applicability to real biological tissues.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Lux et al. addresses how T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia (T-ALL) cells migrate into the central nervous system (leptomeninges), specifically through VLA-4 and LFA-1 integrins. VLA-4 and LFA-1 are important regulators of normal T-cell migration into the CNS, so the authors tested whether they also mediate T-ALL infiltration. They generated an intracellular NOTCH1 T-ALL mouse model and then used CRISPR/Cas9 gene targeting to delete VLA-4 and LFA-1. They show that integrin-deficient T-ALL cells accumulate in the CNS compared to control T-ALL cells. The authors performed a time course experiment and found that although WT T-ALL cells accumulated in the CNS before DKO T-ALL cells, over time, DKO T-ALL cells outgrew the WT T-ALL cells. Subsequently, they performed bulk RNA-sequencing and revealed that Integrin beta 7 (Itgb7) was upregulated in the DKO T-ALL cells. To test whether Itgb7 was compensating for the loss of VLA-4 and LFA-1, the authors generated a triple KO (TKO). The TKO T-ALL cells migrated to the CNS; however, CNS accumulation between the TKO and the DKO was not significantly different. To evaluate if there is reduced exit of T-ALL DKO cells from the meninges, they inhibited T-ALL exit via the dorsal meningeal lymphatics by generating an AAV VEGF-trap encoding the binding domain of VEGFR3, and then co-injected WT: DKO cells weeks later. There was no effect on the WT:DKO T-ALL ratio or on the overall number of T-ALL cells in the CNS with meningeal lymphatics regression, suggesting that the DKO does not preferentially accumulate in the CNS, or that delayed exit results in DKO T-ALL accumulation in the CNS.

      Additionally, the authors tested whether DKO affected immune surveillance by injecting DKO:WT T-ALL cells into NRG mice. DKO T-ALL cells localized in the dura mater and were spread throughout the tissue, whereas WT T-ALL cells clustered near blood vessels. These observations lead the authors to hypothesize that differential access to nutrients or other signals may influence leukemic cell proliferation. However, EdU labeling revealed no differences, leading the authors to hypothesize that the unique stromal cell layer in the meninges supports the DKO proliferative advantage. Finally, the authors tested whether integrin blockade and chemotherapy might chemosensitize T-ALL cells in the CNS. After a single treatment with 5FU, DKO cells were depleted faster than the WT cells; however, a single treatment with integrin blockade was toxic. After combining 5FU with the integrin antibodies, the authors showed that T-ALL cells in the CNS were significantly more depleted than in treatment with either single therapy.

      These data highlight how challenging it is to identify regulators of T-ALL migration and adherence. This study highlights the importance of these experiments and the clinical need to identify the molecules that influence leukemic infiltration into the CNS.

      Overall, this study was well performed with appropriate statistical power to implicate integrins in T-ALL CNS infiltration and proliferation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript by the Deppmann group is an important contribution to understanding how growth factor signaling is controlled at a per-cell basis, in contrast to bulk biochemistry results. Their system uses cell culture and single-cell signalling proteomics methods to measure responses of cells of different developmental stages (from E14 rat) with complex but relatively clear-cut phenotypes, allowing the effects of BDNF to be compared. This work validates the method for the discovery of future insights from less well-studied ligand-receptor investigations.

      Strengths include:

      (1) The methods are cutting-edge and powerful.

      (2) Clearly written. It leads the reader through the rationale of methodological steps.

      (3) Step-by-step data interrogation rather than leaping into complex models of analysis.

      (4) "sanity check" controls e.g., mimicking bulk culture expected signaling /expression changes.

      (5) Testing biologically of certain findings within the presentation of the results ( e.g., progenitors not responding to BDNF also not internalising TrkB).

      (6) Effort to make complex figures/data as understandable as possible.

      (7) Not overstating conclusions.

      (8) Important conclusion of receptor stoichiometry sets the potential for BDNF sensitivity, and that the intrinsic environment allows for a cell to engage that potential, something possibly thought but not demonstrated previously.

      Major points:

      (1) Apply appropriate statistics: Student's t-tests are used throughout. It would be more appropriate to utilise ANOVA, at least one-way, to compare across timepoints for a given phospho-protein within one treatment condition (e.g., pERK following BDNF stim), or even multiple t-tests. Also, multiple testing adjustments. are likely needed (not my expertise).

      (2) Some data points are n=2; for statistical rigour n=>3 would be appropriate.

      (3) They measured pTrkB with antibody targeting site Y816, which couples to PLCy/PKC/Ca2+, but not Shc (for PI3K/MEK pathways), why? Did they get any measurements using an antibody targeting the phosphorylation sites in the activation loop of the kinase? Could this explain the relatively low abundance of active TrkB, compared to the measured TrkB-dependent signalling outcomes? Especially considering the "unresponsive" cells. E.g. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0896-6273(00)00035-0.

      (4) Was TrkC ( or A) expressed in any TrkB population that could potentially mediate BDNF signaling?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      In this review paper, the authors describe the concept of neural correlates of consciousness (NCC) and explain how noninvasive neuroimaging methods fall short of being able to properly characterise an unconfounded NCC. They argue that intracranial research is a means to address this gap and provide a review of many intracranial neuroimaging studies that have sought to answer questions regarding the neural basis of perceptual consciousness.

      Strengths:

      The authors have provided an in-depth, timely, and scholarly contribution to the study of NCCs. First and foremost, the review surveys a vast array of literature. The authors synthesise findings such that a coherent narrative of what invasive electrophysiology studies have revealed about the neural basis of consciousness can be easily grasped by the reader. The authors also succeed in describing how single-cell recordings can interface with task-design to help mitigate the impact of confounded neural activity when searching for NCCs.

      The review is also, to the best of my knowledge, the first review to specifically target intracranial approaches to consciousness and to describe their results in a single article. This is a credit to the authors - as it becomes ever harder to apply strict tests to theories of consciousness using methods such as fMRI and M/EEG, it is important to have informative resources describing the results of human intracranial research so that theorists will have to constrain their theories further in accordance with such data. Additionally, the authors provide a compelling case for single-celled research in consciousness science, despite the dominance of theories situated at the system and circuit level of analysis. As far as the authors were aiming to provide a complete and coherent overview of intracranial approaches to the study of NCCs, I believe they have achieved their aim.

      Weaknesses:

      Overall, I feel positive about this paper. The authors have addressed my comments from my previous review and I see no significant weaknesses in the current version.

      Comment on previous version:

      No comments - congratulations to the authors!

  2. Jun 2026
    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study uses optogenetics to activate CA3 while recordings from CA1 neurons and characterizing the excitation/inhibition (E/I) balance. They observe use-dependent alterations in the E/I balance as a result of STP and they develop a model to describe these observations. This is a very ambitious paper that deals with many issues using both experimental and modeling approaches.

      Strengths:

      This paper examines important principles regarding the manner in which synaptic circuitry and use-dependent synaptic plasticity can transform inputs and perform computations.

      Weaknesses:

      There are three issues that cause concern regarding the applicability of their slice recordings to physiological conditions and that make some aspects of their results difficult to interpret. First, they state that 2 mM added external calcium mimics calcium levels in CSF, but this is not the case. This will influence the plasticity they observe. Second, they indicate that there is a 2% decrease in activated fibers per stimulus and attribute this to ChR2 desensitization. Such use-dependent decreases in fiber activation are expected to build during their repetitive activation experiments and artifactually influence their results. Third, they do not know the responses of individual CA3 cells to stimulation. They do not know if each cell fires reliably during repetitive activation and whether each cell only fires once.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using a computational modeling approach based on the Drift and Diffusion Model (DDM) introduced by Ratcliff and McKoon in 2008, the article by Shevlin and colleagues investigates whether there are differences between neutral and negative emotional states in:

      (1) The timings of the integration in food choices of the perceived healthiness and tastiness of food options in individuals with bulimia nervosa and healthy participants

      (2) The weighting of the perceived healthiness and tastiness of these options.

      Strengths:

      By looking at the mechanistic part of the decision process, the approach has potential to improve the understanding of pathological food choices.

      Comments on revised version:

      I went carefully through the answers of the authors to my last concerns - they answered all my points. I am grateful that they obtained consistent results with the different analyses.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript examines the frequency-dependent effects of transcutaneous tibial nerve stimulation (TTNS) on bladder function in healthy volunteers, supported by a conductance-based computational model of lower urinary tract (LUT) neural circuitry. The authors show that 1 Hz TTNS modestly hastens the urge to void, while 20 Hz TTNS delays it - a finding with potential therapeutic relevance for underactive bladder (UAB). A computational model incorporating spinal, brainstem, and peripheral circuit elements provides a mechanistic framework suggesting brainstem-mediated pathways underlie these frequency-dependent effects. The revised manuscript addresses the majority of concerns raised in the initial review.

      Strengths:

      Novelty. Demonstrating a low-frequency excitatory effect of TTNS in humans is genuinely new. The possibility of inverting the therapeutic effect of an established neuromodulation intervention by simply adjusting stimulation frequency is clinically meaningful and opens a plausible treatment avenue for UAB.

      Integrated approach. Combining a controlled human pilot study with a systems-level neural model is a notable strength. The model is physiologically grounded and serves well as a proof-of-concept tool for exploring mechanistic hypotheses.<br /> Improved reproducibility. The addition of a public GitHub repository with documented code, supplementary figures detailing electrode placement and stimulation parameters, and removal of the externally derived Figure 3 all meaningfully improve transparency.

      Improved statistics. The shift to Bayesian modelling with ROPE analysis is well-justified given the small sample size and more appropriate than frequentist testing in this context.

      Improved presentation. Unit standardization, figure label corrections, and replacement of imprecise terminology (e.g., "paradoxical", "analytically") make the revised manuscript considerably clearer.

      Remaining Concerns:<br /> Afferent-efferent disconnect. The human study measures urgency (an afferent sensory endpoint), while the model's primary output is contraction duration (an efferent motor endpoint). The authors have added discussion of this mismatch, but should state more explicitly that the two lines of evidence are complementary rather than directly comparable, and that the mechanistic link between them remains a hypothesis.

      Clinical contextualization of effect size. The excitatory effect of 1 Hz TTNS is modest. A brief reference to what a minimally clinically important difference might look like in UAB or urodynamics research would help readers gauge the translational significance of the finding.

      Overall Appraisal:<br /> The authors have achieved their stated aims: providing proof-of-concept human evidence for frequency-dependent TTNS effects and a plausible neural circuit explanation. The manuscript is now appropriately cautious in its claims. The open-source computational model is a useful community resource. This work is best understood as a well-scoped proof-of-concept study that credibly motivates further investigation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: Given the minor nature of this revision, the editors have not sent this back to the original reviewers. The original reviews have been included.]

      In this study, the authors set out to determine how two classes of kinase inhibitors, which stabilise a disease-relevant enzyme in either an active (Type I) or inactive state (Type II), influence its organisation and interactions with microtubule filaments in cells. Using the state-of-the-art in-cell structural imaging approaches, they examine how these compounds affect the formation of protein filaments and their association with microtubules, and succeed in defining the underlying structural basis for these differences.

      A major strength of the work is the application of in-cell cryo-electron tomography combined with correlative imaging, which enables direct visualisation of protein organisation in a near-native cellular context. The data convincingly demonstrate that the Type I inhibitor compound stabilising the active state promotes extensive LRRK2 filament formation and microtubule bundling, whereas compounds stabilising the inactive state markedly reduce these interactions. The structural analysis further provides insight into how conformational states relate to filament organisation, including modelling of previously unresolved regions of the protein.

      These findings are internally consistent and align well with prior biochemical and structural studies, many of which were performed by the same team.

      There are, however, some limitations that should be noted. The experiments rely on overexpression of the I2020T mutant form of the LRRK2 protein, which is a rare variant, in a single cell type (293T cells), which may not fully reflect endogenous behaviour or wild-type LRRK2 in a physiological context. In addition, while the imaging data are compelling, the functional consequences of the observed filament formation and microtubule association remain unclear.

      The study therefore provides strong descriptive and structural insight, but more limited evidence linking these observations to cellular or disease-relevant outcomes.

      Overall, the authors largely achieve their aims, and the results support their central conclusion that different classes of kinase inhibitors have distinct effects on protein organisation in cells. The work represents an important advance in understanding how small molecules can reshape protein architecture in a cellular environment, with potential implications for therapeutic strategies. The methodological approach will also be of broad interest to the field, as it highlights the power of in-cell structural biology to study dynamic protein assemblies that are difficult to capture using traditional approaches.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors aim to identify the neural circuit mechanisms underlying dystonic crisis, a severe and life-threatening manifestation of dystonia, and to explore potential therapeutic targets. The authors combine retrospective clinical data from pediatric patients with mechanistic experiments in a genetic mouse model of dystonia. They focus on inhibitory cerebellar nuclei neurons (iCNNs), testing whether these neurons can trigger dystonic crisis and whether their modulation can alleviate symptoms. Using optogenetics, anatomical tracing, and deep brain stimulation (DBS), the authors propose that iCNNs drive dystonic crisis via projections to the centrolateral (CL) thalamus and that this pathway can be therapeutically targeted.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the study is its integrative approach, bridging human clinical observations and mechanistic animal experiments. The clinical analysis provides suggestive evidence linking cerebellar abnormalities and inhibitory signaling to dystonic crisis, which motivates the subsequent experimental work. In the mouse model, the authors use cell-type-targeted optogenetic manipulation to show that activation of iCNN pathways induces dystonic crisis-like episodes, while inhibition alleviates spontaneous crises. These bidirectional manipulations provide strong support for a causal role of iCNN activity in modulating disease severity. The identification of a monosynaptic projection from iCNNs to the CL thalamus, combined with DBS experiments showing therapeutic effects, further strengthens the proposed circuit mechanism and highlights translational relevance.

      The behavioral effects reported are robust and reproducible across animals, and the use of both activation and inhibition paradigms is a notable strength. The DBS experiments are particularly compelling in demonstrating that modulation of a downstream node can mitigate symptoms induced by upstream circuit activation, supporting the functional relevance of the identified pathway.

      Weaknesses:

      However, several limitations temper the strength of the conclusions.

      First, the specificity of the genetic and optogenetic manipulations is not absolute. The Ptf1a-based strategy targets iCNNs but also labels other neuronal populations and projections, raising the possibility that off-target effects contribute to the observed phenotypes. Although the authors argue that light spread and anatomical considerations make this unlikely, more discussion on evidence of circuit specificity would strengthen the claims.

      Second, the behavioral definition and quantification of "dystonic crisis" in mice, while carefully described, remain somewhat subjective and may not fully capture the complexity of the human condition. Additional quantitative or automated behavioral analyses could increase confidence in the interpretation of these episodes and facilitate comparison across conditions. If difficult to add, please at least discuss this aspect.

      Third, while the anatomical tracing suggests a projection from iCNNs to the CL thalamus, the functional contribution of this specific synaptic connection is inferred rather than directly demonstrated. The DBS experiments support involvement of the CL but do not establish whether the iCNN→CL pathway is necessary or sufficient for the observed effects. More direct circuit-level manipulations would be required to fully validate this mechanism. If difficult to perform these experiments, please at least discuss the importance of such future studies.

      Finally, the translational relevance, while promising, remains somewhat speculative. The clinical data are retrospective and correlative, and the therapeutic implications of targeting this pathway in humans will require further validation.

      Overall, the authors have achieved their primary aim of identifying a cerebellar inhibitory circuit that can drive and modulate dystonic crisis in a mouse model. The results support their central conclusions, although some mechanistic aspects remain incompletely resolved. The study provides a valuable contribution to the field by highlighting a previously underappreciated role of inhibitory cerebellar output neurons and suggesting a new circuit-based framework for understanding and treating severe dystonia.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editor's note: This version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed all concerns raised by the reviewers; no further changes are required at this point.]

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Yang et al. investigates the relationship between multi-unit activity in the locus coeruleus, putatively noradrenergic locus coeruleus, hippocampus (HP) sharp-wave ripples (SWR) and spindles using multi-site electrophysiology in freely behaving male rats. The study focuses on SWR during quiet wake and non-REM sleep, and their relation to cortical states (identified using EEG recordings in frontal areas) and LC units.

      The manuscript highlights differential modulation of LC units as a function of HP-cortical communication during wake and sleep. They establish that ripples and LC units are inversely correlated to levels of arousal: wake, i.e. higher arousal correlates with higher LC unit activity and lower ripple rates. The authors show that LC neuron activity is strongly inhibited just before SWR detected during wake. During non-REM sleep, they distinguish "isolated" ripples from SWR coupled to spindles and show that inhibition of LC neuron activity is absent before spindle-coupled ripples but not before isolated ripples, suggesting a mechanism where noradrenaline (NA) tone is modulated by HP-cortical coupling. This result has interesting implications for the roles of noradrenaline in the modulation of sleep-dependent memory consolidation, as ripple-spindle coupling is a mechanism favoring consolidation. The authors further show that NA neuronal activity is downregulated before spindles.

      Strengths:

      In continuity with previous work from the laboratory, this work expands our understanding of the activity of neuromodulatory systems in relation to vigilance states and brain oscillations, an area of research that is timely and impactful. The manuscript presents strong results suggesting that NA tone varies differentially depending on coupling of HP SWR with cortical spindles. The authors place their findings back in the context of identified roles of HP ripples and coupling to cortical oscillations for memory formation in a very interesting discussion. The distinction of LC neuron activity between awake, ripple-spindle coupled events and isolated ripples is an exciting result and its relation to arousal and memory opens fascinating lines of research.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript examines whether scene meaning guides overt attention in rhesus macaques. Two monkeys freely viewed naturalistic indoor scenes, including laboratory or housing scenes described as familiar and other indoor scenes described as unfamiliar. The authors compare fixation locations with matched non-fixated control locations using predictors derived from center proximity, image salience, and a DeepMeaning model intended to capture the spatial distribution of semantic informativeness. They report that meaning predicts fixation selection beyond salience and center bias, that meaning and salience interact, that familiar scenes produce broader exploration of low-meaning regions, and that the influence of meaning increases with attentional engagement.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the study is its use of natural free-viewing behavior in macaques. The experimental approach takes advantage of intrinsic gaze allocation rather than relying on a more artificial task, which makes the work a useful bridge between human scene-viewing studies and future neurophysiological studies in nonhuman primates.

      The statistical analyses are extensive. The authors model fixated and matched non-fixated samples with Bayesian generalized linear mixed models, including center proximity and salience as important controls, examined interactions among predictors, and reported diagnostics for multicollinearity and model convergence. These analyses support the basic observation that the human-derived meaning maps are associated with macaque fixation allocation beyond the particular center and salience terms included in the model.

      The question is interesting and timely. If meaning-like scene structure can be operationalized for macaque viewing, this would provide a useful behavioral foundation for future work on the neural mechanisms that link scene analysis, gaze allocation, and natural behavior.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness is interpretive. The manuscript often treats the DeepMeaning map as though it measures scene meaning for the monkey, but the map is ultimately human-derived. Some of the examples make this issue especially salient: regions such as clocks, phones, dining tables, or other human artifacts may be meaningful to human observers, but it is not clear that they have semantic meaning for macaques. If meaning-based guidance is argued to emerge through experience, then unfamiliar human indoor scenes that the monkeys have never encountered cannot straightforwardly be meaningful to them in the same sense that they are meaningful to humans. Predictive success for these scenes may therefore indicate sensitivity to visual or object-level structure correlated with human-rated meaning, rather than macaque semantic understanding.

      A related concern is that the DeepMeaning predictor may capture forms of visual salience, objectness, or high-level image structure not captured by the particular low-level salience model. For example, a clock or phone may attract gaze because of shape, contrast, face-like configuration, object boundaries, or other mid-level features rather than because it carries semantic meaning for a macaque. The present analyses show that this model is predictive, but they do not by themselves establish that the predictive variable is semantic meaning rather than visual structure beyond Itti-Koch-style salience.

      The manuscript relies heavily on fitted model parameters and derived maps, with relatively little return to the raw behavioral data. The main claims would be easier to evaluate if the authors showed more direct fixation-density maps, scene-by-scene examples, and aggregate raw relationships between fixation behavior and map values. At present, much of the argument rests on interpreting fitted coefficients, without enough behavioral visualization to show what the monkeys actually did across the stimulus set.

      It is also unclear whether model performance was evaluated on held-out data. The comparison to repeated viewing of the same images is useful as a behavioral benchmark, but a second viewing may itself be affected by familiarity or memory for the image. This makes it a potentially imperfect estimate of a noise ceiling for first-pass fixation predictability. Cross-validation or held-out prediction, ideally across held-out images as well as trials, would make the predictive claims more convincing.

      Although the authors describe multicollinearity as negligible, Figure S2B-C appears to show some nontrivial correlations among predictors. These correlations may matter for interpretation even if variance inflation factors fall below conventional thresholds, especially when the signs of fitted effects point in directions that may be expected from the input correlations, such as relationships involving meaning and familiarity. The manuscript would benefit from reporting these correlations quantitatively and relating them to the fitted effects.

      The familiarity analysis is interesting but would benefit from further control. Familiar scenes are photographs of the monkeys' housing and laboratory environments, whereas unfamiliar scenes are other indoor environments. These categories may differ not only in familiarity but also in clutter, spatial layout, object density, color distribution, luminance, contrast, edge density, texture statistics, or the distributions of salience and meaning values. Without additional characterization of the image sets, the conclusion that familiarity itself broadens exploration should be treated cautiously.

      The engagement effects also appear less consistent across the two monkeys than some of the summary language suggests. The monkey-specific results should be emphasized, and claims about engagement strengthening meaning-based guidance should be stated in proportion to the cross-animal evidence.

      Finally, the manuscript sometimes uses language that sounds more mechanistic than the behavioral data can support. The negative interaction between meaning and salience is an interesting result, but terms such as competitive integration in a shared priority map go beyond what can be concluded from overt fixation selection alone. The study lacks a causal or perturbational manipulation, such as image inversion or another transformation that preserves local features while altering semantic organization. The result would be clearer if described first as a model-based association or subadditive interaction in gaze allocation, with the priority-map interpretation presented as a plausible account rather than a direct conclusion.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate the relationship between feedback responses and trial-to-trial learning. In their paradigm, participants were constrained to a channel trial, and a cursor was visually perturbed. Using a channel-perturbation-channel structure, the authors obtain feedback responses to the perturbation and the learning response that ensues. In Experiment 1, the authors demonstrate that temporal dynamics of the learning response (LR) are poorly linked to temporal dynamics of the feedback response (FBR). The LR responses are yoked to the start of the movement, even in cases where the FBR is very delayed. Then, in Experiments 2 and 3, the authors dissect FBR and LR responses into two components: (1) a phasic component that has a peak point mid-movement and then declines, and (2) a tonic component that grows over the movement time course and remains stable during the holding period. The authors provide evidence that LR responses are better predicted from the tonic component of the FBR than the phasic component. The idea that tonic FBR components drive learning over phasic components departs from prior models of error-based learning and provides a new theory to understand sensorimotor adaptation.

      Strengths:

      (1) The paper is well-written, and the contribution is important and timely. The authors provide clear experiments that change the way we conceptualize how trial-to-trial learning is driven by feedback responses to error.

      (2) The paper provides solid evidence to demonstrate that feedback (FBR) and learning (LR) responses are not linked by a fixed delay, in contrast to prior models.

      (3) The paper also introduces the concept that both tonic and phasic components of the FBR differentially influence the learning response. The paper provides solid evidence that the tonic forces maintained during holding still have an impact on the learning that proceeds on the next trial. This has implications for models of sensorimotor adaptation and our understanding of the physiology of learning.

      Weaknesses:

      While some conclusions are strong, I feel that the conclusions regarding FBR and LR relationships need additional analysis. All these concerns are elaborated below. Broadly speaking, there is a concern that some conclusions reached by the authors are linked to the particular phasic/tonic model they use to parse FBR and LR responses. Other models are not considered and could lead to differing results. Furthermore, it is assumed that LRs are scaled FBRs. This assumption excludes the possibility that LRs could be driven by FBRs and other mechanisms, which would alter the way the regression analyses are constructed. As described below, model-free analyses are warranted to corroborate the main findings. Further, the role that phasic-FBR plays in the adaptation process is understated in the Discussion despite evidence to the contrary in Figure 8. Much of the analysis is done on trial-averaged and participant-averaged responses, inflating R2 values. More analysis should be done at the trial level to better examine model performance and accuracy. And while valuable, the authors' experimental approach differs from standard force-field experiments that were initially used to test feedback error learning hypotheses. The paper could benefit from a Limitations section to discuss associated limitations.

      Main Concern 1:

      The decomposition of FBR and LR into phasic/tonic components is based on a specific model (i.e., Equation (1)). The notion that tonic FBR predicts phasic/tonic LR is based on responses estimated from the model. Thus, it is unclear whether critical findings (e.g., LR responses are predicted by tonic FBR) are true of the "data" or true when the "data are analyzed in the context of their model". In other words, had the authors proposed a different model to decompose the LR/FBR into tonic/phasic components, would they obtain different results?

      There are many possible alternatives:

      (A) In Equation (1), the phasic and tonic components are assumed to add linearly at all times to obtain the force profile. But the phasic and tonic components could be applied at separate times. The tonic component could be invoked during holding, and the phasic component could be invoked during moving. This type of model will differ from the current version, especially in how the peak force during the moving period is assigned to the phasic/tonic components.

      (B) Another possibility is that the tonic and phasic components do indeed operate at the same time (like in Equation (1)), but they are separate, independent controllers. In the author's model, the tonic component is dependent on the phasic component.

      (C) Another possibility is that the tonic and phasic components are linked, but not by an integral.

      (D) Another possibility is that the phasic component is not a Gaussian function of time.

      Concern 1-1:

      While it is not possible to explore the entire model space described above, the authors should consider whether other phasic/tonic model classes could lead to qualitatively different results. The authors could also consider other phasic/tonic models if appropriate, and demonstrate that Equation (1) is superior based on an information criterion like AIC or BIC.

      Concern 1-2:

      I recommend that the authors pursue model-free, empirical analyses to support their findings. This would decrease the reliance on the "correctness" of a particular model. One logical choice would seem to be empirically estimating the phasic component as the peak force during the moving period and the tonic component as the average force during the holding period. In this model-free estimation of phasic and tonic commands, is it still the case that tonic FBR alone predicts LR components?

      Concern 1-3:

      Building on Concern 1-2, a clear case where the concern about using a model alone to estimate phasic and tonic components is in the across-subject variability analysis in Figure 7. Here, LR and FBR are compared to one another only in the context of the tonic-phasic model in Experiment 1. The result is that only the tonic FBR predicts the tonic LR. But investigating Figures 7b and 7c, it would appear that the peak force applied during the FBR during the moving period (which should reflect the phasic component in large part as in Figure 4a) would predict the peak (or average) force applied during the LR. Thus, the conclusion that tonic FBR only predicts tonic LR may be driven by how the model estimates tonic/phasic FBR/LR rather than a true property of the data. A model-free analysis, as suggested in Concern 1-2, would be helpful in addressing this concern.

      Main Concern 2:

      Analyses in Figures 4g, 4h, 6c, and 6d are based on relating LR and FBR components with no intercept: y = ax; the LR component is a scaled FBR component. It is unclear if the authors' conclusion would vary had a different model been used. For example, suppose that LR on trial n is partly determined by the FBR and also the sensory error (e) on trial n-1 (where c1 and c2 are constants):<br /> LR(n) = c1 FBR(n-1) + c2 e(n-1)

      Another model could suppose that the LR on trial n is due to the FBR on trial n-1, and also a non-specific adaptive component that is independent of both FBR and the sensory error:<br /> LR(n) = c1 FBR(n-1) + c2

      Concern 2-1:

      For these alternate models, y=ax (i.e., zero intercept) is not an appropriate relationship between LR and FBR components. Had the authors allowed a non-zero intercept in Figs. 4g, 4h, 6c, and 6d, will they still observe that only tonic FBR predicts LR components? In other words, would R2 improve for phasic FBR relationships with a non-zero intercept?

      Concern 2-2:

      Why was a non-zero intercept allowed for the between-subject analyses in Figure 7, but not for similar analyses in Figures 4 and 6?

      Main Concern 3:

      The main results in Figures 4g, 4h, 6c, and 6d are based on an R2 value that is calculated on a linear fit to the mean response averaged across participants and trials. This raises the concern that the R2 value is being inflated, and it also misses the rich trial-to-trial variation and subject-to-subject variation that could be used to examine the model's accuracy. A couple of concerns here:

      Concern 3-1:

      As can be seen from the horizontal and vertical error bars in Figures 4g and 4h, there is considerable variability across participants. While not shown, it is almost certainly the case that there is considerable variability across trials within a participant (as alluded to in the Fig. 8 analyses). The authors should evaluate their model performance and report goodness-of-fit (or error) at the single-trial level. For example, the model could be fit to individual trial data, and the R2 values from the trial fits could be used for comparing the various relationships in Figures 4 and 6. Another idea would be to keep the alpha, beta, T and sigma estimates obtained from the average data, and then apply these parameters to individual trial responses and report the model error. Do phasic FBR commands similarly predict LR components at the trial level, or do trial-level analyses corroborate the current conclusions on tonic FBR superiority?

      Concern 3-2:

      The authors report on Line 200 that the R2 values of 0.635 and 0.698 have modest predictive power. It would be helpful for the authors to statistically compare the R2 values between Figures 4g and 4h. One idea would be to obtain an R2 value for each individual participant. Then the distribution of R2 values across participants could be compared between the different relationships in Figure 4g/4h (e.g., via a t-test). This would help to better support the idea that Figure 4h shows better model fits than Figure 4g. These analyses could also be conducted for the relevant parts of Figure 6 (Experiment 3). The authors should consider allow a y-intercept in this process as they do in Figure 7.

      Main Concern 4:

      The authors compare tonic and phasic FBR predictive power in Figure 4. There are other places where the analyses in Figures 4g and 4h should be repeated:

      Concern 4-1:

      Tonic and phases FBR responses appear to vary in Experiment 1 (Figure 2c), but the authors do not test whether they predict the LR component magnitudes in Figure 2d. Analyses in Figures 4e,4f, 4g, and 4h should be added to the Experiment 1 analysis.

      Concern 4-2:

      While I understand the rationale behind computing differences in Figure 6 to isolate the second-shift effect on FBR/LR, the authors should still perform the primary investigation in Figures 4e, 4f, 4g, and 4h on the FBR and LR responses in Figures 5b-g (without subtracting the "Maintained" component). In other words, before analyzing the contributions of the second shift in Figure 6, the authors should repeat their analysis in Figure 4 applied to the FBR and LR responses in Figure 5 (without subtracting off the maintained response). How well does Equation (1) and y=ax capture the FBR and LR responses in Figures 5b-g?

      Main Concern 5:

      Given current practices in human sensorimotor adaptation, the current n=10 (or n=12) group sizes appear limited in size, raising concerns on statistical power.

      Concern 5-1:

      The authors should consider a power analysis or provide some other justification to support their chosen sample sizes.

      Concern 5-2:

      It is unclear why cross-correlation analyses in Figure 2e, 3d, and 5h have error bars, but no other FBR or LR time courses have error bars. Error bars should be provided in Figures 2b, 2c, 2d, 3b, 3c, 5b, 5c, 5d, 5e, 5f, 5g, 6a, and 6b.

      Concern 5-3:

      The subject counts are reported as n=10 for Experiment 1, n=12 for Experiment 2, and n=12 for Experiment 13, but the subject-to-subject analysis in Figure 7 says n=33.

      Main Concern 6:

      I agree that the author's model suggests that LR responses are most strongly predicted by the tonic FBR component. But I feel the narrative and Discussion surrounding this point are too strong. They paint the picture that only tonic FBR is important in learning. To do this, the role that phasic FBR plays is discounted, and mixed results concerning tonic FBR are overlooked. I feel that the Discussion should be broadened to acknowledge that the authors find evidence that both tonic and phasic FBR appear to influence the learning response, with tonic FBR making the stronger contribution in this task. Here are key areas that require attention:

      Concern 6-1:

      Importantly, the authors downplay their result in Fig. 8h, that the phasic FBR predicts phasic LR in their Results on Line 350. This argues against the idea that only tonic FBR influence LR parameters. On Line 485, the authors state that "trial-by-trial variability in LR amplitude was explained by the tonic component of the FBR, but not by the phasic component (Fig. 8)." This is not correct. Both the tonic and phasic components of the FBR altered LR components in Figure 8.

      Concern 6-2:

      Again, it is stated on Line 502, that the phasic FBR component "had only a modest effect on the LR". This again seems to underplay the result. The authors should amend their Results and Discussion to better acknowledge that their data support a role for both tonic and phasic FBR contributions to LR, but the tonic component appears to make a larger contribution in their model.

      Concern 6-3:

      While the role of phasic FBR in determining LR amplitude appears to be understated, the role of tonic FBR is, on occasion, overstated. The Discussion should mention that there is mixed evidence for the role of tonic FBR in LR parameters. For example, in their between-subjects analysis in Figure 7f, the authors do not find that phasic LR can be predicted by tonic FBR. Thus, across subjects, no component of the FBR appears to predict phasic LR.

      Concern 6-4:

      To better investigate the role that both phasic FBR and tonic FBR may play in adaptation, it would be advisable for the authors to consider this hypothesis. As it stands, tonic LR or phasic LR is regressed only onto tonic FBR or phasic FBR individually. In Figures 1 (Experiment 1), 3 (Experiment 2), and 5 (Experiment 3), the authors could regress tonic LR and phasic LR onto both phasic FBR and tonic FBR simultaneously. Models where LR = c1 phasic-FBR + c2 tonic-FBR could be considered and compared against univariate models, LR = c phasic-FBR and LR = c tonic-FBR using AIC or BIC to determine whether a mixed model that predicts LR with both phasic and tonic FBR is warranted.

      Irrespective of the result, the authors should be careful (Concerns 6-1 and 6-2) to state that when levels of tonic-FBR were controlled in Figure 8 (which is likely the cleanest way to look at the role phasic FBR plays in learning), phasic-FBR showed a clear influence on LR.

      Major Concern 7:

      On Line 577, it states the "hand was automatically returned to the starting position". Does this mean that the robot moved the hand back to the start location? If so, was the hand ever released from a force channel in between the perturbation trial and the following channel trial? A concern is that the holding forces from the perturbation trial could "bleed over" into the forces applied during the subsequent channel trial if the subject always remains in a channel trial in between the trials. Suppose we label the 3-trial structure as Channel 1 (C1) - Perturbation (P) - Channel 2 (C2). The authors should confirm that the holding forces on P are not correlated with baseline force (i.e., the channel force prior to movement onset) in C2. I do not expect there to be a strong correlation given that the learning responses in Figs. 2d, 3c, and 5e-g appear near-zero at t=-400ms, but this should still be verified.

      Major Concern 8:

      In Supplementary Figure 1, there appears to be an error in the "Amplitude of phasic LR (N)". In Supplementary Figure 1f, the phasic LR magnitudes appear in line with Supplementary Figure 1d, but there is a mismatch in the magnitudes for the phasic LR in Supplementary Figures 1e & 1d (the phasic LR magnitudes appear to be too low in Supplementary Figure 1e, peaking at around 0.1N when they should peak at around 0.15N).

      Major Concern 9:

      The authors should provide a Limitations section, highlighting unanswered concerns listed above, mixed results, and differences from prior work. These are touched upon in the Discussion section (particularly in Perspectives for future studies) but should be expanded further. At a minimum, the authors should consider including a discussion of the following points:

      Differences from prior work:

      9-1: There are methodological differences between this work and past studies highlighted by the authors. It could be that there are multiple error-based learning mechanisms that drive the FBR. Here, the authors find that visually-driven FBR responses do not drive LRs at a "common temporal shift". Instead, LRs are broadly expressed at the start of the movement (regardless of when the FBR was timed). However, tasks that have other components (e.g., a proprioceptive error) might invoke different learning mechanisms. For example, proprioceptive-driven FBRs might invoke LRs that have different temporal properties than visually-driven FRBs.

      9-2: As noted by the authors, Reference [10] studied FBR-driven learning in muscle commands, as opposed to forces. Muscle responses may have differing temporal and/or magnitude (for phasic/tonic) components that qualitatively differ from the force-based conclusions made here. Thus, the learning mechanisms at the muscle level may differ from those observed at the force level.

      9-3: While the tonic FBR is a strong predictor of the learning response in this experiment, most of the experimental conditions are done where the cursor remains deviated from the target throughout the trajectory and into the holding period. This differs from past work on feedback error learning, where feedback was veridical, and the cursor (and hand) ended on the target. This persistent displacement from the target during the prolonged holding period may influence the learning process and could enhance the tonic-FBR contribution to learning.

      9-4: The authors state in the present study that subjects were told not to use "explicit strategies" and move as straight as possible to the target. For past work, participants were able to use explicit strategies during feedback and learning responses. It could be that the lack of (or reduction in) explicit responses alters single-trial learning mechanisms relative to past work.

      Alternate models:

      9-5: No alternate models are considered here for the tonic-phasic relationship. Other models could relate these two processes differently, which could lead to different conclusions.

      9-6: It is assumed that both the tonic and phasic controllers are active at the same moment in time and sum linearly to generate the overall force output. Other models could have applied each "controller" to different phases of the reach in a differential manner (e.g., two separate controllers, a moving controller and a holding controller operating at different moments in time).

      9-7: It is assumed here that the LR should be a scaled FBR: y = ax. Conclusions made here could change if the LR is due to multiple processes, FBR-driven learning only being one of them. Other models where the LR is driven by both FBR and the sensory error were not considered here.

      Mixed results:

      9-8: While tonic FBR was a good predictor of phasic LR at the group-level (e.g., 4g), it did not predict phasic LR between subjects (Fig. 7f) and in fact tended toward a negative relationship.

      9-9: Phasic FBR predicts Phasic LR at the trial-level (Figure 8h) but not as well at the subject-level (Figure 7d).

      9-10: Overall, with the exception of Figure 8, most analyses look at the relationship between LR and tonic FBR or phasic FBR separately. In Figures 4c, 4d, 6c, 6d, and 7d-g, the authors look at the marginal effect of tonic or phasic FBR on learning, but do not control for variations in the other FBR component (e.g., they look at phasic FBR on tonic LR, but do not control for tonic FR). The only analysis that controls for the other component is in Figure 8, suggesting that both tonic and phasic FBR contribute to LR.

      Minor concerns

      (10) I'm not sure I follow the cross-correlation analysis in Figure 3. Overall, to me, both the FBR in Figure 3b and the LR in Figure 3c look quite similar in their temporal profiles, irrespective of the shift magnitude. The authors state on Line 158 that their cross-correlation analysis "...revealed that the overall shape of the cross-correlation function changed systematically with error magnitude". However, to me, in Figure 3d, the shape of the many curves looks similar.

      What is confusing to me here is including a phasic movement period and a tonic holding period inside the cross-correlation. The tonic "static" component during the holding period will likely greatly influence how well the cross-correlation is able to match the phasic peaks during the LR/FBR moving periods. In other words, the reach consists of a "movement" and a "holding" period. But the cross-correlation is blending the two together, and thus, I am not sure how reliable this measure will be for truly estimating the temporal shift between conditions. For example, if you look at the shaded gray area in Figure 3b, the "Movement period" looks almost identical in temporal properties. The "peaks" and "troughs" happen at nearly the same moment in time across all conditions. The onset of the FBR at approximately 200 ms is also identical across shift magnitudes. Thus, to me, the temporal properties of the FBR seem very similar during the moving period (where the FBR is responding to the error). But including the holding force (the tonic force after the 600ms period) seems to be causing the cross-correlation function to estimate differences at very high lags. If these differences are being driven solely by the holding forces, I am not sure this is meaningful.

      It seems that the authors might want to repeat this analysis, excluding the holding force period from the calculation of the cross-correlation coefficients.

      (11) It would appear that the authors have a significant main effect of their ANOVA (p=0.028) in Fig. 3f, but no post-hoc tests are reported to indicate which group means differ.

      (12) When plotting FBR, a [0,600]ms period is shaded as the movement period. On Line 580, it says that feedback was provided on peak movement speed. Was any feedback provided as to the movement duration? If not, did participants complete the movement within the 600 ms window labeled as movement speed? Were movements during perturbation trials longer than non-perturbed trials?

      (13) Over what time period is Equation (1) fit to the data? Is it the [-200,700]ms window shown in Figure 4a? A concern is that including too much of the "holding period" in the model fit will cause the model to be biased toward fitting the holding period well and not the moving period. This, in turn, might lead to better estimates for the beta parameter than the alpha parameter. In addition to clarifying the fitting process, the authors should also include R2 values for the moving and holding periods separately.

      (14) The procedure is clear from Figure 1e, but it would be helpful on Line 91 to explain that "collapsing" FBR and LR across rightward and leftward means that the FBR and LR were negated for one of the directions (prior to collapsing).

      (15) Are the "Amplitude of tonic LR (N)" supposed to be negative in Figures 6c and 6d?

      (16) Overall, the parameter distributions in Figures 4e and 4f are similar to those in Supplementary Figures 1c and 1d. The FBR amplitudes look nearly identical. Only the Phasic LR amplitudes in Supplementary Figure 1d appear to be larger than the Phasic LR amplitudes in Figure 4f. Can the authors provide an intuition for why the phasic LR contributions increase when T and sigma parameters are allowed to vary between participants?

      (17) There are two points where the authors should consider softening their language:

      17-1: The authors state at multiple points (e.g., Line 154) that "...the waveforms of LRs remained largely similar across conditions, while their amplitudes showed only modest modulation with cursor shift magnitude". However, in Figure 3c, the LR amplitude for the 0.4 cm shift is approximately 0.2 N, and the LR amplitude for the 3 cm shift is approximately 0.3 N - a 50% increase. The authors should consider softening the language here to appreciate the variations in LR amplitude.

      17-2: On Line 258, it is stated that the FBR during holding "diverged only slightly" for the 16 cm condition in Fig. 5b. This seems too strong a statement. The "Maintained" FBR holding force is about 0.2 N, and the reverse is about 0.1 N. Thus, the "Maintained" condition is doubled. While I agree that the LR diverges more than the FBR (i.e., 5b vs. 5e), I think the language choice here should be more careful.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the major comments raised in the previous round of reviews, yet some inherent issues necessarily remain unresolved.]

      The manuscript shows that different traits of adults and larvae correlate with Red List status. The authors argue that this shows a big gap in the conservation of amphibians and that the traits of all life stages should be taken into account in amphibian conservation. Specifically, amphibian conservation should do more for the habitats where the larvae live.

      The manuscript is well written and easy to understand. The methods are sound.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have leveraged publicly available single-cell RNA sequencing datasets from isolated islets downloaded from the PANC-DB resource to study the transcriptional profile of insulin-producing beta and glucagon-producing alpha cells from pancreas donors with, or at-risk (islet autoantibody positive) of Type 1 diabetes and donors without diabetes. Their rationale is that any remaining beta cells in these donors with T1D have resisted the autoimmune attack and can therefore provide insights into the transcriptional pathways that mediate this protection. They have developed robust bioinformatic pipelines to address this hypothesis. Their analyses identify beta (and alpha) cells clustered by their differential transcriptional profiles and gene regulatory networks (GRNs), which are present in varying proportions in individuals with and without T1D. The Differentially expressed genes (DEGs) identified align with previously reported datasets. The use of the SCENIC tool, a pipeline for GRN inference using transcriptomic data, involves scoring transcription factor (TF) activity with a rank-based approach, which is considered robust to technical artefacts and adds a novel perspective to this study. Through GRN analysis and regulon score generation, the authors identify a specific cluster of beta cells, cluster 3 (C3), that is enriched in individuals with T1D. This cluster was also slightly enriched in individuals without diabetes (ND) who were > 35 years of age. Their data aligns, supports and extends upon many earlier studies identifying key protective genes, e.g. CD274 (PD-L1) and HLA-E. Together, this provides insights into the transcriptional profile of beta cells that have resisted immune-mediated destruction, which could help with the design of stem cell-derived islet therapies and guide targeted immunotherapy drug trials in the future.

      Strengths:

      This largely agrees with and extends previous studies from a range of groups using different tissue repositories. This strengthens the validity of the conclusions. The identification of key GRNs associated with preserved beta cells could also aid in the future design of cell and immunomodulatory-based therapies.

      Weaknesses:

      The regulon scores are hypothesis-generating, not proof of the mechanism by which beta cells are protected. The observation that C3 is enriched in ND >35y could indicate that it is a regulon associated with beta-cell senescence, for example. In the context of T1D, this regulon could reflect beta-cell senescence or stress, which incidentally co-occurs with survival and, as such, is not necessarily a true reflection of survival characteristics. The authors could perhaps expand upon this possibility in a revision.

      The authors have leveraged valuable datasets to generate a detailed profile of residual beta cells in Type 1 diabetes and have successfully achieved their study aims. The findings are largely consistent with and extend the existing literature, highlighting key regulatory networks, some of which are supported at both the RNA and protein level (e.g., IRF1). However, a key interpretative consideration is that GRN-derived regulon activity does not distinguish between causal and reflective biological states. In particular, it remains unclear whether these networks represent mechanisms of immune protection or instead reflect underlying beta-cell states such as stress adaptation or senescence. Clarifying this distinction will be important for understanding the functional significance of these regulatory programs and their potential therapeutic relevance.

    1. reply to u/psitaxx at https://www.reddit.com/r/typewriters/comments/1ui2vvo/does_it_even_count_as_a_second_typewriter_if_its/

      You're right that sometimes 1+1 is not equal to two.

      For example 1 pile of laundry plus 1 pile of laundry is still 1 pile of laundry (just bigger), or 1 cloud merging with 1 cloud is still 1 cloud (albeit a different cloud). Sadly this is not the case with typewriters. 1 typewriter plus another 1 typewriter is 2 typewriters.

      According to typewriter collector Keanu Reeves, you don't have a collection yet. That happens when you have 3, something you could never accomplish unless the math worked in the standard way.

      Would that 1 typewriter + 1 typewriter = 1 typewriter! Then my collection of well over 30 wouldn't bother my wife, and I could say that I only have 1 typewriter...

      Of course I can commiserate with your mint condition typewriter conundrum. Sometimes there's nothing better than getting something in mint condition, but often we all have hopes that it's not mint for one reason or another. I too was disappointed by a recent $21.95 purchase of an Olympia in perfect condition. Perhaps, as Frank Navasky said in You've Got Mail (Warner Bros., 1998), "I needed a backup."

      img

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      I have completed a thorough review of this paper, which seeks to use the large datasets of species occurrences available through GBIF to estimate variation in how large numbers of plant and animal species are associated with urbanization throughout the world, describing what they call the "species urbanness distribution" or SUD. They explore how these SUDs differ between regions and different taxonomic levels. They then calculate a measure of urban tolerance and seek to explore whether organism size predicts variation in tolerance among species and across regions.

      The study is impressive in many respects. Over the course of several papers, Callaghan and coauthors have been leaders in using "big [biodiversity] data" to create metrics of how species' occurrence data are associated with urban environments, and in describing variation in urban tolerance among taxa and regions. This work has been creative, novel, and it has pushed the boundaries of understanding how urbanization affects a wide diversity of taxa. The current paper takes this to a new level by performing analyses on over 94000 observations from >30,000 species of plants and animals, across more than 370 plant and animal taxonomic families. All of these analyses were focused on answering two main questions:<br /> (1) What is the shape of species' urban tolerance distributions within regional communities?<br /> (2) Does body size consistently correlate with species' urban tolerance across taxonomic groups and biogeographic contexts?

      Overall, I think the questions are interesting and important, the size and scope of the data and analyses are impressive, and this paper has a potentially large contribution to make in pushing forward urban macroecology specifically and urban ecology and evolution more generally.

      Despite my enthusiasm for this paper and its potential impact, there are aspects that could be improved, and I believe the paper requires major revision.

      Some of these revisions ideally involve being clearer about the methodology or arguments being made. In other cases, I think their metrics of urban tolerance are flawed and need to be rethought and recalculated, and some of the conclusions are inaccurate. I hope the authors will address these comments carefully and thoroughly. I recognize that there is no obligation for authors to make revisions. However, revising the paper along the lines of the comments made below would increase the impact of the paper and its clarity to a broad readership.

      Major Comments:

      (1) Subrealms

      Where does the concept of "subrealms" come from? No citation is given, and it could be said that this sounds like an idea straight out of Middle Earth. How do subrealms relate to known bioclimatic designations like Koppen Climate classifications, which would arguably be more appropriate? Or are subrealms more socio-ecologically oriented? From what I can tell, each subrealm lumps together climatically diverse areas. It might be better and more tractable to break things in terms of continents, as the rationale for subrealms is unclear, and it makes the analyses and results more confusing. The authors rationalized the use of subrealms to account for potential intraspecific differences in species' response to urbanization, but that is never a core part of the questions or interpretation in the paper, and averaging across subrealms also accounts for intraspecific variation. Another issue with using the subrealm approach is that the authors only included a species if it had 100 observations in a given subrealm, leading to a focus on only the most common species, which may be biased in their SUD distribution. How many more species would be included if they did their analysis at the continental or global scale, and would this change the shape of SUDs?

      (2) Methods - urban score

      The authors describe their "urban score" as being calculated as "the mean of the distribution of VIIRS values as a relative species-specific measure of a response to urban land cover."

      I don't understand how this is a "relative species-specific measure". What is it relative to? Figures S4 and S5 show the mean distribution of VIIRS for various taxa, and this mean looks to be an absolute measure. Mean VIIRS for a given species would be fine and appropriate as an "urban score", but the authors then state in the next sentence: "this urban score represents the relative ranking of that species to other species in response to urban land cover".

      That doesn't follow from the description of how this is calculated. Something is missing here. Please clarify and add an explicit equation for how the urban score is calculated because the text is unclear and confusing.

      (3) Methods - urban tolerance

      How the authors are defining and calculating tolerance is unclear, confusing, and flawed in my opinion.

      Tolerance is a common concept in ecology, evolution, and physiology, typically defined as the ability for an organism to maintain some measure of performance (e.g., fitness, growth, physiological homeostasis) in the presence versus absence of some stressor. As one example, in the herbivory literature, tolerance is often measured as the absolute or relative difference in fitness of plants that are damaged versus undamaged (e.g., https://academic.oup.com/evolut/article/62/9/2429/6853425?login=true).

      On line 309, after describing the calculation of urban scores across subrealms, they write: "Therefore, a species could be represented across multiple subrealms with differing measures of urban tolerance (Fig. S4). Importantly, this continuous metric of urban tolerance is a relative measure of a species' preference, or affinity, to urban areas: it should be interpreted only within each subrealm".

      This is problematic on several fronts. First, the authors never define what they mean by the term "tolerance". Second, they refer to urban tolerance throughout the paper, but don't describe the calculation until lines 315-319, where they write (text in [ ] is from the reviewer):

      "Within each subrealm, we further accounted for the potential of different levels of urbanization by scaling each species' urban score by subtracting the mean VIIRS of all observations in the subrealm (this value is hereafter referred to as urban tolerance). This 'urban tolerance' (Fig. S5) value can be negative - when species under-occupy urban areas [relative to the average across all species] suggesting they actively avoid them-or positive-when species over-occupy urban areas [relative to the average across all species] suggesting they prefer them (i.e., ranging from urban avoiders to urban exploiters, respectively).<br /> They are taking a relativized urban score and then subtracting the mean VIIRS of all observations across species in a subrealm. How exactly one interprets the magnitude isn't clear and they admit this metric is "not interpretative across subrealms".

      This is not a true measure of tolerance, at least not in the conventional sense of how tolerance is typically defined. The problem is that a species distribution isn't being compared to some metric of urbanness, but instead it is relative to other species' urban scores, where species may, on average, be highly urban or highly nonurban in their distribution, and this may vary from subrealm to subrealm. A measure of urban tolerance should be independent of how other species are responding, and should be interpretable across subrealms, continents, and the globe.

      I propose the authors use one of two metrics of urban tolerance:

      (i) Absolute Urban Tolerance = Mean VIIRS of species_i - Mean VIIRS of city centers<br /> Here, the mean VIIRS of city centers could be taken from the center of multiple cities throughout a subrealm, across a continent, or across the world. Here, the units are in the original VIIRS units where 0 would correspond to species being centered on the most extreme urban habitats, and the most extreme negative values would correspond to species that occupy the most non-urban habitats (i.e., no artificial light at night). In essence, this measure of tolerance would quantify how far a species' distribution is shifted relative to the most highly urbanized habitat available.

      (ii) % Urban Tolerance = (Mean VIIRS of species_i - Mean VIIRS of city centers)/MeanVIIRS of city centers * 100%<br /> This metric provides a % change in species mean VIIRS distribution relative to the most urban habitats. This value could theoretically be negative or positive, but will typically be negative, with -100% being completely non-urban, and 0% being completely urban tolerant.

      Both of these metrics can be compared across the world, as it would provide either absolute (equation 1) or relative (equation 2) metrics of urban tolerance that are comparable and easily interpretable in any region.

      In summary, the definition of tolerance should be clear, the metric should be a true measure of tolerance that is comparable across regions, and an equation should be given.

      (4) Figure 1: The figure does not stand alone. For example, what is the hypothesis for thermophily or the temperature-size rule? The authors should expand the legend slightly to make the hypotheses being illustrated clearer.

      (5) SUDs: I don't agree with the conclusion given on line 83 ("pattern was consistent across subrealms and several taxonomic levels") or in the legend of Figure 2 ("there were consistent patterns for kingdoms, classes, and orders, as shown by generally similar density histograms shapes for each of these").

      The shapes of the curves are quite different, especially for the two Kingdoms and the different classes. I agree they are relatively consistent for the different taxonomic Orders of insects.

      Comments on revised version:

      I believe their response is thorough and thoughtful. I still disagree with them on some fundamental points of their methodology. However, I would prefer to let my review and their response stand as is. This will allow engaged readers to see both sides of the arguments and judge for themselves whether they believe the revisions are sufficient and if my concerns are valid.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study demonstrates, through a series of EEG and MEG experiments, that the human brain automatically categorizes words from alphabetic and non-alphabetic languages, and it unpacks the neural mechanisms of this process from multiple angles. The work examines not only univariate repetition-suppression (RS) effects, but also how repeating or alternating languages influences the representational similarity of words within and across language categories.

      Strengths:

      The univariate RS effects across multiple experiments lend support to some of the main conclusions.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have made appropriate revisions and supplements in response to the issues I raised, which has largely resolved my concerns.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      This manuscript addresses an important question in auditory neuroscience and neuroprosthetics: whether cortical responses to cochlear implant stimulation resemble those evoked by natural acoustic stimulation, or whether electrical stimulation engages a distinct cortical representation. The authors use high-density intracranial EEG recordings in rats to compare responses to pure tones in normal-hearing animals with responses to single-channel cochlear implant stimulation in deafened animals. They combine analyses of event-related potentials, high-gamma activity, trial-by-trial variability, PCA/TCA-based dimensionality reduction, and decoder-based measures of stimulus information.

      Strengths

      A major strength of the study is the question it addresses. Understanding how electrical cochlear stimulation is represented centrally is highly relevant for cochlear implant design, fitting strategies, and rehabilitation. The comparison between acoustic and electrical stimulation, including within-animal comparisons in a subset of cases, is valuable because it directly addresses whether implant-evoked activity can be interpreted within the framework of normal acoustic tonotopy.

      The methodological approach is also a strength. Dense cortical surface recordings provide simultaneous access to spatial and temporal features of auditory cortical responses. The combination of PCA, TCA, and decoder analyses gives complementary views of the data, and the information-transfer analysis provides an interesting way to ask whether representations learned from acoustic stimulation generalize to electrical stimulation.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness is that the evidence for spatial organization remains difficult to interpret. In Figure 2, the authors argue that both tone-evoked and cochlear implant-evoked responses are spatially organized, but the slope analyses are not significant for the cochlear implant condition. The revised vector-strength analysis supports the presence of non-random spatial structure, but this is not the same as demonstrating a clear graded cochleotopic organization. The manuscript would be strongest if it consistently distinguished between non-random spatial structure, coarse topography, and true graded tonotopy or cochleotopy.

      A related issue is that some figure titles and interpretive statements still appear stronger than the data justify. For example, the TCA results in Figure 7 are described as revealing topographically organized latent spatial factors, but the statistical support appears strongest for normal-hearing high-gamma responses, with weaker or non-significant results in other conditions. These data remain interesting, but they would be better framed as evidence for weak or coarse spatial structure rather than robust topographic organization across all modalities.

      The decoder analyses are improved, especially with the added tone-to-tone control. This control supports the conclusion that poor acoustic-to-CI transfer is not simply a failure of the TCA/LDA pipeline. However, the analysis remains model-dependent, and the absolute information transfer values are low. It would be helpful either to include an analogous analysis using raw ERP/high-gamma features or to explain more explicitly why the TCA-based approach is the appropriate primary test. The data support poor generalization between acoustic and implant-evoked cortical responses, but claims about perceptual qualities should remain speculative because perception is not directly measured in these experiments.

      Finally, although methodological reporting is much improved, some verification remains indirect. The authors provide useful implantation criteria and cite prior validation of their deafening approach, but the manuscript would be clearer if it explicitly distinguished between validation performed in the present animals and validation based on previous cohorts. This distinction is important because surgical variability, implantation efficacy, and deafening completeness can influence the interpretation of cochlear implant experiments.

      Comments on revised version.

      The revised manuscript is considerably improved. The authors have clarified several methodological details, added a statistical framework that better accommodates both paired and unpaired animals, provided a clearer account of animal cohorts, added peripheral ECAP/forward-masking data to support the cochlear specificity of implant stimulation, and included a useful positive control for the cross-modal decoder analysis. These additions make the manuscript stronger and help readers interpret the main findings more confidently.

      The results support the conclusion that acoustic and cochlear implant stimulation evoke cortical responses with different properties. In particular, acoustic responses support better single-trial stimulus decoding than cochlear implant responses, and decoders trained on acoustic responses transfer poorly to implant-evoked responses. The evidence for spatial organization is more nuanced. The cochlear implant condition shows evidence of non-random spatial structure, but not a clear graded cochleotopic map. The normal-hearing condition is also less visually clear than might be expected from prior tonotopy studies, although the added analyses and comparisons to previous work help contextualize this result. Overall, the study makes a valuable contribution, provided that the claims about spatial organization and perceptual interpretation remain appropriately cautious.

      The revision addresses several important concerns from the original version. The use of mixed-effects models better matches the partially paired experimental design. The expanded Methods improve reproducibility. The new cohort schematic helps clarify which animals contributed to behavioral and neural datasets. The ECAP forward-masking measurements add useful peripheral validation, and the within-modality decoder control strengthens the interpretation of the poor cross-modal transfer result. Together, these changes substantially improve the manuscript.

      The work is likely to be of interest to auditory neuroscientists, cochlear implant researchers, and neuroengineers. Even where some conclusions require cautious wording, the dataset and analytical framework may be useful for future studies aiming to relate cortical responses to implant programming, perceptual learning, or closed-loop neuroprosthetic approaches.

      Overall, the revised manuscript is stronger and addresses an important problem with useful methods and analyses. The results most convincingly show that acoustic responses support better single-trial decoding than acute cochlear implant responses, and that acoustic-trained decoders generalize poorly to implant-evoked activity. The evidence for robust spatial organization, especially in the cochlear implant condition, is more limited and should be presented with appropriate caution.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates the impact of Pink1 loss on glial function and neuronal health in a Drosophila model, highlighting the role of mitochondria-organelle contacts and key genes such as Ccz1, Vps13, Mon1, and Rab7. The work provides insights into cellular processes underlying neurodegenerative diseases, with a focus on glia-neuron interactions.

      Comments on revised version:

      I have reviewed the revised manuscript and the authors' responses to previous comments. The authors have addressed the key concerns raised by the reviewers, including validation of the Mz-GAL4 line and additional control experiments. The remaining issues caused by experimental constraints are understandable in this study.

      However, several concerns remain. Notably, some key results were removed due to the use of inadequately characterized fly lines, and the lack of follow-up experiments to address these issues raises concerns regarding the validity and reliability of the findings. Furthermore, the absence of experiments examining Rab7-mediated membrane trafficking or the interactions between mitochondria and lysosomes in the Pink1 mutant presents a limitation. These missing elements reduce the clarity and interpretability of Figure 5 for readers.

      On a positive note, the data showing that reducing Vps35/Vps13 enhances neuronal function and rescues Pink1 mutant phenotypes in ensheathing glia contributes meaningfully to the overall narrative.

      Despite these limitations, this research addresses an important question in neuroscience using the Drosophila model. It provides a novel perspective on Parkinson's disease and neurodegeneration by exploring mechanisms underlying Pink1 loss and suggesting a role for mitochondria-organelle interactions in ensheathing glia, potentially regulated via Vps35/Vps13-mediated pathways.

      Overall, the current version presents a clear and meaningful contribution to the field.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study entitled "Linking Germline Telomere Removal to Global Programmed DNA Elimination in Tetrahymena Genome Differentiation" Nagao and colleagues examine the fate of germline chromosome ends during somatic genome differentiation in the ciliate Tetrahymena thermophila. During sexual reproduction, a new somatic genome is created from a zygotic, germline-derived genome by extensive programmed DNA elimination events. It has been known for some time that the terminii of the germline chromosomes are eliminated, but the exact process and kinetics of the elimination events has not been thoroughly investigated. The authors first use germline-specific telomere probes to show that the loss of these chromosome ends occurs with similar timing as other DNA elimination events. By comparative analysis of the assembled germline and somatic genomes, the authors find the ends of each of the germline chromosomes are composed of few hundred kilobases of micronuclear limited sequences (MLS) that are removed starting around 14 hours after the start of conjugation, which initiates sexual development. They then develop an in-situ hybridization assay to track the fate of one end of chromosome 4 while simultaneously following the adjacent macronuclear destined sequence (MDS) retained in the new somatic genome. This allows the authors to more clearly show that these adjacent chromosomal segments are initially amplified in the developing genome before the terminal MLS is eliminated. Finally, they mutate the chromosome breakage sequence (CBS) that normally separates the MLS terminus from the adjacent MDS region as show that strains that develop with only one mutant chromosome can produce viable sexual progeny, but it appears that both the MLS and the MDS from the mutant chromosome are lost. If both chromosome copies have the CBS mutation, the cells arrest during development and do not eliminate many germline limited sequences and fail to produce viable progeny. Overall, this study provides many new insights into the fate of germline chromosome ends during somatic genome remodeling and suggests extensive coordination of different DNA elimination events in Tetrahymena.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the experiments were well executed with appropriate controls. The findings are generally robust. Importantly, the study provides several novel findings. First, the authors provide a fairly comprehensive characterization of the size of the MLS at the end of each germline chromosome. They also report on the highly repetitive composition of these chromosome terminii. Second, the authors develop a novel method to study the fate of chromosome terminii during development and use it conclusively track the elimination of these terminii. Third, the authors show that the elimination of these terminii appears to occur concurrently with most other DNA elimination events during somatic genome differentiation. And fourth, the authors show that failure to separate these eliminated sequences from the normally retained chromosome alters the fate of these adjacent MDS and loss of the cells ability to produce viable progeny. The authors initially hypothesized that DNA elimination may be blocked due to inappropriate silencing of genes in the MDS region when the CBS is mutant, but gene expression analysis showed that this is not the case.

      Weaknesses:

      After revising the manuscript based on the initial reviewers' critique, most weaknesses have been addressed. On weakness remaining is that since the authors only mutated the end of one germline chromosome, it is not clear whether the elimination of the MDS adjacent to the terminal MLS on chromosome 4 when the CBS is mutated is a general phenomenon, i.e. would happen at all chromosome ends, or is unique to the situation at Chromosome 4R. Knowing whether it is a general phenomenon or not would provide important insight into the authors findings. The authors did attempt to look at other chromosome ends, but technical limitations currently stymie this effort.

      The other weakness is that it remains unclear how failure to carry out DNA elimination appears to induce a checkpoint during development, but this open question is not unique to this study.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have significantly improved the study. The addition of the RNA-seq analysis allowed these researchers to show that their initial hypothesis - that loss of a CBS leads to inappropriate gene silencing in the neighboring MDS region - appears not to be the case. I do not have further suggestions for the authors.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors propose that HSV-1 infection degrades the class I histone deacetylases HDAC1 and HDAC2. The MDM2 E3 ubiquitin ligase from the DNA damage response pathway is responsible for ubiquitinating these HDACs that are subsequently degraded via proteasomes. The authors hypothesize that HDAC degradation will cause hyperacetylation of viral chromatin and enable viral gene transcription.

      Strengths:

      The ubiquitination of HDAC1 & HDAC2 by Mdm2 and the mapping studies are clear.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without an additional round of formal review from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      In the manuscript "Pathogen-Phage Geomapping to Overcome Resistance," Do et al. present an impressive demonstration of using geographical sampling and metagenomics to guide sample choice for enrichment in human-associated microbes and the pathogen of interest to increase the chances of success for isolating phages active against highly resistant bacterial strains. The authors document many notable successes (17!) with highly resistant bacterial isolates and share a thoughtfully structured phage discovery effort, potentially opening the door to similar geomapping efforts across the field. While the work is methodologically strong and valuable for the community, there are a few areas where additional clarification and analysis could better align the claims with the data presented.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript describes a well-executed and transparent example of overcoming a major obstacle in therapeutic virus identification, providing a practical success story that will resonate with researchers in microbiology and medicine.

      (2) Many phage researchers have anecdotally experienced a similar phenomenon, that a particular wastewater treatment plant always seems to have the pathogens you need. Quantifying this with metagenomics modernizes and adds evidence to this phenomenon in a way that could help researchers reproduce this success in a methodical way.

      (3) The methodology of combining environmental sampling, viral screening, and host-range analysis is clearly articulated and reproducible, offering a valuable blueprint for others in the field.

      (4) The data are presented with appropriate analytical rigor, and the results include robust sequencing and metagenomic profiling that deepen understanding of local viral communities.

      (5) The 17 successes yielding 35 phages have a lot of phylogenetic novelty beyond what the Tailor labs have typically found with previous methods.

      (6) The work highlights a practical and innovative solution to an increasingly important clinical problem, supporting the development of personalized antiviral strategies.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Gurnani et al. explore how dynamical properties of neural networks influence capacity for and mechanisms of learning. Specifically, they focus on Brain Computer Interface (BCI) learning, in which manipulations are applied to a decoder that maps neural activity onto computer cursors. This paradigm was introduced by Sadtler et al. 2014, and has become an influential part of the neuroscience motor learning literature. A particularly fascinating outcome of that body of work is the observation that "within-manifold" perturbations (WMPs), which preserve covariance structure in the neural population, are easier to learn than "outside-manifold" perturbations (OMPs), which break this. Since deep network parameter access is challenging (to say the least) in monkey experiments, the intuition for this split in learnability is ripe for modeling and theory work. Indeed, the authors here introduce a feedback-driven recurrent neural network model whose output drives a simulation of a neural decoder commonly used in BCI studies like the Sadtler paper. While there have now been several modeling studies exploring how neural networks could solve this task, the feedback control perspective gives the authors' new model an interesting niche. Overall, this is a thoroughly done and well-written modeling study, and a solid contribution to the literature on within- and outside-manifold perturbations.

      Strengths:

      Reframing the OMP and WMP learning from a feedback-driven dynamical systems perspective, not just a geometric one, is an interesting take. The controllability analysis (along with the clear difference in input-driven and recurrence-driven learning) is quite a cool result that helps better frame what might be happening in the primate brain during similar tasks.

      Weaknesses:

      Some of the more interesting aspects, especially the controllability) and the differences between input-driven and recurrence-driven learning could be further developed, either by showing more analyses or running more comparisons. A few sections could benefit from some additional clarity on the strength and significance of results.

    1. College not only will expand your mind, but it may also make you a little uncomfortable, challenge your identity, and at times, make you doubt your abilities.

      I like this text because it talks about how college can be challenging and uncomfortable at times. Growth usually happens when people are pushed outside of their comfort zones and try new things. It a good reminder that feeling stressed or unsure sometimes does not mean your failing, it means your learning.

    2. it takes passion and perseverance to be gritty. It also takes resilience, or the ability to bounce back from adversity.

      This section helps me think about college differently because it reminds me that success is not just about being smart. There's going to be challenges and being able to keep going when things get difficult is important. I think developing resilience will help me handle setbacks and stay focused on my goals.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates the role of the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) in generating goal-directed actions under threat, using a progressive behavioral paradigm, neural recordings, and optogenetic inhibition in mice. The authors demonstrate that while mPFC GABAergic neurons strongly encode cues, actions, and errors, particularly under high cognitive demand, this neural activity is not causally required for executing avoidance behaviors. By rigorously controlling for movement and arousal, the researchers found that much of the observed mPFC signaling actually reflects baseline behavioral states rather than the generation of the actions themselves. This dissociation between encoding and causality challenges traditional views of mPFC as an executive controller of action and provides a nuanced understanding of its role in evaluative and contextual processing.

      Strengths:

      The behavioral paradigm employed in this study is one of its greatest strengths, offering a rigorous, progressive, and well-controlled framework to dissect the neural mechanisms underlying avoidance under threat. This three-phase task design is particularly well-suited to tease apart the contributions of learning, discrimination, and cognitive load to both behavior and neural activity.

      By tracking movement (speed, rotations) and including it as a covariate in statistical models, the authors also underscore the need to control for movement and baseline activity when interpreting cortical signals, which is relevant for all studies of brain-behavior relationships, ensuring that behavioral changes are not due to general arousal or motor activity.

      Finally, the study combines multiple advanced techniques-fiber photometry, single-cell calcium imaging (miniscopes), and two distinct optogenetic inhibition methods-to provide a comprehensive look at both neural encoding and causal necessity.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors adequately addressed all of the reviewers' comments and made great improvements to the manuscript, particularly enhancing the methods and figures to significantly improve clarity and readability.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      Morgan et al. studied how paternal dietary alteration influenced testicular phenotype, placental and fetal growth using a mouse model of paternal low protein diet (LPD) or Western Diet (WD) feeding, with or without supplementation of methyl-donors and carriers (MD). They found diet- and sex-specific effects of paternal diet alteration. All experimental diets decreased paternal body weight and the number of spermatogonial stem cells, while fertility was unaffected. WD males (irrespective of MD) showed signs of adiposity and metabolic dysfunction, abnormal seminiferous tubules and dysregulation of testicular genes related to chromatin homeostasis. Conversely, LPD induced abnormalities in the early placental cone, fetal growth restriction and placental insufficiency, which was partly ameliorated by MD. The paternal diets changed placental transcriptome in a sex-specific manner and led to a loss of sexual dimorphism in the placental transcriptome. These data provide a novel insight on how paternal health can affect the outcome of pregnancies, which is often overlooked in prenatal care.

      Strengths:

      The authors have performed a well-designed study using commonly used mouse models of paternal underfeeding (low protein) and overfeeding (Western diet). They performed comprehensive phenotyping at multiple timepoints including of the fathers, the early placenta and late gestation feto-placental unit. The inclusion of both testicular and placental morphological and transcriptomic analysis is a powerful non-biased tool for such exploratory observational studies. The authors describe changes in testicular gene expression revolving around histone (methylation) pathways that are linked to altered offspring development (H3.3 and H3K4), which is in line with hypothesised paternal contributions to offspring health. The authors report sex differences in control placentas that mimic those in humans, providing potential for translatability of the findings. The exploration of sexual dimorphism (often overlooked) and its absence in response to dietary modification is novel and contributes to the evidence-base for the inclusion of both sexes in developmental studies.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have done a great job addressing my concerns. The description of the data analysis and the figures are now much clearer. The inclusion of the potential links between the microbiome and male reproductive fitness is informative and improves the flow of the discussion.

    1. Joint Public Review:

      [Editor's Note: The previous reviewers comments were felt to be addressed by the reviewers and myself and have improved the work.]

      In this study, the authors suggest that DuoHexaBody-CD37, a biparatopic CD37-targeting antibody, can induce direct cytotoxicity in diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) cells through antibody clustering and SHP-1 activation, independent of complement. They further propose that DuoHexaBody-CD37 inhibits cytokine-mediated pro-survival signalling, suggesting a broader role for CD37-directed therapy in disrupting tumour supportive signalling networks.

      A strength of the study is the systematic in vitro characterisation of signalling responses to DuoHexaBody-CD37 across both malignant and normal B-cells. The inclusion of phosphoproteomic profiling and mutant constructs provides mechanistic detail, and the findings may be of interest to researchers working on antibody therapeutics in lymphoma.

      However, the evidence supporting key mechanistic processes - particularly the specific subtype requirement for Fc receptor crosslinking - is incomplete and would benefit from further functional validation. While CD37 has been explored previously as a therapeutic target, this study does add mechanistic insight into direct cytotoxicity and cytokine modulation. Nevertheless, the exclusive reliance on in vitro systems makes the translational relevance unclear.

      Overall, the study provides valuable insight into CD37-mediated signalling in lymphoma cells, but the evidence remains incomplete to support broader conclusions about therapeutic impact. The additional mechanistic data included during revision are informative, but the precise basis of the observed cytotoxic effects remains incompletely defined.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript "Heterozygote advantage cannot explain MHC diversity, but MHC diversity can explain heterozygote advantage" explores two topics. First, it is claimed that the recently published by Mattias Siljestam and Claus Rueffler conclusion (in the following referred to as [SR] for brevity) that heterozygote advantage explains MHC diversity does not withstand an even very slight change in ecological parameters. Second, a modified model that allows an expansion of MHC gene family shows that homozygotes outperform heterozygotes. This is an important topic and could be of potential interest to the readership of eLife if the conclusions are valid and non-trivial.

      The resubmitted manuscript addresses several questions from my previous review. In particular, there is a more detailed description of how the code of Siljestam and Rueffler ([SR]) was used for the simulations and the calculation of the factor 2.7 x 10^43 that is the key to the alleged breakdown of the numerical reasoning presented by in [SR].

      Yet I think that important aspects of my critique of the first statement of the manuscript about the flaws of [SR] model remain unanswered. I guess the discussion becomes rather general about the universality and robustness of various types of models to parameter changes. My point is that none of the models is totally universal. The model in [SR] is not phenomenological as none of the parameters or functional forms were derived empirically. Instead, it is a proof of principle demonstration that inevitably grossly simplifies the actual immune response. The choice of constants and functions used in Eqs. (1-5) is dictated by the mathematical convenience and works in a limited range of parameter values. It is shown in [SR] that for 3 pathogens and reasonable "virulence " \nu, the alleles branch. These conclusions are supported by the analytically derived Adaptive Dynamics branching criteria (7), which, contrary to the statement is the cover letter (" It is clear from Fig. 4 of Siljestam and Rueffler that the branching condition is far from sufficient for high MHC diversity.") is perfectly confirmed by the simulation data shown in Fig. 4.

      The mathematical simplicity of the [SR] model generates various artifacts, such as the mentioned by the Author reduction of the "condition" by an enormous factor 2.7 x 10^43 and the resulting decrease in the "survival" induced by the addition of a new pathogen. This occurs at the very large value of \nu=20, whose effect is enormous due to the Gaussian form of (1), which, once again, was chosen for the mathematical convenience. In reality, a new pathogen cannot reduce the "survival" by such a factor as it would wipe out any resident population. So to compensate for such an artifact, the additional factor c_max was introduced to buffer such an excess. There is no reason to fix c_max once for an arbitrary number of pathogens, because varying c_max basically reflects the observation that a well-adapted individual must have a reasonable survival probability. At the same time, there are many ways in which the numerical simulation may break down when the survival rates become of the order of 10^(-43) instead of one, so it comes to no surprise that the diversification, predicted by the adaptive dynamics, does not readily occur in the scenario with an addition or removal of the 8th pathogen with a very high virulence \nu=20.

      I have doubts that the reported breakdown of the [SR] model with fixed c_max remains observable with less extreme values of m and \nu (say, for \nu=7 and m=3 plus or minus 1 used in Fig. 3 in the manuscript).

      So I still find the claim that " the phenomenon that leads to high diversity in the simulations of Siljestam and Rueffler depends on finely tuned parameter values" is not well substantiated.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this study, the authors set out to determine how two classes of kinase inhibitors, which stabilise a disease-relevant enzyme in either an active (Type I) or inactive state (Type II), influence its organisation and interactions with microtubule filaments in cells. Using the state-of-the-art in-cell structural imaging approaches, they examine how these compounds affect the formation of protein filaments and their association with microtubules, and succeed in defining the underlying structural basis for these differences.

      A major strength of the work is the application of in-cell cryo-electron tomography combined with correlative imaging, which enables direct visualisation of protein organisation in a near-native cellular context. The data convincingly demonstrate that the Type I inhibitor compound stabilising the active state promotes extensive LRRK2 filament formation and microtubule bundling, whereas compounds stabilising the inactive state markedly reduce these interactions. The structural analysis further provides insight into how conformational states relate to filament organisation, including modelling of previously unresolved regions of the protein.

      These findings are internally consistent and align well with prior biochemical and structural studies, many of which were performed by the same team.

      There are, however, some limitations that should be noted. The experiments rely on overexpression of the I2020T mutant form of the LRRK2 protein, which is a rare variant, in a single cell type (293T cells), which may not fully reflect endogenous behaviour or wild-type LRRK2 in a physiological context. In addition, while the imaging data are compelling, the functional consequences of the observed filament formation and microtubule association remain unclear.

      The study therefore provides strong descriptive and structural insight, but more limited evidence linking these observations to cellular or disease-relevant outcomes.

      Overall, the authors largely achieve their aims, and the results support their central conclusion that different classes of kinase inhibitors have distinct effects on protein organisation in cells. The work represents an important advance in understanding how small molecules can reshape protein architecture in a cellular environment, with potential implications for therapeutic strategies. The methodological approach will also be of broad interest to the field, as it highlights the power of in-cell structural biology to study dynamic protein assemblies that are difficult to capture using traditional approaches.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors of this study developed a method to quantify calvarial bone marrow from MRI head scans, enabling the study of its composition in large datasets of adults, usually collected to study the brain. Bone marrow intensity can be semi-quantitatively measured in T1-weighted MRI scans due to the greater signal intensity of fat than watery red marrow. This is an ingenious use of the MRI-produced information for other important phenotypes, such as bone structure and marrow content. Different head types were tested for complying with the model, which is notable.

      The model was also successfully validated using several publicly available MRI resources - real data - in (1) a dataset consisting of 30 individuals that were scanned 10 times each at 3-day intervals, and (2) the monozygotic (MZ) twin data from the Human Connectome Project cohort. Then the authors applied this validated method to head-MRI scans from the UK Biobank (n=33,042) to extract information on the spatial distribution of bone marrow adiposity (BMA) in the calvaria, allowing a GWAS to identify associated genes.

      The authors revealed high heritability and identified 41 genetic loci significantly associated with the BMA trait, including six sex-specific loci. Of note, statistics estimate that 99% of BMA trait-influencing variants are shared with BMD (497 of 500 variants), which may mean these results demonstrate the biological relevance to bone health. Some of the BMA genes were found related to the Wnt pathway, including WNT16, WNT4, NXN; this is a "positive control", since the Wnt/β-catenin signaling pathway was suggested as an important determinant of BMA. Also, associations in genes (BMP4, DLX5, LGR4, LRP4, SFRP4) that are known to specifically influence adiposity, are encouraging. Integrating mapped genes with bone marrow single-cell RNA-seq data revealed patterns of adipogenic lineage differentiation and lipid loading.

      The study also investigated the genetic overlap between BMA and twelve (or 13) "brain and body" traits and identified significant genetic correlations with BMI, cognitive ability, and Parkinson's disease.

      In sum, since MRI head scans present a hitherto unexplored opportunity to address unresolved aspects of bone marrow biology, this study is both timely and innovative.

      There are, however, some assumptions, findings, and their interpretation, which require more critical focus.

      Sex-specificity is well described and studied here. Men have higher BMA than women, but post-menopausal women catch up in the BMA values. The authors believe that calvarial marrow has a number of features that make it particularly well-suited to the study of BMA process - which is clinically important in other bone sites. It has a simple "sandwiched" structure that they are able to model. This is true only to some extent: a condition called "Hyperostosis frontalis interna", of unknown etiology (described by Smith & Hemphill in 1956) - is characterized by irregular overgrowth of the inner table of the frontal bone (symmetric/bilateral). Although not of clinical significance, typically benign, studies report a prevalence of 12%; However, it's most common in postmenopausal women - where prevalences up to 49% in women over the age of 65 - have been reported. Thus, sexual dimorphism is obvious and the effect of estrogen is likely shared with whichever bone - and marrow - age-related pathology. So, for women not using HRT, this new layer of the bone might interfere with the calvarial BMA readings and in turn, affect the BMA-related analyses. The authors suspect that the effect of BMA on BMD may be biased in women; they should comment on those "with low BMD and high BMA" given that hyperostosis frontalis might be an issue. A strong effect of SNPs in the ESR1 chromosomal region might be akin to the above concern.

      Then, there is a perfect overlap of the BMA SNPs that are shared with BMD (497 of 500 variants), which may prove a "face validity" of the MRI-derived BMA. However, the BMD in the study was heel-derived eBMD - which is a good proxy for osteoporosis and is mostly driven by trabecular bone. Thus, there might be a concern that the BMA metrics capture some trabecular BMD.

      Next, integrating mapped genes with existing bone marrow single-cell RNA-sequencing data revealed patterns of adipogenic lineage differentiation and lipid loading. The problem here is that the scRNAseq studies of the Bone Marrow niche are overwhelmingly mouse. The authors might wish to justify why they are relevant to humans (in the absence of the human-specific scRNAseq).

      For genetic correlation analysis, the authors selected 7 body and 6 brain traits. The latter traits reflect cognition (general cognitive ability and educational attainment) and brain-related disorders. This selection might seem arbitrary. The interpretation of genetic correlation with cognitive ability, education, and Parkinson's disease was attributed to the recently discovered vascular channels that link calvarial bone marrow to the meninges. This is a fascinating hypothesis, which requires functional proof. However, there might be simpler explanations. Thus, the diploe and the inner table of the calvarium are drained by the same veins as the dura. From the anatomy textbook, we know that diploic veins connect the pericranial and endocranial venous system through the skull.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigate ubiquitylation of RPS27A/eS31 by the E3 ligase RNF25 in response to translational stress. Previous studies have identified RPS27A/eS31 ubiquitylation at Lys113 under conditions where translation factors are trapped in the ribosomal A-site. Here, the authors extend this work by testing whether additional translational stress conditions, including amino acid deprivation, induce RPS27A/eS31 ubiquitylation. They further show that GCN1 is required and explore a possible competition between RNF25 and GCN2 for GCN1.

      Strengths:

      This study expands on the range of stress conditions leading to RPS27A/eS31 ubiquitylation, reporting that it occurs in a variety of conditions associated with ribosome stalling, including amino acid deprivation. These observations are useful because they suggest that the RNF25 pathway may not require translation factors trapped in the ribosomal A-site, but may instead respond more broadly to translational perturbations associated with ribosome collisions.

      Weaknesses:

      The evidence supporting several of the major claims is incomplete, and additional controls and orthogonal approaches would greatly strengthen the evidence presented. In particular:

      (1) It is unclear whether the different conditions used to induce translational stress lead to ribosome stalling or collisions. The model presented by the authors seems to rely on ribosomal collisions, but this is not shown. In addition, further investigating amino acid deprivation beyond the removal of Arg or Lys would strengthen the paper.

      (2) Ubiquitylation of RPS27A/eS31 by RNF25 is used throughout the paper as a readout of RNF25 activity and is assumed to be on Lys113 based on previous work, but is not formally shown here.

      (3) Rescue experiments of the different mutants used in this study with wild-type and different domain deletions (i.e., ΔRWD for RNF25, ΔRWD-binding for GCN1) would help confirm specificity and strengthen the mechanistic claims.

      (4) The conclusion that RPS27A/eS31 ubiquitylation supports translation (Figure 4) is based entirely on polysome/monosome ratios, which are difficult to interpret without additional assays of translation output, elongation, or collision.

      (5) The idea that RNF25 competes with GCN2 for GCN1 binding is interesting, and related models have recently been proposed in RNA damage. The effect of GCN2 KO on RNF25-dependent ubiquitylation appears modest, and the data would be strengthened by rescue experiments with wild-type GCN2 and GCN2 mutants defective in GCN1 binding. The authors propose: "that the RNF25 pathway acts as a first line of defence to resolve ribosome collisions, outcompeted by GCN2 binding to GCN1 under acute stress." This model would suggest a further increase in RPS27A/eS31 ubiquitylation upon Arg/Lys deprivation in GCN2 KO cells, since this is the condition in which GCN2 is expected to be activated and engaged with GCN1 (i.e., when it would be competing with RNF25), but no further increase in RPS27A ubiquitylation is observed. It is therefore not clear that these data support the proposed model. Contributing to this may be the fact that many of these assays are performed in a USP16 KO background, which may make it difficult to assess changes in RPS27A/eS31 ubiquitylation.

      (6) Given that several RWD domain proteins can interact with GCN1, and that DRG2 KO appears to affect RPS27A/eS31 ubiquitylation (Figure S5), the data do not support the GCN2-specific title. The results are more consistent with a broader, incompletely characterized network of GCN1-associated RWD domain-containing proteins that seems to affect RNF25-dependent ubiquitylation rather than with a demonstrated RNF25-GCN2 competition mechanism. Further characterization of GCN2-dependent ISR activation (p-eIF2a and ATF4 WB) in the absence of RNF25 in Arg/Lys starvation will help shed light on the RNF25-GCN2 competition. The authors use K113R, but this is not shown to prevent RNF25 engagement with GCN1, so a RNF25 KO should be used.

      Overall, the study contains useful observations, but the mechanistic claims are not yet fully supported.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study identifies mutations in alpha-tubulin that suppress Tau-induced neurodegeneration using the C. elegans model of Tauopathy, suggesting a potentially interesting role for microtubule properties in modulating Tau toxicity. These missense mutations cluster in the C-terminal Tau-interacting helix 12 region of alpha-tubulin genes (tba-1, tba-2, and mec-12). Further analysis, particularly using the strongest suppressor tba-2, shows that it rescues Tau-induced behavioral deficits and neuronal loss without significantly altering bulk tau-phosphorylation, aggregation, or binding to soluble tubulin. The authors suggest that altered microtubule properties underlie the neuroprotective effects, and manipulating microtubule properties may have therapeutic potential.

      Strengths:

      The study is conceptually interesting as it shows that Tau-induced neurotoxicity can, in this model, be partially uncoupled from canonical pathological hallmarks such as Tau-hyperphosphorylation and aggregation. The identification of multiple independent mutations in the same structural region of three alpha-tubulin genes provides support for the functional relevance of helix 12 in modulating Tau-induced toxicity. The authors demonstrate significant rescue of behavioral deficits (using motility and manual thrashing assays) and neuronal loss in both WT-tau and FTLD-associated TauV337M in combination with mutant alpha-tubulins, suggesting a general mechanism for tubulin-regulated modulation of Tau-toxicity. Moreover, the correlation between mutant tubulin expression levels and the extent of rescue supports a causal relationship.

      Weaknesses:

      One of the major claims of this manuscript is that altered microtubule properties suppress Tau toxicity. The only supporting evidence in this context provided by the authors is reduced taxol-stabilized microtubule mass, which does not fully explain neuronal loss or the rescue of behavioral deficits. What remains unclear is whether these mutations alter microtubule dynamics, catastrophe, lattice stability, or axonal transport.

      The authors show that mutant tba-2 reduces total tau levels by ~45%. This level of reduction is likely significant but underexplored in the manuscript. Why are the Tau levels reduced? How is Tau getting cleared- is there enhanced autophagy or ubiquitin-proteasome pathway getting upregulated in tba-2 + Tau animals? Or one or more of the Tau species not detectable by the antibodies used in this study? The observation that the mec-12 mutant rescues Tau-induced phenotypes without altering Tau levels suggests that suppression can occur through Tau-independent mechanisms. This raises an important unresolved question regarding the extent to which suppression is Tau-dependent vs Tau-independent across different mutant alpha-tubulin genes, complicating the interpretation of the rescue phenotypes.

      Given that Tau primarily associates with the microtubule lattice in vivo, measuring interactions with soluble tubulin may not fully capture biologically relevant binding dynamics and therefore does not exclude the possibility that these mutations alter tau-microtubule interactions at the lattice level or may affect the binding of other MAPs/regulators, thereby altering stability or trafficking.

      A large body of conclusions is drawn from behavioral rescue and biochemical assays. This limits the understanding of how molecular changes in tubulin might affect cellular mechanisms of neuroprotection. Are there changes in the neuronal microtubule organization, Tau localization, or its redistribution in the mutant alpha-tubulin background? Are there differences in soluble vs oligomeric vs insoluble Tau in mutant tba-2 and mec-12 animals?

      The suppression of behavior in the co-pathology model is interesting but mechanistically insufficient, mainly because the underlying basis of suppression is not examined in these models. Moreover, it remains unclear whether tubulin-Tau genetically interacts with Aβ or TDP-43, and what cellular mechanisms account for the partial rescue observed in these co-pathology models.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The protein DELE1 is a critical component to signal mitochondrial stress to the cytosol: under stress conditions, a truncated form of DELE1, termed DELE1(CTD) accumulates in the cytosol as an oligomer, binds the HRI kinase, which triggers the integrated stress response.

      Leveraging the structural knowledge of the DELE1(CTD) oligomer, this study attempts to interfere with the oligomerization process, using an AI-designed protein that binds to the DELE1(CTD) oligomerization interface. The starting hypothesis is that such a binder shall selectively inhibit the DELE1-signalled mitochondrial stress response. The authors use established AI pipelines (RFdiffusion) to make a series of such binders, characterize them with biochemical methods and a crystal structure of the binder in its free state. When over-expressing the binders in HEK293T cells, the authors report that mitochondrial stress - induced with a drug - does indeed not lead to triggering the stress response, confirming their starting hypothesis.

      The work is an elegant demonstration of how AI-designed proteins can specifically interfere with cellular mechanisms.

      The conclusions of the work are mostly well supported by data; there are some mechanistic gaps, however, about the interaction mechanisms.

      Strengths:

      The study is a nice combination of (i) a clear structure-derived hypothesis on how to interfere with a signalling mechanism, (ii) state-of-the-art protein design tools, (iii) a mostly robust biochemical characterization, and (iv) cellular experiments to demonstrate the effects of the binders.

      Weaknesses:

      The crystal structure of the binder5, while confirming its AlphaFold model, does not provide direct evidence of the binding mode to DELE1. Direct structure determination, using crystallography (which may require cleaving the MBP domain) would make their mechanistic arguments stronger.

      The demonstration that the binders do not inhibit the DELE1-HRI interaction is interesting; however, the underlying mechanism, in particular where the DELE1-HRI binding occurs, is not explored.

      While this study opens perspectives on how to interfere with DELE1-signalling, it is unlikely that these binders are actually useful for medical applications (compared to small-molecule drugs), as acknowledged in the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates epigenetic and three-dimensional chromatin alterations associated with primary trastuzumab resistance in HER2-positive breast cancer using integrated CUT&Tag, RNA-seq, and Micro-C analyses in JIMT1 (resistant) and SKBR3 (sensitive) cell models. The authors identify widespread remodeling of histone modification landscapes, chromatin compartment organization, and promoter-enhancer looping, highlighting SGK1 as a candidate epigenetically activated mediator associated with intrinsic resistance. The manuscript provides a technically solid and extensive multi-omic resource for the study of HER2-positive breast cancer resistance states.

      Strengths:

      The study integrates multiple state-of-the-art epigenomic and chromatin conformation approaches, including CUT&Tag, RNA-seq, and Micro-C, generating a comprehensive dataset that will likely be valuable to the field. The analyses are generally technically rigorous and well executed, and the manuscript is overall clearly written. The integration of chromatin architecture, enhancer activity, transcriptional regulation, and histone modification profiling provides an informative overview of large-scale epigenomic remodeling associated with resistant versus sensitive HER2-positive breast cancer states. The identification of SGK1-associated chromatin activation and enhancer rewiring is particularly interesting and supported by multiple orthogonal datasets.

      The inclusion of both intrinsic and acquired trastuzumab resistance models also strengthens the study conceptually, even if the biological interpretation remains somewhat complex.

      Weaknesses:

      The major limitation of the study is that many of the central mechanistic conclusions remain largely correlative. Although coordinated changes in chromatin architecture, histone modifications, enhancer activity, and SGK1 expression are observed, direct evidence demonstrating that these epigenetic alterations causally drive SGK1 activation or trastuzumab resistance is currently lacking.

      In addition, the interpretation of SGK1 as a broader trastuzumab-resistance driver is somewhat weakened by the analyses in the acquired resistant SKBR3_HR model, where SGK1-associated chromatin and transcriptional changes appear largely absent. This raises the possibility that SGK1 dependency may reflect a lineage- or model-specific vulnerability intrinsic to JIMT1 cells rather than a generalizable resistance mechanism.

      The study also remains descriptive in several sections. Numerous chromatin interactions and compartment changes are cataloged without sufficient biological contextualization or mechanistic integration. As a result, parts of the manuscript currently read more as a comprehensive epigenomic profiling resource than a fully mechanistic study of resistance biology.

      Finally, the translational impact is limited by the lack of patient-level validation linking SGK1 activation to trastuzumab response or clinical outcome in HER2-positive breast cancer cohorts.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The study by Epp et al. has indeed gotten a lot of attention. As so often in the fMRI literature, some voices had taken the results out of proportion as if this result would suggest that we cannot trust fMRI. This is so, while informed researchers are aware of the capabilities and challenges of BOLD as a measure of neural activity. The paper was discussed and criticized on many aspects from various angles. E.g. with respect to unestablished models of estimating CMRO2, the 40% figure is being overestimated by the mask definition, and expected neuronal and vascular effects underlying the discordance.

      The first publications of these discussions are being shared now. E.g. Chen et al. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41593-026-02288-y. The manuscript at hand augments this discussion. Specifically, the manuscript provides a direct statistical refutation of the recently proposed widespread physiological sign reversal between BOLD and CMRO2.

      By reanalyzing a high-profile dataset, the authors demonstrate that the previously reported 40% discordance rate is an artifact of statistical uncertainty rather than a genuine physiological phenomenon. This critical re-evaluation restores some confidence in the canonical interpretation of BOLD signals that was recently challenged. It highlights the necessity of rigorous statistical validation in quantitative fMRI.

      The following points should be addressed:

      (1) Absence of evidence is taken as evidence of absence

      The group-level significance analysis, summarized in the horizontal bar chart and cortical surface maps, labels non-significant voxels as 'CMRO2 not reliable', and the discussion concludes that positive BOLD responses are predominantly concordant with metabolism.

      The paper treats voxels with non-significant CMRO2 effects as 'statistically uncertain' rather than as potentially reflecting genuine null metabolic changes, conflating absence of evidence with evidence of absence. Because the 77.2% of voxels shown as light orange could reflect either real null metabolism or insufficient power, the paper cannot distinguish between these. This ambiguity matters because a genuine null metabolic response to positive BOLD would itself be physiologically interesting and would not straightforwardly support 'predominant concordance'.

      (2) Contextualization in other current literature

      I feel that the introduction of the paper could also consider the embedding of the current literature about biophysical processes in the negative areas.

      The negative responses have partly been discussed in the literature on quantitative physiology: e.g., Bohraus et al have been able to pinpoint the source of negative CMRO2 in positively activated voxels to large veins (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.celrep.2023.113341). Huber et al. have found that the neurovascular coupling (arterial venous weighting) is different in positively and negatively activated brain areas, making the interpretation of derived parameters on physiology hard.

      (3) Stylistic comments.

      In places, the tone of the language could be revised to ensure that it is perceived as making a constructive contribution to the discussion.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors perform longitudinal mesoscale calcium imaging of visual and other cortical areas following binocular enucleation (blinding through the removal of the eyes) in adult mice. The study is observational and exploratory, and analyzes changes in the frequency distribution of calcium signals during locomotion and quiescence as a function of time after enucleation. They also analyze correlations between calcium signals in different brain regions to ask how apparent connectivity between regions changes over time. The main conclusions are (1) that there are multiple timescales of plasticity; (2) that the coupling between locomotion and activity in visual areas flips sign after enucleation, and (3) that correlations between brain areas are modulated by this long-lasting plasticity. Overall, the data are likely to be useful to researchers studying the impact of injury and catastrophic loss of sensory inputs on brain reorganization, but it is hard to draw firm conclusions from the observations provided beyond the very general conclusions listed above.

      Strengths:

      (1) The longitudinal imaging of multiple brain areas simultaneously allows the investigators to follow plastic changes in the same animals over time, to address questions about how apparent connectivity and brain state modulation unfold after injury.

      (2) The data suggesting a flip in sign of the coupling between movement and "activity" in visual areas is interesting and potentially novel.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The mesoscale imaging has limitations. In particular, the authors use words/phrases such as "activity" and "functional connectivity" without ever discussing what the measures they provide with this approach (frequency distribution of summed calcium fluctuations, and the correlation between this measure across brain areas) actually mean, or how they approximate spike-based measures or cellular-resolution Ca signals. The manuscript would benefit from an in-depth discussion of these limitations.

      (2) In general, the figures are difficult to follow. In many cases, what is being plotted is hard to extract without a lot of work, and metrics are not well-justified. For example, they calculate the R value between movement power and spectral power of the Ca signal to quantify changes across time in the coupling between movement and activity (Figure 2). But from the example given, this does not look like a continuous relationship, and though R values are significant its not clear that this correlation is a good way of quantifying the change in sign they attempt to document. Figure 7 is impossible to read, and areas quantified are not indicated. The reader should not have to work this hard to figure out what they are plotting.

      (3) It would be reassuring to rule out an effect of repeated imaging on the metrics they describe here. Longitudinal imaging of the same duration without enucleation would be the best control. Alternatively, they do have multiple baseline measurements that they collapse into one value in most of their plots.

      (4) The discussion is very long. They spend a lot of time trying to relate their findings to the larger literature on visual deprivation, but because of differences in paradigms (enucleation, laser ablation, visual deprivation, binocular vs monocular) and differences in measures (see point 1), it's hard to draw conclusions. In my view, the manuscript would benefit from less speculation about plasticity mechanisms and more discussion of the strengths and weaknesses of their approach.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study uses an encoding model approach to compare a range of different deep learning models in predicting functional MRI data, collected while participants played the game "Super Mario Bros" inside the scanner. The fMRI data is rich, within-subject data, with around 15 hours of gameplay for each of five participants who took part in the study. A range of models are compared, including deep RL models (PPO), behaviour cloning (imitation learning), supervised visual models (ResNet), and untrained but structurally equivalent models. The main metric of model comparison is brain prediction (i.e., cross-validated R^2, and within-subject generalisation to out-of-distribution gameplay), rather than focussing on which model features are being encoded.

      The core results are:

      (1) The deep RL and imitation learning models show a modest improvement in prediction accuracy relative to the untrained and visual models (around a 1-2% increase in R^2). Notably, this is against a background in which the untrained model - essentially random projections of the gameplay pixels - can explain around 6 or 7% of the variance in fMRI data (Figure 2). So, the improvement in model fit is a small (but significant) one, and a major driver of prediction scores appears to be low-level visual stimulation as opposed to gameplay prediction.

      (2) There is little variation across layers in prediction accuracy in the trained models. In the untrained model, prediction accuracy drops across layers. This suggests that the prediction accuracy in this untrained model results from its (early-layer) representations being closer to what is presented on screen - as the random weights move the untrained model's representation away from sensory features, it becomes less predictive of the brain. In a trained model, meaningful representations are maintained in deeper layers - and interestingly, there is no clear correspondence between layers of the model and layers of the visual pathway.

      (iii) There is a noticeable improvement in brain prediction by both the deep RL and imitation models with model training. In other words, the 1-2% increase in R^2 mentioned in point (i) is a result of the training, rather than any other factor.

      (iv) None of the models, including the untrained model, perform well in generalising to out-of-distribution data held out from the training/evaluation. This leads to the claim that the brain's encoding representations are 'brittle'.

      Strengths:

      (1) A major strength of the dataset is that it contains rich, extended naturalistic gameplay data within individual subjects. This mirrors some of the advantages seen in other naturalistic datasets (e.g., natural scenes dataset, storybook listening, video watching) - but there are very few examples of such data where the subject is controlling or generating the behaviour in the naturalistic task. This allows potentially new questions to be asked about how these representations are learned across time, within individual participants.

      (2) A further strength of the manuscript is the clarity with which the aims and hypotheses are articulated in the introduction, and evaluated/discussed throughout the paper. This provides a clear set of objective criteria against which to evaluate the performance of the resulting models; the paper is also written in a very clear and honest way, in that some of the a priori hypotheses are not supported - this makes for a more transparent report than one written in an a posteriori manner.

      (3) Finally, although the results in comparing different models are perhaps not as impressive as one might have hoped, the authors have been quite careful in making the models comparable in terms of their architecture and number of parameters, etc. This means that any variation in prediction is likely attributable to the different objective functions used to train the models, rather than other features of the model architecture.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The work is currently framed as "training neural networks from scratch...leads to brittle brain encoding" - but I'm not sure that the results fully support this. First, the brittleness is still present in the untrained network (i.e., random projections of pixels), as shown in Figure 5b. This implies that the brittleness may not be a consequence of the network training, but of overfitting to the encoding (ridge regression) model of the fMRI data (as the authors acknowledge when presenting these results). I would instead encourage the authors to shift the emphasis slightly towards the (modest) improvement in prediction using the RL/imitation objectives, and/or the (similarly modest) improvement in prediction with training, rather than foregrounding the brittleness of the encoding.

      (2) While the analyses of how model prediction improves with training are nice, it is a shame that there is no consideration of how prediction improves (or otherwise) across the training of the participants. Do participants improve across the 15 hours of gameplay - or do they, for instance, become more predictable by the imitation learning model? Is this more true in the naïve participants than those with extensive past experience of Mario? And does this in any way lead to better alignment with model predictions across sessions? These all seemed like natural questions that could benefit from the unique longitudinal nature of this dataset, and it seemed a shame that they were not touched upon at all.

      (3) While there is little variation between the models in terms of predictive performance, it is currently a little unclear whether this is simply due to fitting a set of highly parameterised models to the data, or because the models are themselves fundamentally similar in their representations. One way to address the latter point might be to perform some kind of RSA or CKA (Kornblith et al, arXiv 2019; Williams et al, bioRxiv 2024) across the layer representations within-model, and between-models, to ask how similar (or different) the learned representations are between the different models used for fMRI prediction.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study adds important data identifying how ocular motor neurons are transcriptionally specified and identifies additional genes important in ocular motor neuron function. The evidence supporting the claims is convincing, with bulk and single-cell RNA sequencing as well as functional testing of the vestibulo-ocular reflex. This work will be of interest to developmental biologists and eye movement specialists.

      Gershowitz, Hamling, et al investigate genes that specify specific cell populations within cranial motor nuclei III and IV, which control eye movements, by bulk and single-cell RNA sequencing, confirmatory in situ hybridization, and functional studies of vestibulo-ocular reflex in knock-out animals. They take advantage of the timing difference in the generation of dorsal versus ventral cells to selectively mark early-born (dorsal) vs late-born (ventral) cells using the Kaede photolabile protein. They used bulk RNASeq to identify differentially expressed genes between the two populations (which innervate different extraocular muscles). They next used single-cell RNASeq to further identify specific subpopulations of motor neurons and identify 3 main clusters, which broadly map to dorsal CNIII, CNIV, and ventral CNIII. They show that the differentially expressed genes identify subpopulations of neurons, rather than reflecting temporal changes related to cell age via a series of in situ hybridizations across ages. Finally, they show that knock-out of Sim1a, which is unregulated in dorsal nIII neurons, leads to decreased vestibulo-ocular reflex, despite a normal number of neurons in nIII. They tested the knock-out of two other differentially expressed genes, nav2a and onecut1, but found both normal cell number and normal vestibulo-ocular reflex.

      The conclusions of this paper are well supported by the data. As the authors acknowledge, additional experiments would add to the interpretation. Since the Sim1a mutants have normal cell numbers, the authors hypothesize that axon guidance may be disrupted, leading to the phenotype. This could be relatively easily assessed using the Isl1-GFP transgenic line and examining innervation patterns in the extraocular muscles. Additionally, testing horizontal eye movements and eye movements in response to visual, rather than vestibular, inputs would further refine the phenotypes and perhaps identify eye movement abnormalities in the mutant fish with normal VOR.

      More information on why these specific genes were prioritized for functional testing would be helpful, as it is unclear why these three genes were the top candidates.

      The authors should also include a discussion of other subtypes of oculomotor neurons, beyond which muscle they innervate. For example, there are oculomotor neurons that form single neuromuscular junctions on fast, singly-innervated fibers, and there is a separate pool of motor neurons that innervate the slow, multiply-innervated fibers. It would be interesting to note if there were any gene expression differences within the clusters that might represent this subdivision of neurons.

      This data is likely to be of great use to the field in further studies of cranial motor neuron biology.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this article, the authors couple a 3d vertex model to the extracellular matrix and include activity through contractile springs at the edge. They study, sequentially, the distribution of shear stresses in liquid and solid spheroids, the correlation between stress and cell shape, and the spatial distribution of stresses. The authors find that stresses are higher in solid spheroids (somewhat unsurprisingly), but that the stress distributions are wider in the fluid spheroids. Moreover, stress and shape are not correlated with each other in solids (that seems to be due to vertex model peculiarities), but they are for liquids. In contrast, for solids, the stresses are concentrated at the interface.

      The authors attribute a lot of the phenomenology to strain-stiffening properties of vertex models as being akin to a network model (correctly in my opinion). Then they strain individual cells and confirm this link, though I missed any explanation of how they did this. Would it have to be within a medium for computational consistency?

      Finally, they generate an extended vertex model, where they replace the single face linking cells with a double face and mechanoresponsive springs. This allows for stronger coupling of individual cell motion to eventual movement out of the spheroid.

      Strengths:

      Coupling a three-dimensional vertex model to the extracellular matrix, modelled as a crosslinked fiber model, is a computational tour-de-force. Adding activity through fluctuations at the interface is also of the correct symmetry (stresses), instead of the self-propulsion which has been used by other authors, and which is not compatible with Newton's 3rd law. This also allows for accurate back-and-forth mechanical coupling between the cells and the ECM.

      I would like to highlight that deriving vertex model stress tensors in full three dimensions is an open problem due to the complex topology. Any progress is valuable, and decomposing things into tetrahedra like here will allow for connections with, in particular, finite element approaches. Therefore, adding some of these results (eq. 13) to the main text would strengthen the paper in my opinion.

      Adding the nonlinear springs to the VM in the 3rd act is a good idea, and a first step to mechanical feedback. One might argue that at this point, removing the vertex model part would even be an option.

      Weaknesses:

      The paper is written in a very qualitative manner, with all of the model equations and analysis hidden in the supplementary information. I do not understand this choice, as it makes things fuzzy and hard to read. The conclusion is also very long and simply reiterates the previous points.

      At the same time, this paper is rather thin on new results and reads more like a handful of new simulations carried out using the method established in [10] (from largely the same authors). Moving some of the actual results to the main text would help, in particular, the 3d stress formulation and the definitions of different measures.

      Vertex models also have a very clear limitation: They cannot model the transition from a confluent to a non-confluent tissue, and individual cells or groups of cells leaving the spheroid. Even having a surface and having significant deformations of the surface are numerically dicey, so the current model is at the edge of what is feasible. The model as written can only do "invasion" by a single cell moving outward, and then another following it a bit (or not).

      I strongly suspect that further progress on 3d cell models will need particle-based models or models where cells are fully meshed surfaces (some of which are in development currently).

      However, none of these problems is mentioned anywhere in the text. The authors also do not review the increasingly broad zoology of other models.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors conduct both experiments and modeling of human cytomegalovirus (HCMV) infection in vitro to study how the infectivity of virus (measured by cell infection) scales with the viral concentration in the inoculum. A naïve thought would be that this is linear in the sense that doubling the virus concentration (and thus the total virus) in the inoculum would lead to double the fraction of infected cells. However, the authors show convincingly that this is not the case for HCMV, using multiple strains, two different target cells, and repeated experiments. In fact, they find that for some regimens (inoculum concentration) infected cells increase faster than the concentration of the inoculum, which they term "apparent cooperativity". The authors then provided possible explanations for this phenomenon and construct mathematical models and simulations to implement these explanations. They show that these ideas do help explain the cooperativity, but can't be conclusive as to what is the correct explanation. In any case, this advances our knowledge of the system and it is very important when quantitative experiments involving MOI are performed.

      Strengths:

      Careful experiments using state-of-the-art methodologies and advancing multiple competing models to explain the data.

      Weaknesses:

      Minor weaknesses in explaining the implementation of the model. However, some specific assumptions, which to this reviewer were unclear, could have substantial impact on the results. For example, whether cell infection is independent or not. This is expanded below.

      In the revised version, the authors address almost all of these minor weaknesses, strengthening the paper and its reproducibility.

      Suggestions to clarify the study:

      In the revised version, the authors carefully consider these suggestions and provide further details, clarifications and even some new results. Regarding the question of how infection of a cell with one virus could lead to lower probability for a secondary infection, I think that it is possible that infected cells activate antiviral programs that lead, for example, to lower expression of surface receptors. This has been considered at least in hepatitis C virus infection. However, this is a minor point.

      Overall, I think the revised version provides a sound study with relevant conclusions, and I thank the authors for their thoughtful consideration of my previous comments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This study by Charendoff et al provides interesting observations related to global histone hypermethylation in host cells, during Chlamydia trachomatis infections. The core observation they report is that the host histones are highly hypermethylated during infection, and this appears to be an amplifying effect due to continuous inhibition of demethylases, in part due to a metabolic shift in the host where succinate amounts (which inhibit demethylases) increases. The authors claim specifically due to the bacteria, since antibiotic treatment prevents histone hypermethylation (but leaves you wondering about cause/consequence correlations).

      The core observation of hyper methylation is very interesting, and well documented. There are a number of points to consider though in order to fully substantiate the findings, and close out loose ends. My comments are broad - and built around the interpretations (vs the data presented).

      (1) Related to observations coming Fig 1C etc, and connecting to Fig 3 - the hyper methylation appears to be across different protein arg/lys residues - and is not histone specific. So, is it just a consequence of high SAM pools and flux in infected cells? i.e. the bacterial infection increases SAM pools in cells, and provides an increase in substrate pools for the methyltransferases, leading to protein hyper methylation. The approach used here only measures steady-state SAM amounts (and not SAM flux or utilisation). For example, reduced SAM amounts in nuclei could be due to increased utilisation of SAM. The experiments done with the demethylase does not actually answer this question - if you decrease demethylase activity, you will get an increase in net methylation. The authors see an increase in net methylation in the infected cells - this would suggest that in addition (or perhaps primarily) to reduced demethylase activity, there could be much higher SAM utilisation/flux. Again, the over expression of JMJ proteins does not resolve this problem.

      (2) Adding to this - what happens to SAM pools in the cells treated with the inhibitors? This actually may not look like the slightly reduced SAM pool observed in infected cell nuclei. Also, what is the SAM/SAH ratio (a very useful indicator of methylation activity).

      (3) There is a correlation/implication issue here in Fig 2 - cells with C. trachoma's infection show hyper methylation. But these are the only cells with high C. trachomatis. So it is a bit ingenious to say that histone hyper methylation correlates with bacterial proliferation. The cells without bacteria don't have hyper methylation - and that does not have anything to do with the bacterial proliferation.

      (4) The claim that demethylase activity is down in infected cells again comes primarily from the increased succinate (2-fold) amounts in infected nuclei - and then correlated with experiments where succinate, (permeable) a-KG are supplemented in excess. While I personally like the hypothesis that the hypermethylation might be a result of an imbalance in cofactors (succinate vs a-KG) in infected cells, the data presented is very premature to make that conclusion. Again, steady state measurements of only succinate cannot provide a clear answer to that question. For example, is there a clear allocation/flux difference (between a-KG, and leading out to glutamate/glutamine, vs flux through the TCA and increased succinate accumulation? Is there a bottleneck/build-up of succinate in cells that might lead to the increase in nuclei? This also opens another direction of possible regulation - increased histone succinylation. When you see a large increase in succinate in the nucleus, before looking at demethylase activity - it becomes obvious if succinate itself increases histone succinylation (through HATs).

      (5) What might the authors hypothesise about why this hyper methylation happens? It appears in some ways that hyper methylation happens - potentially due to a metabolic bottleneck that the bacteria triggers (and there is a build-up of SAM and/or succinate, and altered flux out of a-kg). The methylation is just a visible outcome - but may not be central to pathogenesis or viability.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study addresses an important question in reinforcement learning and metacognition by distinguishing value confidence from decision confidence and testing how each is computationally represented. The findings are significant because they suggest that value confidence is well captured by Bayesian uncertainty, whereas decision confidence reflects a hybrid computation combining probability correct with broader value certainty. The evidence is promising, supported by multiple datasets and model comparisons.

      Strength.

      (1) A major strength of the study is that the authors test their hypotheses across multiple datasets, including previously published datasets and newly collected data. This broad empirical approach increases the generality of the findings.

      (2) The Bayesian model of value confidence has a clear theoretical basis. The proposed hybrid model of decision confidence is also intuitive. It appears to capture important aspects of the decision confidence data.

      (3) The paper provides a useful framework for linking how certainty about value estimates guides the subsequent choice and the corresponding decision confidence.

      Weakness

      (1) The conceptual link between value confidence and decision confidence is not yet fully established. The manuscript argues that overall value certainty contributes to decision confidence, but this conclusion is based largely on the latent variable that the model infers from the decision confidence experiment alone. A more direct test would require measuring value confidence and decision confidence within the same participants and task, and analysing how these two types of confidence interact.

      (2) The individual-difference analyses in Figure 5 are methodologically challenging. The predictors used in these analyses are derived from model fits to the behavioural data and are then correlated to behaviour in the same task. This creates a risk that correlations inevitably arise. Thus, it does not assure that correlations are cognitively meaningful.

      (3) The model recovery results suggest that some candidate models are not clearly distinguishable.

      (4) The manuscript would benefit from clearer explanations of why specific models capture particular behavioural patterns.

      (5) The claim that value confidence modulates the exploration-exploitation trade-off should be interpreted carefully, because the model uses global uncertainty across both options, not option-specific value confidence.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study provides evidence that the apicoplast-locaized isoform of acyl-carrier protein (ACP) has acquired important non-enzymatic functions in the malaria parasite. Previous studies have shown that the apicoplast-located FASII-dependent pathway of fatty acid synthesis is not essential in Plasmodium blood stages. In contrast, genome-wide knockout studies suggested that ACP, a key protein in this pathway, is essential in these stages, indicating that it may have additional non-canonical functions. In this study, the authors confirm that ACP is essential in Pf blood stages (using both apicoplast IPP rescue and conditional knockdown); show that this essential function requires modification with 4-phosphopantetheine and use proximity biotinylation and complementary immunoprecipitation pull-down approaches to provide compelling evidence that ACP binds to and stabilizes the apicoplast-located isoform of pyruvate kinase II. Notably, these interactions appear to differ from those associated with the binding of mitochondrial isoforms of ACP to proteins involved in Fe-S biosynthesis. Loss of ACP was shown to lead to a decrease in PKII levels and apicoplast DNA/RNA synthesis, consistent with loss of NTP synthesis in this organelle. The data are clear and very well described, and the findings represent a significant advance in our understanding of metabolic regulatory mechanisms in apicomplexan apicoplast studies.

      Strengths:

      The study uses a variety of complementary genetic approaches to demonstrate the essentiality of ACP and the enzyme involved in its activation with 4-PP in Pf blood stages, demonstrating that the ascribed non-enzymatic function is mediated by holo-ACP. Similarly, a number of complementary biochemical approaches, including proximity biotinylation, immunoprecipitation, and co-expression of PfACP and PK-II in a heterologous bacterial expression system, are used to confirm the physiological significance of the PfACP and PK-II interaction. The study also reports additional findings, such as the independence of P. faciparum blood stages on exogenous (media) fatty acids, indicating that intracellular stages can salvage all of their requirements from the red blood cell.

      Weaknesses:

      Overall, this is a very strong study. While questions remain around the function of other apicoplast ACP-interacting proteins detected in this study, I don't have any suggestions for significant improvements.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Duss et al. use several complementary and state-of-the-art strategies to characterize the effects of norepinephrine release from LC axons on post-synaptic cell types in the hippocampus. While a large body of research supports an important role for NE signaling in hippocampal function, the precise role by which NE promotes these effects remains poorly elucidated, in large part due to the complexity that adrenergic subtypes can be expressed in a variety of cell types and promote a variety of responses. Towards assessing this, the authors first establish an optogenetic strategy by which their delivery stimuli mimic endogenous activation of LC in 'moderate' and 'high' acute stress events, using NE sensors to titer stimulation patterns to similar levels of NE release. They then conduct a series of 2P imaging experiments in mice and compare response properties of various cell types in the hippocampus (excitatory and inhibitory neurons, and astrocytes) when the animal is 'naturally' or optogenetically aroused (via activation of the LC). The results are surprising. Whereas natural arousal causes activation of astrocytes, pyramidal cells, and interneurons, optogenetic activation of the LC does almost the opposite, with only astrocytes responding positively. Another important finding from the study is that astrocytes seem to be the most responsive cell type in the hippocampus to NE release, suggesting they could be key components for downstream functional effects of NE release in this brain region.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study was methodically done with respect to the characterization of how optogenetic parameters related to levels of NE release. Also, the analysis of their calcium imaging of various cell types in the hippocampus was very comprehensive.

      (2) Related, their discovery that cell types in the hippocampus respond differently to NE release, while not a completely unexpected finding, is something that has not been addressed experimentally in such a direct way before (to my knowledge).

      (3) Their finding that optogenetic stimulation of the LC produces opposing results to when these cells are naturally activated has wide implications for the LC field and potentially beyond.

      Weaknesses:

      I was surprised that no efforts were made to further assess what might be causing this discrepancy in hippocampal responses to optogenetic vs. natural activation of the LC. Some experiments that I felt were missing:

      (1) The authors go to great lengths to measure NE release in a variety of arousing conditions (tail lift, foot shock, 5Hz LC opto, 20Hz LC opto), but then in their 2P imaging, they're comparing the opto results to a 'natural' arousal state defined as when the mice were in motion. Maybe I missed it, but I wasn't sure that they ever checked the level of hippocampal NE release in this running state, similar to what they did in the other arousal conditions. Thus, it wasn't clear to me how comparable this state was to the optogenetic stimulation.

      (2) The authors do a nice experiment to show that increases in the hippocampal NE sensors are dependent on LC activity via optogenetic inhibition of the LC (Figure 1, Supplement 3). It seems like a missed opportunity to include a similar strategy in their 2P testing, to assess whether the differing responses of pyramidal cells, interneurons, and astrocytes are truly due to NE release. I could imagine it might be difficult to precisely time LC inhibition with periods of movement, but I imagine that mice would still run even if the LC is inhibited.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The study by Chen, Deng et al. aims to develop an efficient viral transneuronal tracing method that enables retrograde tracing in larval zebrafish. The authors utilize pseudotyped rabies virus that can be targeted to specific cell types using the EnvA-TvA system.

      Pseudotyped rabies virus has been used extensively in rodent models and, in recent years, has begun to be developed for use in adult zebrafish. However, compared to rodents, the efficiency of spread in adult zebrafish is very low (~one upstream neuron labeled per starter cell). Additionally, there is limited evidence of retrograde tracing with pseudotyped rabies in the larval stage, which is when most functional neural imaging studies are conducted in the field. In this study, the authors systematically optimized several parameters for rabies tracing, including rabies virus strains, glycoprotein types, temperatures, expression construct designs, and the elimination of glial labeling. The optimal configurations developed by the authors are up to 5-10-fold higher than more commonly used configurations.

      The results are compelling and support the conclusions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      The authors apply dynamic representational similarity analysis (dRSA), a method introduced in de Vries and Wurm 2023, to source-reconstructed MEG data from 40 participants who viewed ballet dancing sequences under three conditions: normal viewing, up-down inversion, and temporal piecewise scrambling. In normal viewing, they replicate their previous finding of a hierarchical pattern of leading-edge neural representations, with view-invariant body motion represented earliest in time (around 500 ms before the corresponding stimulus state), followed by view-dependent body motion (around 200 ms) and pixelwise motion (around 150 ms). Inversion selectively attenuates the leading-edge representation of view-invariant body motion while enhancing view-dependent body motion. Scrambling abolishes all leading-edge motion representations and instead increases post-stimulus representations of body posture. The authors interpret these findings as evidence that biological motion perception relies on a hierarchy of priors operating within a predictive-processing framework, with inversion specifically disrupting holistic priors and scrambling disrupting kinematics priors.

      Strengths

      The empirical work is careful and technically ambitious. The dRSA framework introduced in the 2023 paper is a useful methodological contribution to the study of dynamic neural representations, and the present manuscript extends it in well-motivated directions. The dataset is substantial: 40 participants, source-reconstructed MEG, three within-subject conditions. The replication of the 2023 normal-condition findings in an independent 40-subject sample is solid, which is increasingly rare and welcome in the field. The inversion and scrambling manipulations are well-motivated, and the conditions are matched on stimulus identity. Principal component regression is used appropriately to handle the genuine challenge of correlated and autocorrelated stimulus features, and the authors validate this choice through simulations. Eye position is included as a covariate and successfully regressed out, addressing a common confound in MEG decoding work. Behavioral catch trials demonstrate that participants attended to the stimuli across conditions. Both frequentist and Bayesian statistics are reported with appropriate corrections for multiple comparisons. The inversion result, in particular, is striking, and the asymmetry between view-invariant and view-dependent representations is informative.

      Weaknesses

      The central interpretive step in the manuscript treats a negative-lag dRSA peak as direct evidence for active hierarchical predictive inference. The data are equally consistent with at least three other accounts that the manuscript does not engage with, and the conclusion is therefore stronger than the data support.

      First, the leading-edge dRSA signature is a natural consequence of nonlinear temporal integration of autocorrelated stimulus features. A long line of work from the Winawer and Grill-Spector labs (Zhou et al. 2018, Zhou et al. 2019, Stigliani et al. 2017, Kim et al. 2024) has established that the human visual cortex implements compressive temporal summation with delayed divisive normalization and that temporal integration windows progressively increase from early to higher visual areas. A nonlinear-summation response to an autocorrelated feature encodes deviations from the recent baseline. For smooth trajectories, this is essentially a local derivative, and the derivative inherits the trajectory's leading edge as a free consequence - no predictive machinery required. The integration-window hierarchy that Kim et al. (2024) recovered from voxelwise spatiotemporal pRFs maps onto the 150 / 200 / 500 ms hierarchy reported here almost one-for-one. That alignment is unlikely to be coincidental and deserves explicit treatment.

      Second, the experimental design places participants firmly in the regime where Dayan's successor representation (SR) predicts that the brain holds a precompiled associative cache of trajectory structure. Each unique sequence is presented approximately 47 times across the experiment. An SR in Dayan's original formulation is a precompiled lookup table, not an online inference engine - querying it during familiar trajectories produces leading-edge representations through passive associative retrieval, mechanistically distinct from active prediction despite producing similar signatures. The senior author's own lab has demonstrated SR-like representations in V1 (Ekman, Kusch, de Lange 2023 eLife), but this paper is not cited or engaged with in the present manuscript despite its direct relevance.

      Third, the canonical computational model of biological motion perception (Giese and Poggio 2003 Nat Rev Neurosci) is a fully feedforward template-matching architecture that predates the predictive-coding framing of biological motion. It accommodates the inversion effect (templates tuned to upright statistics), the hierarchy of timescales (graded leaky integrator time constants), and the scrambling effect (broken sequence-neuron activation) without invoking generative models or prediction errors. The manuscript cites Giese-tradition work for the inversion-effect literature but does not engage with the model itself, even though it is the field standard.

      The inversion result, while empirically striking, has a simpler interpretation than the one offered. Inversion makes viewpoint-invariant body computation fail because the underlying machinery is tuned to upright body statistics. A weaker representation produces a weaker dRSA signature at every lag, including the leading edge - no appeal to priors in the active-inference sense is required. The view-dependent enhancement under inversion fits this reading naturally: when viewpoint abstraction fails, processing falls back to viewpoint-specific representations that remain extractable. The manuscript implicitly acknowledges this when it states that "predictions were channeled to the level at which prediction was still possible," but does not notice that this concession softens the strong predictive-coding inference.

      The scrambling result is internally awkward on the predictive-coding framing. The paper acknowledges that pixelwise motion prediction should, in principle, survive 200-500 ms scrambled segments (typical latency around 150 ms) but reports that it does not. The proposed save - that segments are "too short to start up prediction" - undercuts the framework, since by the same logic, most of normal viewing would also be pre-prediction. A cleaner reading is that scrambling destroys the temporal autocorrelation of stimulus features, which is the prerequisite both for nonlinear-summation neural responses to produce leading-edge representations and for SR-style associative retrieval to operate.

      A further concern is that the experimental design and analysis pipeline are structurally biased toward producing the cleanest possible predictive signature. The 14 stimuli are repeated extensively, and trials are averaged across repetitions before dRSA is computed, filtering out exactly the variability that would distinguish online prediction from amortized retrieval. The 2023 paper reports a control comparing the first and last thirds of the experiment, but this test is in the post-saturation regime for any plausible associative-learning rate and does not actually adjudicate the question. A first-exposure or first-run analysis would be diagnostic. Finally, the behavioral task changed between the 2023 paper and the present manuscript. The earlier paradigm asked participants to recognize the current motion ("arms moving up?"), while the present paradigm asks participants to judge whether an occluded video continues correctly. The latter explicitly demands prediction. This change transforms the experimental context from naturalistic viewing into one that actively incentivizes predictive engagement, potentially inflating the very signatures the paper interprets as spontaneous prediction.

      The 2023 Nature Communications paper actually navigated these interpretive questions more carefully than the present manuscript does, explicitly stating that the approach "does not provide conclusive evidence for predictive processing/coding theory but leaves the door open for related theories such as adaptive resonance or Bayesian inference without predictive coding." The current manuscript would benefit from restoring that epistemic discipline. The data and methods are valuable; the interpretive frame is overstated relative to what the evidence supports.

      Impact and utility

      The dataset and dRSA framework are useful contributions to the study of neural representation of dynamic stimuli, and the inversion and scrambling conditions open productive lines of inquiry. The interpretive over-commitment to predictive processing risks limiting the paper's reach into adjacent literatures - temporal integration, successor representations, template-matching biological motion models, encoding-model approaches - where the findings could land productively. With a more pluralistic interpretive frame, this work would speak to a substantially broader audience and connect more naturally with existing mechanistic accounts of dynamic visual processing.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Dhillon and Lewis present an optical approach to record single CRAC channel activity, overcoming the long-standing barrier imposed by the channel's extremely small unitary conductance. By fusing HaloTag to Orai1, labeling with JF646-BAPTA, and combining TIRF microscopy with whole-cell voltage clamp (Patch-TIRF), the authors achieve genuine single-channel resolution. A central contribution is the recognition that JF646-BAPTA undergoes reversible photophysical blinking that can be readily mistaken for gating events. The authors exploit the multi-dye labeling of hexameric Orai1, combined with voltage-clamped definition of open and closed fluorescence levels, to distinguish true gating transitions from blinks. The result is the first kinetic characterization of single CRAC channel openings activated by STIM1, reporting multiple open and closed states with durations from about 0.1 s to tens of seconds, predominantly high open probabilities ({greater than or equal to} 0.7), and an unexpected population of "silent" channels that co-localize with STIM1 but show no detectable activity over the observation window.

      Strengths:

      The work is technically rigorous, and the controls are appropriate. The integration of patch-clamp voltage control with TIRF imaging is a thoughtful methodological choice that defines the open- and closed-channel fluorescence reference levels with precision, providing a quantitative framework that the field has lacked. The use of the non-conducting Orai1-E106A mutant as a specificity control (Figure 4C) is exactly the right experiment, and the demonstration that JF646-BAPTA signals require Ca²⁺ flux through Orai1 itself anchors the entire approach. The identification and characterization of JF646-BAPTA blinking (Figures 2 and 3) is a significant contribution in its own right. The authors show clearly that the dye exhibits long-lived dark states and that transitions to zero fluorescence, rather than to a finite calcium-free baseline, are diagnostic of blinking rather than channel closure. This caveat has immediate implications for the interpretation of recent work using the same dye on other calcium-permeable channels, and will recalibrate the broader field of HaloTag-based single-channel optical recording. The kinetic analysis itself reveals something that was previously inaccessible: seconds-long open times, multi-state gating behavior, and a population of channels that co-localize with STIM1 yet remain electrically silent. These findings are physiologically meaningful and would not have been detectable by macroscopic electrophysiology. Overall, an outstanding study.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript would benefit from a small number of additional analyses of the existing data and modest refinements to the presentation. The discrete-channel interpretation of the intensity histogram in Figure 6C, the open probability distribution in Figure 8C, and the assignment of the "silent" channel population are all interesting and likely correct, but each rests on assumptions that the authors are well positioned to test directly using data already in hand. Brief additional discussion of the dynamic range of JF646-BAPTA in situ and of how the temporal resolution of the recordings shapes the inferred kinetic model would also help readers calibrate the findings.

      None of these points challenges the central claims of the paper, and none requires new experiments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript deals with the ability to identify material hardness from the vibrations induced by single light taps on that surface. Psychophysical tests of human perception under varying conditions of modified fingertip compliance and/or externally imposed vibrations demonstrated that total spectral energy was the main determinant of perceived hardness and that perception of increased hardness can be induced by adding external vibration at the time of contact.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are well-reported and the data potentially useful, but much narrower than is implied by the (provisional) title and abstract. Their potential application to tactile perception in virtual reality seems promising, but the largely unexplored need for synchronization with physical contact and modulation with velocity and force of that contact seems likely to complicate proposed applications to prosthetics and telerobots.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors have confused discriminability with perception. The sense of touch is derived from several different types of mechanoreceptors and processed into several dimensions of haptic perception. The fact that subjects can rank surface material hardness correctly when requested to focus on that alone does not mean that they rely on total spectral energy normally or that total spectral energy is normally perceived as surface material hardness, as opposed to other aspects of materials, such as their surface texture. They have not considered the effects of more complex features of most surfaces, such as curvature, lamination or other exploratory movement strategies besides light taps.

      (2) Discussion section. Lines 262-264 are overstated. Dynamic spectral energy can be used to modify perceived hardness when exploratory movements are limited to taps that are unlikely to generate any other useful cues, such as skin deformation or proprioception. The authors have not explored what happens if there actually are conflicting cues in non-vibratory modalities. There are many different examples from sensory psychophysics of percepts that arise from taking the mean of conflicting cues (e.g. stereophonic sound localization) and others that arise from a dominant modality (e.g. self-motion perception from visual flow fields, vestibular signals and proprioception).

      The authors have ignored the substantial literature on artificial tactile sensors and their ability to identify texture, hardness and other haptic properties of materials. These have emphasized the importance of the many types and parameters of exploratory movements, which were loosely specified and not quantified in these studies.

      See:

      Li, Q., Kroemer, O., Su, Z., Veiga, F. F., Kaboli, M., & Ritter, H. J. (2020). A Review of Tactile Information: Perception and Action Through Touch. Ieee Transactions on Robotics, 36(6), 1619-1634. doi:10.1109/tro.2020.3003230.

      Fishel, J. A., & Loeb, G. E. (2012). Bayesian exploration for intelligent identification of textures. Frontiers in Neurorobotics, 6(4). doi:10.3389/fnbot.2012.00004

      Fishel, J. A., & Loeb, G. E. (2012). Sensing Tactile Microvibrations with the BioTac - Comparison with Human Sensitivity. Paper presented at the IEEE/RAS-EMBS International Conference on Biomedical Robotics and Biomechatronics, Rome.

      (3) Introduction (lines 23-31) and Discussion (lines 296-298). The notion that tactile receptors are "frequency tuned" is something of a straw man. Different receptor types are preferentially sensitive to different broad spectral bands, but it has long been known that they can be driven by larger stimuli outside those bands and that humans have very limited ability to discriminate actual frequency of tactile vibration (as opposed to auditory pitch), particularly for frequencies greater than the maximal one-to-one firing rate of neurons (~200-300 Hz). Conversely, fine onset timing of spikes in tactile afferents appears to be available from brief contact taps to identify features other than hardness; see:

      Johansson, R. S., & Flanagan, J. R. (2009). Coding and use of tactile signals from the fingertips in object manipulation tasks. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 10, 345-359.

      Pruszynski, J. A., Flanagan, J. R., & Johansson, R. S. (2018). Fast and accurate edge orientation processing during object manipulation. eLife, 7, e31200.

      (4) Methods section. The Lofelt L5 actuator used to apply vibrations to the fingernail is rather large for use on multiple fingers of a haptic display. Do the authors know of any more compact technology with the requisite power and frequency response? One of the most useful contributions of this paper is to suggest that those details matter relatively little, which opens up more compact technologies such as piezoelectric actuators.

      (5) Methods section. It is good that headphones were used to block and mask audible tapping sounds, which are known to be capable of generating tactile illusions (Jousmäki, Veikko, and Riitta Hari. "Parchment-skin illusion: sound-biased touch." Current biology 8.6 (1998): R190-R191). But that suggests that hardness might be signalled by precisely timed acoustic stimuli, which would be much easier to deliver than fingertip vibration.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study develops a novel theory to account for various aspects of dopamine signals, particularly dopamine ramps. They propose that dopamine reward prediction error (RPE) signals are generated by a dual-process learning system in which values inferred by a model-based system enter the RPE asymmetrically into the update target but not the prediction (equation 6). The work offers specific, mechanistic explanations of Krausz et al. (2023) and Guru et al. (2020), Kim et al. (2020) by maintaining an RPE interpretation, and presents an alternative to the state-uncertainty account in Mikhael et al. (2022) that doesn't require the asymmetric uncertainty assumption Mikhael needs, using Campbell et al. (2025) in a thoughtful way. The asymmetric-RPE idea is clean and well presented. Overall, this study makes an important contribution to the field.

      Strengths:

      The theory is relatively simple and intuitive. It addresses a long-standing controversy or mystery in the field of dopamine.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The biggest outstanding question is what V_TD does - letting V_MB drive everything would seem to produce much of the same outcomes in the settings discussed here. The discussion suggests that in situations where there is little contribution of the model-based system, the backpropagating bump is a feature (e.g. Amo et al.). It would be interesting to see if this is a true outcome of the model, potentially by varying the arbitration parameter k. This is an interesting alternative account from eligibility trace explanations of the lack of backpropagating bump in some experimental settings.

      (2) The model-based accounts are quite simplistic, and this should probably be acknowledged - it does help delineate their contribution, but in the model, only the goal-reward value is updated; everything else is a known computation. Perhaps engage more deeply with Sagiv et al?

      (3) The application of Campbell et al. (2025) to push back on Mikhael (lines 253-259) is interesting: if striatum to VTA implements TD via synaptic delays such that V(s_t) is a delayed copy of V(s_{t+1}), then state uncertainty is necessarily shared between the two terms in the RPE, defeating Mikhael's required asymmetry.

      But the same circuit logic creates tension for the dual-process model. It seems they are proposing that the frontal cortex projects V_MB into VTA dopamine neurons (as proposed in 3.1 and the Discussion) and adds to the prediction error derived from the biphasic filtering of value. But the biphasic idea (and data of Campbell et al.) implies that the V(t+1) and -V(t) come from the same source and are proportional. Adding the V_MB term is akin to adding a positive bias, breaking the optimality of the TD error for predicting value and predicting over-learning of cached value. It is worth considering whether V_MB passes through a similar filter - I am not sure if it is fatal if V_MB contributes somewhat to the negative term of the update error.

      (4) A few places where the predicate of the conclusion needs more care. The "normative" framing throughout 3.2 and the Discussion is normative conditional on the architecture already including a separate cached system that needs to converge to the true value function and on a system in which the model based is learnt much faster - see comments about learning rate parameter later.

      (5) Kim et al. is cited heavily as a data source for Figure 4, but is never engaged with as a theoretical alternative, even though Kim et al. explicitly argued that an appropriate state representation makes standard TD compatible with ramps and the teleport responses. That is, Kim et al. is already a TD account of these phenomena, and doesn't require a second learning system. The introduction and Mikhael discussion treat the field as if the choice were between "dopamine = value" (Hamid, Howe, Mohebi) and dopamine = RPE-with-special-conditions (Mikhael, Kato-Morita), but Kim et al.'s framework is also dopamine = RPE. Two specific places this matters: (i) Figure 4 currently demonstrates that the dual-process model reproduces the Kim teleport results, but Kim et al.'s framework also reproduces them - the figure doesn't distinguish the two, and I am not sure the figure gives this message cleanly. (ii) Kim et al. report that ramps develop with training over days; the manuscript should address whether the dual-process model has an alternative explanation for this, especially given the contrast with the Guru result (ramps diminishing with training over a longer timescale).

      (6) The arbitration parameter k is fixed at 0.5 throughout, and the paper acknowledges this is for simplicity, but a supplementary panel sweeping k ∈ {0, 0.2, 0.5, 0.8, 1.0} on the key figures (Figure 1B convergence, Figure 2D ramp dynamics, Figure 3D Krausz updating) would be informative. At k = 0, the model reduces to standard TD; at k = 1, it's effectively V_MB-driven. I think these would be easy to add and help clarify the work this assumption is doing.

      (7) Learning-rate asymmetry needs justification. The story relies on α_MB >> α_TD throughout (α_MB = 0.50, α_TD = 0.01 - a 50× ratio). With α_MB = 0.5, a single rewarded trial moves R[goal] halfway to the new value, which would predict strong dependence of dopamine ramp amplitude on the previous trial's outcome. This is testable in existing data (Krausz et al. should have enough trials to fit the exponential decay constant for trial-history dependence; Guru's swap-session data likewise), and the paper would be strengthened by explicitly deriving and checking that prediction.

      (8) α_MB is dropped to 0.10 specifically for the Krausz simulation without justification in the text - Why? Either the value should be the same as elsewhere, or the paper should explain why Krausz's task requires slower MB learning. It would be good to check the robustness of the Krausz simulation - the test phase is a single set of three trials (t-2 = omission, t-1 = reward, then t = 50% rewarded) after training on a single set of 500 simulated trials (believe only one random seed is used - given the high alpha, varying this set of simulated trials seems important). Also, do they get the other result in Krausz (t-2 = reward, t-1 = omission, t = 50% rewarded)?

      (9) It might be possible to fit the alpha to the Guru and Krausz simulations - this might be informative to show the range over which it varies.

      (10) The Kato and Morita account is cited in the introduction but never really discussed again - it would be good to engage with this a bit more in the discussion. The rejection of the value-based accounts seems to rely primarily on Kim et al., where the value and TDRPE accounts differ, but this could be directly acknowledged, rather than absorbing credit for this into their model.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors develop alignment methods for layer-specific widefield calcium imaging in the mouse cortex. Under the assumption that the majority of the widefield signal originates at the level of the cell bodies, different cortical layers will appear at different locations in a top-down view as a function of the curvature of the mouse cortex. The authors develop software tools to correct for this, as well as depth-dependent source blurring. Finally, they apply these tools to investigate functional connectivity differences of different neuron types and find only subtle differences.

      Strengths:

      The work is technically strong, the experiments well executed, and the presentation clear.

      Weaknesses:

      One concern I have is that the central assumption underlying the rationale for the depth correction, namely that the source of the majority of the widefield signal is the cell body, may be incorrect. Layer 5 neurons have a dense axo-dendritic plexus very close to the surface of the cortex. Given the attenuation length of visible light in tissue, as well as our own measurements (https://elifesciences.org/articles/71476#fig6s1), I suspect that the majority of the widefield calcium signal originates in the superficial axo-dendritic plexus. The authors acknowledge this possibility, but there are a few simple measurements they could make to address this more directly. If indeed, as I suspect, the majority of the calcium signal originates in the first 50 um of tissue (even when imaging layer 5 neurons), the curvature correction is counterproductive, of course. The authors could test the effect of adding brain slices of varying thicknesses on top of e.g., a layer 2/3 widefield recording. If the authors are correct, and most of the signal is from cell bodies, this should, at most, attenuate the layer 2/3 recording to the level of a layer 5 recording. Anecdotally, while doing the measurements for the figure referenced above, we have done this experiment with a 100 um thick slice, and no quantifiable calcium responses remained.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The current manuscript characterizes in detail the macrophages in the thymus. The authors identify two distinct populations of thymic macrophages and describe their surface marker expression and transcriptional signatures. They also explore their ontology and kinetics of settling and persistence in the thymus and find that the TIMD4+ macrophages are derived from embryonic progenitors and self-maintain in the thymus, while the TIMD4- macrophages are derived from monocytes. Most importantly, the authors test the functional importance of thymic macrophages for T cell development using an in vitro depletion system, from which they conclude that macrophages are important for one of the earliest selection steps in T cell development - the beta selection.

      Strengths:

      The authors use state-of-the-art techniques, such as multiple genetically modified mice, multi-color flow cytometry, single-cell RNA sequencing, genetic fate mapping, and fetal thymic organ culture (FTOC) combined with depletion. Their work is in good agreement with prior published studies on the subject, such as Tacke et al. (PMID: 26091486) and Zhou et al. (PMID: 36449334). In addition to reproducing prior knowledge, the authors uncover novel and unexpected facets of thymic macrophage biology, such as their SpiC independence and the fact that TIMD4- thymic macrophages depend on CCR2 (Tacke et al. have shown that the overall thymic macrophage compartment is normal in CCR2-/- mice). Most surprisingly, the authors claim that thymic macrophages control an early checkpoint in T cell development, the beta selection. This has not been reported before, as beta selection is usually considered a cell-autonomous process in thymocytes that does not require input from other cells.

      Weaknesses:

      The thymic macrophage depletion experiments are not well controlled, and the authors' interpretation of the results is a stretch. First, the treatment depletes other cell types, most notably dendritic cells (DCs), which have well-known roles in thymic selection (though not specifically in beta selection). The authors' reasoning that macrophages are abundant in the cortex, where beta selection occurs, while DCs are enriched in the medulla, seems questionable, as the embryonic thymus typically lacks (or has very small) medulla. A second salient point is that the authors haven't ruled out direct toxicity of the dimerizer drug AP20187 on thymocytes (specifically DN cells) in MAFIA mice.

      Altogether, this is a solid manuscript that largely confirms the previously established ontogeny and heterogeneity of thymic macrophages. However, the participation of thymic macrophages in beta selection needs stronger evidence.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors use Dyngo-4a, a known Dynamin inhibitor to test its influence on caveolar assembly and surface mobility. They investigate whether it incorporates into membranes with Quartz-Crystal Microbalance, they investigate how it is organized in membranes using simulations. Finally, they use lipid-packing sensitive dyes to investigate lipid packing in the presence of Dyngo-4a, membrane stiffness using AFM and membrane undulation using fluorescence microscopy. They also use a measure they call "caveola duration time" to claim that something happens to caveolae after Dyngo-4a addition and using this parameter, they do indeed see an increase in it in response to Dyngo-4a, which is reduced back to the baseline after addition of cholesterol.

      Overall, the authors claim: 1) Dyngo-4a inserts into the membrane and this 2) results in "a dramatic dynamin-independent inhibition of caveola scission". 3) Dyngo-4a was inserted and positioned at the level of cholesterol in the bilayer and 4) Dyngo-4a-treatment resulted in decreased lipid packing in the outer leaflet of the plasma membrane 5) but Dyngo-4a did not affect caveola morphology, caveolae-associated proteins, or the overall membrane stiffness 6) acute addition of cholesterol counteracts the block in caveola scission caused by Dyngo-4a.

      Overall, in this reviewers opinion, after the additional experiments in the review process, all claims are now well-supported by the presented data from electron and live cell microscopy, QCM-D and AFM.

      Significance:

      A number of small molecule inhibitors for the GTPase dynamics exist, that are commonly used tools in the investigation of endocytosis. This goes as far that the use of some of these inhibitors alone is considered in some publications as sufficient to declare a process to be dynamin-dependent. However, this is not always correct, as there are considerable off-target effects, including the inhibition of caveolar internalization by a dynamin-independent mechanism. This is important, as for example the influence of dynamin small molecule inhibitors on chemotherapy resistance is currently investigated (see for example Tremblay et al., Nature Communications, 2020).

      The investigation of the true effect of small molecules discovered as and used as specific inhibitors and their offside effects is extremely important and this reviewer applauds the effort. It is important that inhibitors are not used alone, but other means of targeting a mechanism are exploited as well in functional studies. The audience here thus is besides membrane biophysicists interested in the immediate effect of the small molecule Dyngo-4a also cell biologists and everyone using dynamic inhibitors to investigate cellular function.

      Comments on revised version.

      Overall, in this reviewer's opinion, after the additional experiments in the review process, all claims are now well-supported by the presented data from electron and live cell microscopy, QCM-D and AFM.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      This manuscript offers a careful and technically impressive dissection of how subpopulations within the subthalamic nucleus (STN) support reward-biased perceptual decision-making. The authors recorded STN neurons in monkeys performing an asymmetric-reward visual motion discrimination task, then combined single-unit analyses, regression modeling, and drift-diffusion model (DDM) fitting to identify functionally distinct neuronal clusters. Each subpopulation shows unique relationships to computational decision variables - evidence accumulation rate, decision bound, and non-decision time - as well as to post-decision evaluative signals including choice accuracy and reward expectation. The revised manuscript substantially strengthens the original submission by improving both the objectivity of neuron selection and the robustness of the clustering solution.

      Strengths:

      The asymmetric-reward paradigm cleanly separates perceptual and motivational contributions to STN activity, allowing the authors to characterize how neurons blend these distinct sources of information. The dataset is extensive and well-controlled, and the behavioral and neural analyses are tightly integrated. Relating cluster-specific activity to DDM parameters provides an interpretable computational link between population signals and behavior. The clustering solution is now validated across two algorithms, two monkeys, and subsets of trials - establishing that the three-cluster structure is robust. The new Figure 9 offers a conceptually useful, if necessarily speculative, synthesis connecting the identified subpopulations to distinct basal-ganglia pathways (hyperdirect versus indirect). The new Figure 8 documenting the anatomical intermingling of subpopulations is also important, as it directly informs the interpretation of prior and future STN stimulation studies.

      Weaknesses:

      The inferred relationships between neural clusters and DDM parameters remain correlational - the authors now appropriately flag this throughout, and the causal inference gap is acknowledged in the Discussion with concrete proposals for future targeted perturbation strategies. While a generative multi-cluster model would further strengthen mechanistic interpretation, the conceptual framework in Figure 9 provides a reasonable intermediate step given the scope of the study and the absence of simultaneous population recordings, which preclude direct inter-cluster covariation analyses. These remaining limitations are inherent to the experimental design rather than analytical oversights.

      Comments on the previous version:

      The authors have responded thoroughly and constructively to all of my concerns. The revised clustering pipeline - incorporating finer temporal resolution, objective neuron selection, outlier removal, a second clustering algorithm, cross-monkey validation (Rand indices of 0.94 and 1.0 for the two monkeys), and trial-subset stability analysis - substantially increases confidence in the three-cluster solution. The correlational nature of the DDM-activity relationships is now clearly stated, and the Discussion appropriately contextualizes the causal inference gap while suggesting feasible future directions. The new Figure 9 provides the conceptual synthesis I had hoped for, within the realistic scope of the present study. I am satisfied with the authors' responses and have no further requests.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the paper, the authors propose a new RNA velocity method, TSvelo, which predicts the transcription rate linearly based on the expression of RNA levels of transcription factors. This framework is an extension of its recent work TFvelo by including unspliced reads and designing a coherent neuralODE framework. Improved performance was demonstrated in six diverse datasets.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this method introduces innovative solutions to link cell differentiation and gene regulation, with a balance between model complexity (neuralODE) and interpretability (raw gene space).

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have added comprehensive analyses in this revision, and all of my concerns have been very well addressed. Here, I just want to re-emphasize the original points 1 and 3.

      (1) The analysis and clarification are very helpful - thanks! I found that Fig. R1 and R2 are very insightful, as DoRothEA-only returns much worse performance. Please consider adding these two figures to the supp figure and possibly highlighting your setting for edge pruning (down-weights); therefore, the model is more likely to be affected by false negatives than false positives in the TF-target prior.

      (3) Please consider adding some discussion on the challenges in capturing cell cycle transitions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors have conducted substantial additional analyses to address the reviewers' comments. However, several key points still require attention. I was unable to see the correspondence between the model predictions and the data in the added quantitative analysis. In the rebuttal letter, the delta peak speed time displays values in the range of [20, 30] ms, whereas the data were negative for the 45{degree sign} direction. Should the reader directly compare panel B of Figure 6 with Figure 1E? The correspondence between the model and the data should be made more apparent in Figure 6. Furthermore, the rebuttal states that a quantitative prediction was not expected, yet it subsequently argues that there was a quantitative match. Overall, this response remains unclear.

      A follow-up question concerns the argument about strategic slowing. The authors argue that this explanation can be rejected because the timing of peak speed should be delayed, contrary to the data. However, there appears to be a sign difference between the model and the data for the 45{degree sign} direction, which means that it was delayed in this case. Did I understand correctly? In that regard, I believe that the hypothesis of strategic slowing cannot yet be firmly rejected and the discussion should more clearly indicate that this argument is based on some, but not all, directions. I agree with the authors on the importance of the mass underestimation hypothesis, and I am not particularly committed to the strategic slowing explanation, but I do not see a strong argument against it. If the conclusion relies on the sign of the delta peak speed, then the authors' claims are not valid across all directions, and greater caution in the interpretation and discussion is warranted. Regarding the peak acceleration time, I would be hesitant to draw firm conclusions based on differences smaller than 10 ms (Figures R3 and 6D).

      The authors state in the rebuttal that the two hypotheses are competing. This is not accurate, as they are not mutually exclusive and could even vary as a function of movement direction. The abstract also claims that the data "refutes" strategic slowing, which I believe is too strong. The main issue is that, based on the authors' revised manuscript, the lack of quantitative agreement between the model and the data for the mass underestimation hypothesis is considered acceptable because a precise quantitative match is not expected, and the predictions overall agree for some (though not all) directions and phases (excluding post-in). That is reasonable, but by the same logic, the small differences between the model prediction and the strategic slowing hypothesis should not be taken as firm evidence against it, as the authors seem to suggest. In practice, I recommend a more transparent and cautious interpretation to avoid giving readers the false impression that the evidence is decisive. The mass underestimation hypothesis is clearly supported, but the remaining aspects are less clear, and several features of the data remain unexplained.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have reworked the sections of the text where the narrative was too strong or binary wrt alternative interpretations. The result is well balanced. No further recommendation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The objective of this study was to infer the population dynamics (rates of differentiation, division and loss) and lineage relationships of NK cell subsets during an acute immune response and under homeostatic conditions.

      Strengths:

      A rich dataset and a detailed analysis of a particular class of stochastic models.

      Weaknesses: (relating to initial submission)

      The stochastic models used are quite simple; each population is considered homogeneous with first-order rates of division, death, and differentiation. In Markov process models such as these there is no dependence of cellular behavior on its history of divisions. In recent years models of clonal expansion and diversification, in the settings of T and B cells, have progressed beyond this picture. So I was a little surprised that there was no mention of the literature exploring the role of replicative history in differentiation (e.g. Bresser Nat Imm 2022), nor of the notion of family 'division destinies' (either in division number, or the time spent proliferating, as described by the Cyton and Cyton2 models developed by Hodgkin and collaborators; e.g. Heinzel Nat Imm 2017). The emerging view is that variability in clone (family) size arises may arise predominantly from the signals delivered at activation, which dictate each precursor's subsequent degree of expansion, rather than from the fluctuations deriving from division and death modeled as Poisson processes.

      As you pointed out, the Gerlach and Buchholz Science papers showed evidence for highly skewed distributions of family sizes, and correlations between family size and phenotypic composition. Is it possible that your observed correlations could arise if the propensity for immature CD27+ cells to differentiate into mature CD27- cells increases with division number? The relative frequency of the two populations would then also be impacted by differences in the division rates of each subset - one would need to explore this. But depending on the dependence of the differentiation rate on division number, there may be parameter regimes (and timepoints) at which the more differentiated cells can predominate within large clones even if they divide more slowly than their immature precursors. One might not then be able to rule out the two-state model. I would like to see a discussion or rebuttal of these issues.

      Comments on revised version.

      I am happy with the latest revisions that the authors have made.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Kashiwagi et al. undertook a population analysis of dendritic spine nanostructure applied to the objective grouping of 8 mouse models of neuropsychiatric disorders. They report that spine morphology in cultured hippocampal neurons shows a higher similarity among schizophrenia mouse models (compared with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) mouse models) and identify an effect of Ecrg4 (encoding small secretory peptides) on spine dynamics and shape in these models.

      Strengths:

      The study developed a method for objectively comparing spine properties in primary hippocampal neuron cultures from 8 mouse models of psychiatric disorders at the population level using high-resolution structured illumination microscopy (SIM) imaging. This novel technique identified two distinct groups of mouse models according to the population-level spine properties: those with ASD-related gene mutations and those with schizophrenia-related gene mutations. Functional studies, including gene knockdown and overexpression experiments, identified an effect of Ecrg4 on the spine phenotype of the schizophrenia model mice.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness is that the study is wholly in vitro, using cultured hippocampal neurons. The authors present this as an advantage, however, arguing that spine morphology as measured in a reduced culture system can demonstrate direct effects of gene mutations on neuronal phenotypes in the absence of indirect influences from nonneuronal cells or specific environments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Roseby and colleagues report on a body region-specific sensory control of the fly larval righting response, a body contortion performed by fly larvae to correct their posture from an inverted (dorsal side down) position. This is an important topic because of the general need for animals to locomote in the correct orientation and the clever and broadly useful methodologies used in this paper to uncover the sensory triggers for the behavior, including a body region-specific optogenetic approach along different axial positions of the larva, region-specific manipulation of surface contacts with the substrate, and a 'water unlocking' technique to initiate righting behaviors, all strengths of the manuscript. The authors found that multidendritic neurons, particularly the daIV neurons, are necessary for righting behavior. The contribution of daIV neurons had been shown by the authors in a prior paper (Klann et al, 2021), but that study had used constitutive neuronal silencing. Here the authors used acute inactivation to confirm this finding. Additionally, the authors describe an important role for anterior sensory neurons. They move on to test the genetic basis for righting behavior and, consistent with the regional specificity they observe, implicate sensory neuron expression of Hox genes Antennapedia and Abdominal-b in self-righting.

      Strengths:

      Strengths of this paper include the important question addressed and the elegant and innovative combination of methods, which led to clear insights into the sensory biology of self-righting and links between body plan and nervous system function that will be useful for others in the field. The manuscript is very clearly written and couched in interesting biology.

      Limitations:

      There are several important questions for future study that, left unresolved, do not diminish the significance of this manuscript. These include the cellular and developmental basis for Hox gene action, the contributions of dorsal and ventral regions of the animal in righting, and the regional contributions of other sensory cell types in the righting response.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have addressed my major concerns.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors sought to characterize the somatic mutation landscape and gene expression profiles of Kenyan breast cancer patients. By comparing Whole Exome Sequencing (WES) and RNA-seq data from 23 paired tumor-normal samples against The Cancer Genome Atlas (TCGA) cohorts, the study specifically aimed to highlight the role of the ZNF gene family.

      Strengths:

      The study addresses a critical gap in genomic research by focusing on an underrepresented African population, which is essential for achieving global health equity in oncology.

      Weaknesses:

      The cohort is relatively small for definitive landscape characterization. The study fails to explore the mechanistic link between identified somatic mutations and observed aberrant gene expression.

      Impact and Utility:

      The impact of this work is currently limited. While the data adds to the growing repository of African genomic samples, the lack of novelty and mechanistic insight reduces its utility for the broader scientific community. To be clinically valuable, the study would need to offer more robust, unbiased profiling that could eventually inform population-specific diagnostics or therapies.

      Additional Context:

      Breast cancer in African populations often presents with different clinical trajectories compared to Western cohorts. While any data from these regions is vital, "landscape" studies require high statistical power and unbiased analysis to differentiate true population-specific drivers from noise or small-sample variance. Without a clear regulatory mechanism linking mutations to phenotypes, the findings remain preliminary observations.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This important study performs a theoretical analysis of the evolutionary dynamics of strains under a classical resource competition model to understand how clonal interference and diversification of resource preferences interact to structure microbial population genetic structure. They find that in large asexual populations evolving in relevant parameter regimes, where evolutionary and ecological time scales overlap, populations are characterized by a small number of ecotypes, which are groups of strains that share a given resource preference, whose dynamics in the long run are dominated by priority effects.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript constitutes a novel and sound contribution to theory in ecology and evolution, under relevant parameter regimes which have been previously overlooked due to the complexities they bring, i.e. when the weak mutation regime breaks down. Here, the authors make a considerable step forward by taking advantage of analytical advances in the population genetics theory of clonal interference in recent years (travel fitness wave moving at a constant average speed v), which they apply to resource competition models typically studied in ecology.

      The main insights in the derivations shown in the supplementary text are clearly summarized in Figure 2 of the main manuscript, where the different phases of the somewhat counterintuitive dynamics of the strategic mutations in the model are quantified.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite its many merits, I believe the manuscript can profit from a few clarifications as I point out below:

      (1) I think the authors should make explicit in the abstract of the paper that they study a stair to heaven fitness landscape and that the rate of beneficial mutations does not slow down.

      (2) Evolution is elegantly incorporated in the resource consumption model by assuming two classes of mutations: strategic mutations and constitutively beneficial mutations. I believe that the biological meaning of these different types should be better explained. Specifically, on pages 3 and 4, the authors state that strategy mutations "alter resource uptake strategy and potentially its overall magnitude as well", whereas the other type is "only tangentially related to resource consumption (e.g. eliminating a pathway that is not necessary in the current environment)." I find this a bit strange since this is a model of resource competition, and I would assume that the latter type of mutations would be neutral. Maybe I am not reading this well, and the meaning of the mutations, as well as their assumed rates, could be clarified with some examples as the authors state that these mutations are routinely observed in microbial evolution experiments.

      (3) The authors discuss the theoretical results obtained in the light of the famous Lenski experiment, where ecotype formation is observed in some populations. However, in the mentioned example, cross-feeding was the mechanism involved. Since in their model, unlike in other models, cross-feeding is not considered, I found this example to be misplaced. In addition, in the Lenski experiment, a single (and essential) resource is present in the environment, so the assumptions of the model do not appear to apply. On the other hand, in Herron and Doebeli's experiments, two resources (substitutable) were present, so a comparison with their experimental results would be more appropriate.

      (4) The paper should also discuss deleterious mutations, which I did not see mentioned anywhere.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Balasubramaniam and colleagues continue this group's efforts to understand mitochondrial-derived compartments (MDCs) that bud off from yeast mitochondria in response to metabolic stress. In a previous genetic screen, they identified Ups lipid transfer proteins and the AAA-protease Yme1 as components that modulate MDC formation. In this study, the authors link these observations by showing that Yme1 modulates levels of Ups1, Ups2, as well as MICOS complex members in the mitochondrial proteome. Using genetic approaches, they then show that Yme1's role on MDCs is dependent on its catalytic activity (via an inactive mutant) and that YME1 shows genetic interactions with UPS1/2 and MIC10/MIC60. The overall model is that Yme1 activity responds to metabolic cues and acts via proteolysis of these two distinct mitochondrial machineries to regulate MDC biogenesis.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the study are its integration of mitochondrial proteomics with strong genetic approaches, as well as synergy with the authors' previous studies on the role of lipids in MD genesis. The work is overall well carried-out and experiments are thoughtfully discussed.

      Weaknesses:

      The major weaknesses are a lack of mechanistic resolution surrounding the model, e.g., proposed or tested mechanisms by which Yme1 activity is regulated by metabolic cues, or how Ups1/2 activity and the MICOS contribute to MDC generation. The authors acknowledge these as open questions, but addressing them would still enhance the significance of the study.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Combining in vitro refolding, SEC-based assembly assays, peptide-library screening, MALDI-TOF, LC-MS/MS, structural analysis and immunopeptidomics, this manuscript investigates the peptide-binding principles of the promiscuous chicken MHC-I molecule BF2*21:01.

      Strengths:

      Although the peptide motif of BF2*21:01 is highly complex, this manuscript identified several principles, including a preference for 10-mer peptides, co-variation between P2 and Pc-2, effects of P3 and Pc-3, and a strong cellular preference for Leu at Pc. The results are important for avian MHC biology and poultry vaccine epitope prediction.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript is sometimes difficult to follow because the authors present a large amount of peptide-library, structural and immunopeptidomics data. without always clearly explaining how these datasets support the proposed simplifying principles.

      Major Issues - Points Requiring Clarification or Additional Support:

      (1)(Line 282-301, 537-545)<br /> The immunopeptidomics conclusions are mainly based on one B21 cell line with one biological replicate and at least two technical replicates. Given the complexity of the BF2*21:01 peptide repertoire, this is a major limitation. The authors should either provide additional biological replicates or clearly state this limitation in the Abstract, Results and Discussion.

      (2) (Lines 290-313)<br /> The B21 cell preparations contain both BF2 and the lowly expressed BF1 molecule. Some peptides, especially 8-mers or peptides with atypical motifs, may derive from BF1*21:01. The authors should clarify how BF2*21:01-bound peptides were distinguished from possible BF1-derived peptides, or interpret the immunopeptidomics motif more cautiously. The authors should also provide or cite evidence confirming the B21 haplotype identity of the cell line and chicken materials used for immunopeptidomics.

      (3) (Lines 217-221, 243-253)<br /> The authors acknowledge that MALDI-TOF cannot reliably distinguish peptide combinations with identical or similar masses, nor determine residue positions in some cases. Therefore, MALDI-TOF results should not be overinterpreted as precise evidence for residue preference. The authors should clearly indicate which conclusions are supported by LC-MS/MS.

      (4) (Lines 297-301, 316-330)<br /> The authors suggest that longer peptides may bulge in the middle or extend out of the groove at the C-terminal end. The rationale for the C-terminal extension is not clearly explained. Why is the C-terminal extension considered rather than the N-terminal extension? If the binding register is uncertain, long peptides should be analyzed separately from canonical-length peptides.

      (5) (Lines 406-439)<br /> In vitro assembly assays show that several hydrophobic residues can be tolerated at Pc, whereas immunopeptidomics shows a strong Leu preference at this position. The authors should clarify whether this Leu preference reflects intrinsic BF2*21:01 binding specificity, TAP-mediated peptide transport, antigen processing, peptide loading, or a cell-line-specific effect. Additional experimental support, such as TAP transport analysis, would strengthen this conclusion.

      (6) (Lines 172-178, 243-279, 442-457)<br /> The structural analysis explains some residue combinations, such as Arg at P2 with Glu at Pc-2 or Trp at Pc. However, the structural interpretation is not fully integrated with the large-scale peptide library and immunopeptidomics results. Representative high- and low-frequency combinations should be discussed structurally.

      (7) The inference of co-variation between P2 and Pc-2, as well as the modulatory effects of P3 and Pc-3, should be better explained. At present, some conclusions appear to be based mainly on residue-frequency patterns, and the logical connection between these observations and the proposed binding principles is not always clear. Statistical analyses, such as mutual information, chi-square tests or permutation tests, and representative structural explanations would strengthen this conclusion.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The "multiple-demand" (MD) system is a well-known finding of human brain imaging and is thought to play a central role in cognitive control. To directly compare the MD system in humans and monkeys, Mione et al. used functional magnetic resonance imaging to measure whole-brain activation in a multi-step saccadic maze task. In humans, the authors found a distributed pattern of brain activity close match to the canonical MD network and extends to adjacent regions of dorsal attention and other networks. While there was good correspondence between monkey and human data, differences were also notable in the lateral frontal cortex, the dorsal parietal cortex, and the sensorimotor cortex.

      Strengths:

      Though previous data hint at a corresponding network in the macaque, there has been no direct comparison to human data. This study provides a direct cross-species comparison with whole-brain data from fMRI, and the findings suggest an extended and strongly interconnected brain network recruited by increased cognitive challenge.

      Weaknesses:

      In previous human imaging, the MD system is defined by overlapping activation for many kinds of cognitive demands. In the present work, however, the authors used just a single task. Although there is some overlap between the putative monkey MD network and the canonical MD network identified in human imaging, there should be caution in linking current findings to the MD system based on limited task events.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript entitled "Essential function reflected in the phylodynamics of a multigene family - the pir genes of malaria parasites" by Jackson and colleagues investigates the global phylogeny of pir genes across 14 Plasmodium species and one Hepatocystis species. The authors also focus on the functional characterization of the conserved ortholog pirC1 and claim that pirC1 is not the founder of the family and that it plays an essential role in blood-stage growth.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the manuscript is well written and interesting, as it combines comparative genomics and evolutionary analysis with functional experiments. The phylogenetic analysis is rigorous and represents a major strength of the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      The general conclusions regarding the potential function of this gene family are not fully supported by the data presented. The manuscript moves too quickly from growth phenotype and localization studies to a specific mechanistic model. The discussion argues that PIRC1 may be involved in nutrient acquisition, host sensing, or metabolic support, but the data provided do not directly support these functions, and the manuscript in its present form remains speculative. Although the manuscript includes some experimental results, it lacks direct mechanistic validation of the specific functions of the pir genes, including pirC1. In its current form, the study does not yet establish a definitive role for pirC1 in metabolic processes.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This is an interesting and valuable paper by Gil-Lievana, Arroyo et al. that presents an open-source method (the "Crunchometer") for quantifying biting and chewing behavior in mice using audio detection. The work addresses an important and unmet need in the field: quantitative measures of feeding behavior with solid foods, since most prior approaches have been limited to liquids. The authors make a clear and compelling case for why this problem is important, and I fully agree with their motivation.

      The system is carefully validated against human-scored video data and is shown to be at least as accurate, and in some cases more accurate, than human observers. This is a major strength of the study. I also particularly appreciate the demonstration of the technology in the context of LHA circuitry, which nicely illustrates its utility and importance for mechanistic studies of feeding. I also appreciate the ability to readily time lock neural data to individual crunches. Overall, the manuscript is well executed and represents a useful contribution to the field.

      Comments on revised version.

      The revised manuscript has addressed my minor initial concerns. I appreciate that the sample size was increased for the recording experiments.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers.]

      Summary:

      The premise of the manuscript by Matteucci et al. is interesting and elaborates a mechanism via which TNFa regulates monocyte activation and metabolism to promote murine survival during Plasmodium infection. The authors show that TNF signaling (via an unknown mechanism) induces nitrite synthesis, which (via yet an unknown mechanism), and stabilizes the transcription factor HIF1a. Furthermore, that HIF1a (via an unknown mechanism) increases GLUT1 expression and increases glycolysis in monocytes. The authors demonstrate that this metabolic rewiring towards increased glycolysis in a subset of monocytes is necessary for monocyte activation including cytokine secretion, and parasite control.

      Strengths:

      The authors provide elegant in vivo experiments to characterize metabolic consequences of Plasmodium infection, and isolate cell populations whose metabolic state is regulated downstream of TNFa. Furthermore, the authors tie together several interesting observations to propose an interesting model.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors show that TNFa induces GLUT1 in monocytes, but do not show a direct role for GLUT1 or glucose uptake in monocytes in host resistance to infection.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors have presented a revised version of their investigation into the Membrane Associated Periodic Skeleton (MPS) in iPSC derived human motor neurons. As mentioned in the earlier report, the main observations reported in this article-occurrence of patch and gap arrangement of MPS-is very interesting. The real puzzle is whether, and if so how, this structure coarsens over time to produce continuous MPS.

      Following suggestions from reviewers, the authors attempted live cell imaging, but the results were not consistent enough and the authors point out difficulties in obtaining sufficient numbers and possible artefacts of over-expression. This investigation would have been much stronger with live cell imaging data on the dynamics of patch and gap structures.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Butler et al. explores a novel physiological role for connexin 32 (Cx32) hemichannels in Schwann cells of peripheral nerves. Building on the authors' prior work on CO<sub>2</sub>-sensitive gating of connexin hemichannels, this study proposes that axonal activity-dependent mitochondrial CO<sub>2</sub> production promotes the opening of Cx32 hemichannels in adjacent Schwann cells, a process regulated by carbonic anhydrase (CA) activity and AQP1. This work reveals a new form of intercellular communication that may contribute to the regulation of conduction velocity.

      The authors aimed to determine whether CO<sub>2</sub> acts as an activity-dependent signal in peripheral nerves through activation of Cx32 hemichannels in myelinating Schwann cells. The study is strengthened by the use of complementary techniques, including in silico approaches, pharmacological manipulation, dye uptake assays, calcium imaging, adenoviral delivery of dominant-negative Cx32 constructs targeted to Schwann cells, and extracellular recordings in isolated sciatic nerves. Together, these methods allow the authors to connect molecular mechanisms with tissue-level function.

      The study has a few technical limitations, and some aspects of the interpretation require caution. Limitations in antibody specificity complicate interpretation of the precise distribution of the signaling pathway components studied here. Dye uptake into the outer myelin layer is consistent with hemichannel opening, but it does not by itself prove that Cx32 directly mediates the observed permeability changes. Similarly, Ca<sup>2+</sup> signals associated with Cx32 activation could reflect direct Ca<sup>2+</sup> permeability through Cx32 or secondary activation of other Ca<sup>2+</sup> entry or release pathways. Finally, hemichannel opening is assessed primarily using FITC uptake, which may not fully capture the complexity of Cx32 gating or distinguish between different conductive states.

      Overall, the authors provide substantial evidence that activity-dependent CO<sub>2</sub> production can influence Schwann cells through a pathway involving CA, AQP1, and Cx32. The results support the broad conclusions of the study, although some direct mechanistic links require further validation. The work is likely to have an important impact because it proposes a novel role for CO<sub>2</sub> as a local signaling molecule in peripheral nerves and may provide new insight into how Schwann cells detect axonal activity and regulate peripheral nerve physiology.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have addressed all of my concerns. The manuscript is now much improved and reads very well. Congrats to all the research team.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In the manuscript entitled "Flexible and high-throughput simultaneous profiling of gene expression and chromatin accessibility in single cells," Soltys and colleagues present easySHARE-seq, a method described as an improvement upon SHARE-seq for the simultaneous measurement of RNA transcripts and chromatin accessibility.

      The authors demonstrate the utility of easySHARE-seq by profiling approximately 20,000 nuclei from the murine liver, successfully annotating cell types and linking cis-regulatory elements to target genes. The authors claim that easySHARE-seq supports longer read lengths potentially enabling better variant discovery or allele-specific signal assessment, though they do not provide direct evidence to support these specific claims.

      A key strength of the protocol is enhanced sequencing efficiency, achieved by shortening the Index 1 read from 99 to 17 nucleotides. This reduction does not come at a significant cost to barcode diversity, retaining approximately 3.5 million combinations. Additionally, the approach allows for the sequencing of a sub-library to assess quality prior to final barcoding and sequencing which seems quite clever.

      While the increase in RNA transcript recovery is substantial, it appears to come at a cost: there is a notable decrease in ATAC fragments per cell compared to the original SHARE-seq (and other platforms). Likely as a result, the dimensionality reduction (UMAP) shows good resolution for RNA profiles but relatively poor resolution for accessibility profiles. Furthermore, the presented data suggests potential ambient RNA contamination; specifically, the detection of Albumin in HSCs and B cells is likely an artifact of the protocol rather than a biological signal.

      Overall, the study is well-presented and represents a promising advance. However, there are significant shortcomings that should be addressed, particularly regarding "leaky" transcript recovery and reduced ATAC performance.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Yang et al. investigates the relationship between multi-unit activity in the locus coeruleus, putatively noradrenergic locus coeruleus, hippocampus (HP) sharp-wave ripples (SWR) and spindles using multi-site electrophysiology in freely behaving male rats. The study focuses on SWR during quiet wake and non-REM sleep, and their relation to cortical states (identified using EEG recordings in frontal areas) and LC units.

      The manuscript highlights differential modulation of LC units as a function of HP-cortical communication during wake and sleep. They establish that ripples and LC units are inversely correlated to levels of arousal: wake, i.e. higher arousal correlates with higher LC unit activity and lower ripple rates. The authors show that LC neuron activity is strongly inhibited just before SWR detected during wake. During non-REM sleep, they distinguish "isolated" ripples from SWR coupled to spindles and show that inhibition of LC neuron activity is absent before spindle-coupled ripples but not before isolated ripples, suggesting a mechanism where noradrenaline (NA) tone is modulated by HP-cortical coupling. This result has interesting implications for the roles of noradrenaline in the modulation of sleep-dependent memory consolidation, as ripple-spindle coupling is a mechanism favoring consolidation. The authors further show that NA neuronal activity is downregulated before spindles.

      Strengths:

      In continuity with previous work from the laboratory, this work expands our understanding of the activity of neuromodulatory systems in relation to vigilance states and brain oscillations, an area of research that is timely and impactful. The manuscript presents strong results suggesting that NA tone varies differentially depending on coupling of HP SWR with cortical spindles. The authors place their findings back in the context of identified roles of HP ripples and coupling to cortical oscillations for memory formation in a very interesting discussion. The distinction of LC neuron activity between awake, ripple-spindle coupled events and isolated ripples is an exciting result and its relation to arousal and memory opens fascinating lines of research.

      Weaknesses:

      I regretted that the paper fell short of trying to push this line of idea a bit further, for example by contrasting in the same rats the LC unit-HP ripple coupling during exploration of a highly familiar context (as seemingly was the case in their study) versus a novel context, which would increase arousal and trigger memory-related mechanisms. Any kind of manipulation of arousal levels and investigation of the impact on awake vs nonREM sleep LC-HP ripple coordination would considerably strengthen the scope of the study.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have added methodological details to the results section after the first round of reviews, improving the manuscript readability. Some points might still be improved, for example, the authors use a delta/gamma ratio to track cortical states for example, but there is no methods section corresponding to this metric. Authors write that higher SI corresponds to a lower arousal state that is associated with "more synchronized cortical population activity, higher ripple rate and reduced LC neurons firing" but there are no references or analysis to support this statement, only examples showing changes in SI over a few minutes.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      This paper aims to improve the accuracy of predictions of the impact of ITN strategies by developing a method to estimate duration of ITN access and use over time on a subnational scale from cross-sectional survey data and the numbers ITNs received annually. The subnational estimates are then input into a mathematical model to predict clinical cases under different ITN distribution strategies.

      Strengths:

      The approach is novel and addresses a useful and timely topic. It makes use of available routine data, and has considered all of the relevant components of ITN distributions.

      The authors have made revisions, particularly to the methods, appendices and title - leaving the paper easier to follow, and with a clear, consistent aim. The assumptions are clearly stated.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This work addresses a question of practical importance that had never been systematically analysed in the cryo-ET field: when collecting tilt-series data, what is the optimal angular step size between successive tilt images? Due to the upper limit in electron exposure (100 - 150 e⁻/Ų), this question is important, since finer angular sampling improves attainable reconstruction resolution (Crowther criterion) but reduces the signal-to-noise ratio of each individual image, potentially compromising both image quality and the ability to computationally align successive frames. To address this, the authors designed a thorough benchmarking study comparing five tilt increments (1{degree sign}, 2{degree sign}, 3{degree sign}, 5{degree sign}, and 10{degree sign}) while keeping the total dose and tilt range constant. They evaluated the consequences at every stage of the cryo-ET workflow - from raw image quality and tilt-series alignment, through template matching for ribosome detection, to high-resolution subtomogram averaging - with the goal of providing the community with an evidence-based recommendation for data acquisition.

      The manuscript is well written, and the experimental design is carefully thought out. The work provides valuable practical insights into cryo-ET data acquisition by demonstrating that balancing two competing demands - sufficient dose per individual tilt image and fine angular sampling - is essential to achieve high-quality tomographic reconstructions. The identification of a practical optimum at 3{degree sign} tilt increment is the key contribution of the work. It will be interesting to see in the future whether this optimum shifts for smaller molecular targets, and how emerging tilt interpolation strategies such as cryoTIGER may interact with the choice of experimental angular increment.

      The conclusions of this paper are mostly well supported by data, but some aspects of data analysis need to be clarified and/or extended, including:

      (1) Line 109: The authors state that the tilt range was kept at {plus minus}60{degree sign} relative to the lamella plane. Assuming a typical lamella pre-tilt of ~10{degree sign}, the absolute stage tilt would approach its mechanical limit. Two clarifications would be appreciated: (a) What was the average pre-tilt across all lamellae? (b) How many dark tilt images, if any, were excluded during tomogram reconstruction?

      (2) Line 148: "When analysing tomographic volumes, we found that tomograms from data with a smaller increment displayed higher SNR values (see Fig. 2B)." It would be helpful to specify which comparisons are statistically meaningful (e.g. Mann-Whitney U test?). While the difference between 1{degree sign} and 2{degree sign} appears pronounced, the differences between 2{degree sign}, 3{degree sign}, and 5{degree sign} seem minimal. From my point of view, reporting the mean SNR values +/- standard deviations for each condition would already indicate some significance. Furthermore, since SNR is expected to depend on lamella thickness, it should be clarified whether the average lamella thickness is comparable across the five datasets.

      (3) Line 167: "Indeed, the variation in maximum resolution correlates with lamella thickness across all datasets (see Fig. 2F)." The reported R² values of 0.30 (1{degree sign}), 0.38 (2{degree sign}), 0.66 (3{degree sign}), 0.61 (5{degree sign}), and 0.60 (10{degree sign}) reveal a notably weak linear relationship for the finer tilt increments. It is also difficult to assess whether the lamella thickness distributions are comparable across conditions from the current figures - visually, the 1{degree sign} dataset appears to be based on thinner lamellae, while the 10{degree sign} dataset appears to include thicker samples. A histogram of lamella thickness distributions for each condition, provided as supplementary material, would greatly aid interpretation. Given this thickness dependency, reporting mean +/- standard deviation of lamella thickness per condition is highly appreciated.

      (4) Figure 4: It should be specified which tomogram subsets were used for the Rosenthal-Henderson analysis, whether lamella thickness was taken into account in the subset selection, and whether ribosomes too close to the lamella edges were excluded. Finally, linear fits should be displayed across the full x-axis range for all tilt increments to facilitate direct visual comparison.

      (5) General: Were ribosomes located at the lamella edges excluded from the analysis? As demonstrated in the authors' own prior work (Tuijtel et al., Science Advances, 2024), Ga-FIB milling induces structural damage at the lamella surfaces. To exclude the influence on the STA results, particles near the lamella edges should be removed prior to analysis, and the criteria for this exclusion should be stated explicitly.

      The aim of the authors was to provide the cryo-ET community with an evidence-based recommendation for the choice of tilt increment, and they largely succeeded in this goal. The identification of 3{degree sign} as a practical optimum - balancing sufficient dose per tilt image for effective per-particle refinement with fine enough angular sampling for accurate tilt-series alignment - is well supported by the data and consistent across the multiple quality metrics employed. The conclusion that coarser increments (5{degree sign} and 10{degree sign}) compromise tomogram quality, template matching accuracy, and STA resolution is robust and clearly demonstrated. However, the conclusion rests entirely on a single biological system using ribosomes as the sole molecular target, which are exceptionally favourable due to their abundance, size, and electron contrast. Whether the identified optimum holds for smaller, lower-abundance, or lower-contrast targets remains an open question.

      In future, it would be particularly interesting to test whether emerging tilt interpolation strategies, such as cryoTIGER, which is particularly intriguing, can effectively compensate for coarser experimental angular sampling in post-processing. Here, the optimal experimental increment may shift, and the interaction between these two approaches represents a promising direction for future work. More broadly, as cryo-ET datasets grow larger and public repositories expand, the practical tradeoffs between acquisition time, data storage, and structural quality identified here will become increasingly relevant to the field.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study addresses an important clinical challenge by proposing muscle network analysis as a tool to evaluate rehabilitation outcomes. The research direction is relevant and the findings suggest further research.

      The revised manuscript included additional methodological details and a supplementary comparison with conventional NMF.

      Comments on latest version:

      No additional comments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      In the presented paper, Lu and colleagues focus on how items held in working memory bias someone's attention. In a series of three experiments, they utilized a similar paradigm in which subjects were asked to maintain two colored squares in memory for a short and variable time. After this delay, they either tested one of the memory items or asked subjects to perform a search task.

      In the search task, items could share colors with the memory items, and the authors were interested in how these would capture attention, using reaction time as a proxy. The behavioral data suggest that attention oscillates between the two items. At different maintenance intervals, the authors observed that items in memory captured different amounts of attention (attentional capture effect).

      This attentional bias fluctuates over time at approximately the theta frequency range of the EEG spectrum. This part of the study is a replication of Peters and colleagues (2020).

      Next, the authors used EEG recordings to better understand the neural mechanisms underlying this process. They present results suggesting that this attentional capture effect is positively correlated with the mean amplitude of alpha power. Furthermore, they show that the weighted phase lag index (wPLI) between the alpha and theta bands across different electrodes also fluctuates at the theta frequency.

      Strengths

      The authors focus on an interesting and timely topic: how items in working memory can bias our attention. This line of research could improve our understanding of the neural mechanisms underlying working memory, specifically how we maintain multiple items and how these interact with attentional processes. This approach is intriguing because it can shed light on neuronal mechanisms not only through behavioral measures but also by incorporating brain recordings, which is definitely a strength.

      Subjects performed several blocks of experiments, ranging from 4 to 30, over a few days depending on the experiment. This makes the results - especially those from behavioral experiments 2 and 3, which included the most repetitions - particularly robust.

      Comments on revision:

      The authors have adequately addressed my concerns. No further comments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Laaker et al. investigates the immunological role of the cribriform plate during neuroinflammation using the EAE model. The authors combine immunohistochemistry, flow cytometry and single-cell RNA sequencing to characterize CD11b+CD11c+ myeloid cells that accumulate at podoplanin (PDPN)-rich meningeal-lymphatic niches surrounding olfactory nerve bundles. They identified distinct populations of migratory dendritic cells (DCs) and macrophages retained at the cribriform plate that exhibit transcriptional signatures consistent with immune tolerance, reduced interferon signaling, and programmed cell death, including Pdcd1 (PD-1) expression. In parallel, CCR2+ monocytes and alternatively activated (M2-like) Arg1+/CHI3L3+ macrophages integrate into this niche, suggesting the establishment of a locally immunosuppressive myeloid network.

      Strengths:

      (1) Overall, the study postulates a novel model in which the cribriform plate functions as a specialized perineural immune interface that reshapes myeloid phenotypes during neuroinflammation.

      (2) Suggests broader relevance for shaping peripheral immunity and therapeutic targeting. If DCs are being "tuned" at this exit site, it could influence what reaches cervical lymph nodes and how peripheral responses are set during CNS autoimmunity; the authors explicitly position this as relevant to CNS autoimmunity and possibly other CNS diseases (while acknowledging the need for human validation).

      (3) Technical sound and highly original work. Convergent multi-method support: the central narrative is backed by immunohistochemistry + flow cytometry + scRNA-seq, rather than a single assay. The headline conclusion (tolerogenic/suppressive skew at the cribriform plate during EAE) is explicitly built from these combined modalities.

      Comments on revised version.

      All my points were adequately addressed by the authors.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Kaku and Flenniken investigate the mechanistic pathways through which specific viral infections alter the flight capabilities of honey bees. Building on their previous discovery that DWV impairs flight while SBV unexpectedly enhances it, the authors hypothesized that these behavioral shifts are driven by interactions with the insect's octopamine (OA) signaling pathway, which is responsible for the "fight-or-flight" neurohormonal stress response and energy mobilization. To test this, the authors experimentally infected adult honey bees with DWV or SBV and pharmacologically manipulated the OA pathway using either octopamine supplementation or epinastine (EP), an OA-receptor antagonist. They then evaluated the bees' flight performance (distance, duration, and speed) on custom flight mills and profiled their gene expression using qPCR and RNA sequencing.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of this study is the high prevalence of preexisting background DWV and SBV infections in the honey bee cohorts, which meant there were no completely "virus-free" control groups. However, the authors successfully mitigated this limitation by rigorously quantifying viral RNA copies for every individual bee via qPCR and utilizing these viral abundances as continuous variables in powerful linear mixed-effect models.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary weakness lies in the methodology used for targeted pharmacological manipulations, as well as the lack of OA quantification across different treatments. Thus, their claims are not sufficiently supported by the current data.

      (1) The authors utilize Epinastine to block octopamine signaling, describing it as a highly specific OA receptor antagonist. However, pharmacological inhibitors often lack absolute specificity. Epinastine might bind to other octopamine receptor subtypes present in honey bee neural and flight muscle tissues, or it could potentially cross-react with tyramine and dopamine receptors. Without further genetic validation (e.g., RNA interference targeting specific receptors), it is difficult to definitively conclude that the altered flight performance is solely due to the blockade of the specific Oβ−2R pathway.

      (2) As a natural neurotransmitter, insects have evolved highly efficient "cleanup" mechanisms. OA is rapidly cleared from the synaptic cleft via reuptake transporters and quickly inactivated by enzymes such as N-acetyltransferase (NAT) or Monoamine Oxidase (MAO). Consequently, an injection of OA produces only a transient "pulse" of activity. It is often a poor "tool" for inducing prolonged physiological effects compared to synthetic formamidines like Amitraz.

      (3) The study relies heavily on transcriptomics and quantitative PCR to measure the mRNA expression of key synthesizing enzymes, namely tyrosine decarboxylase (tdc) and tyramine β-hydroxylase (tβh), to infer the activation or suppression of the octopamine pathway. However, changes in enzyme synthesis at the RNA level are often insufficient to accurately reflect the true physiological levels of biogenic amines. To robustly prove the authors' hypothesis of a "feedback loop that regulates intracellular OA concentrations", direct quantification of actual octopamine and tyramine titers in the bees (e.g., using high-performance liquid chromatography or mass spectrometry) is necessary.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to characterize Huntingtin (HTT) aggregates in various cells and tissues and propose that mutant polyQ HTT (mHTT) assembles at the Golgi apparatus, thereby impairing Golgi organization and function. They further suggest that such Golgi defects might contribute to disease pathology, including neurodegeneration.

      Strengths:

      The study spans a wide range of disciplines, including genetics, cell biology, neuroscience, and systems biology, and employs diverse methodologies such as iPSC, 3D SIM microscopy, omics approaches, organoid culture, electrophysiology, and antisense depletion.

      Weaknesses:

      While the breadth of techniques is impressive, the central premise of the work-the structural and functional relationship between polyQ assemblies and the Golgi apparatus-is not supported by sufficiently rigorous cell biological evidence.

      A major concern is that much of the cell biology data remains descriptive and lacks mechanistic depth. The findings are fragmented and not integrated into a coherent molecular or cellular model. Instead of building a logical progression of experiments, the study presents a collection of observations that appear disconnected and, at times, driven more by technical capability than by hypothesis-driven design.

      Critically, the key claim that polyQ HTT functionally disrupts the Golgi (Golgipathy) is not convincingly demonstrated. Many observations could be more simply explained by the polyQ HTT localization to the Golgi and known Golgi sensitivities to perturbations (e.g., starvation or Brefeldin A treatment), rather than by a specific mechanistic role of polyQ HTT.

      The manuscript also suffers from issues in organization and clarity, including imprecise descriptions and figures that are difficult to interpret.

      Major Concerns:

      (1) Golgi localization

      The localization of polyQ HTT relies entirely on the antibody 3B5H10, which is foundational to the study. However, previous reports using the same antibody have described predominantly cytosolic localization. This discrepancy must be addressed rigorously by independent validation using alternative antibodies or tagged, exogenously expressed polyQ HTT constructs that should be shown to colocalize with 3B5H10 signals.

      Furthermore, the Golgi is identified solely using GM130, a cis-Golgi and ER exit site marker. This raises ambiguity: does polyQ HTT associate with the entire Golgi or only recruit GM130? Could the observed signal correspond to a sub-Golgi compartment?

      If polyQ HTT is indeed Golgi-associated, several key observations become expected rather than novel. For example, in Figure 4I-M, sensitivity to Brefeldin A is unsurprising, as Golgi structure collapses upon such treatment; in Figure 4N-O, co-fragmentation with the Golgi is expected under Golgi-disrupting conditions.

      (2) 3D rendering

      The extensive use of 3D rendering appears unnecessary and, in some cases, misleading. The rendered images do not provide additional insight beyond conventional 2D fluorescence images. Serial 2D fluorescence sections should be more objective in representing the 3D organization. In Figure 2A and Figure 5A, red line features in 3D beige polyQ HTT structures resemble unrelated biological structures, such as vasculature, which is inappropriate.

      There is also an inconsistency in rendering. For example, fine mesh-like structures are shown in some figures (e.g., Figure 2A, Figure 4A), whereas others appear as amorphous aggregates (e.g., Figure 5A, Figure S2B), without explanation.

      (3) Quantification of area and volume

      The manuscript extensively quantifies the area and volume of polyQ assemblies (e.g., Figure 2B, C and Figure 3B, C, E, G, H). These measurements are not reliable. First, the structures appear filamentous and likely below the diffraction limit. Second, fluorescence signals are broadened by the point spread function (PSF), artificially inflating measured dimensions. Last, even with 3D SIM (~100 nm resolution), fine structural details remain unresolved. Thus, these quantitative measurements lack physical meaning and might not be used to support conclusions.

      (4) Interpretation of structural features (Figure 2A)

      Descriptions such as "parallel spindles" and "ring-like assemblies" are not clearly supported by the data. The terminology is ambiguous, and the claimed structures are not discernible. The use of the term "interaction" with the nuclear membrane is also inappropriate. At best, the data suggest colocalization, which itself is not convincingly demonstrated.

      (5) Mitotic fragmentation (Figure 2E)

      The conclusion that polyQ assemblies fragment during mitosis lacks proper controls. It is unclear whether these cells exhibited intact "fabric-like" assemblies during interphase, or the observed structures were already fragmented prior to mitosis.

      (6) Fixation-induced fragmentation (Figure 2F)

      The claim that fixation-induced fragmentation reflects a unique dynamic property of polyQ assemblies is likely an overinterpretation. This phenomenon may simply represent a fixation artifact. Therefore, it cannot be used as evidence for in-cellulo structural dynamics.

      (7) Nuclear localization claims (Figure 5A)

      The assertion that polyQ assemblies "almost completely occupy the nucleus" is not supported. The images are more consistent with perinuclear localization, typical of the Golgi region. There is no clear evidence for nucleoplasmic distribution.

      (8) Drug treatment and data interpretation (Figure 3D-E)

      The x-axis in Figure 3E is non-linear, which is inappropriate unless explicitly justified. Furthermore, the rationale for using Onjisaponin F is unclear. What is its known mechanism? Does it affect Golgi organization? Without this context, observed effects may reflect Golgi perturbation rather than specific effects on polyQ assemblies.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper describes an application of the high-resolution cryo-EM 2D template matching technique to sub-50kDa complexes. The paper describes how density for ligands can be reconstructed without having to process cryo-EM data through the conventional single particle analysis pipelines.

      Strengths:

      Improved insights in which particles contribute to the density of ligands that is absent from the templates are valuable.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the convenient visualisation of small molecules bound to protein targets of a known structure would be relevant for the pharmaceutical industry, the evidence described for the claim that this technique "significantly" improves alignment of reconstruction of small complexes is incomplete. In a revised paper, the authors are encouraged to better evaluate the effects of model bias on the reconstructed densities.

      In the revised version, the refinement of atomic occupancies in the 2DTM-generated maps has been insightful: densities only come back at values ranging from 0.55-0.80, whereas residues included in the template remain at 1, suggesting that the 2DTM-reconstruction does suffer from model bias. Their newly added Omega calculations, which are helpful, also suggest that model bias is present in the 2DTM-based reconstructions. These observations therefore contradict the first subsection heading of the Results, which claims "unbiased reconstruction of omitted residues".

      Both the Omega analysis and the refined atomic occupancies provide insights into the "real-space aspect" of the model bias. The question to what extent the model bias affects the map in Fourier space remains unanswered. The authors base some of their claim in the paper on FSC curves in Figures 1b and 3b, but these will suffer from the same model bias. To assess this, I had requested the authors to reconstruct an OMIT map and to assess its resolution using FSCs. The authors have indeed performed a careful reconstruction of an OMIT map, which is currently shown in Figure 5. I liked how they implemented this, as described in detail in the Methods section. However, the measurement of how much model bias is present in this OMIT map by FSC calculations is still pending. This could be done in two ways, and I would encourage the authors to present the results of both in (hopefully a last) revised version of their manuscript. My original suggestion was to calculate a map-to-model FSC for the OMIT map and the full reference. This should be compared with a similar map-to-model FSC on the map where only the ligand was omitted. Alternatively, they can use the cisTEM FSC_uncorr procedure on the OMIT half-reconstructions and compare the resulting curve with the one presented in Figure 1b.

      The reason that I am keen to see these FSCs is because high-resolution model bias is a fundamental danger of the 2DTM approach. It will therefore also be in the interest of the authors to quantify the extent to which it happens. For now, I have kept the above public review and short assessment the same as they were, but I will consider raising the assessment after the suggested experiments (which I hope will be relatively easy to do!) are incorporated.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Singh et al. presents an application of MOA-seq to better define transcriptional control underlying the hypoxia response in human endothelial cells. This group's previously described MOA-seq technique allows for precise, identity-agnostic mapping of occupied sites of DNA-binding proteins across the epigenome and over time. Here, they applied MOA-seq to HUVECs under normal oxygen conditions or variable lengths of hypoxia treatment, comparing changes in occupancy over time and associating these changes with corresponding transcriptome alterations. This approach revealed thousands of dynamically occupied sites comprising 10 major kinetic clusters that appear to define distinct subsets and phases of the hypoxia response. Analysis of DNA motifs in these dynamically occupied regions captured the known major roles of HIF1A in the hypoxia response and also implicated new HIF1A-associated regulators. Importantly, they also identified many potential HIF1A-independent candidate TFs that act at HREs, which has been an outstanding question in the field. Additionally, this study identified ~7K additional sites not previously defined as regulatory elements by ENCODE.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this study is well executed and described, providing new biological insights as well as a rich data resource for the field. As MOA-seq was previously developed for use in plants, this work demonstrates the application of this method in mammalian cells and highlights its utility in identifying new potential regulatory sites not captured by DNase-seq or ATAC-seq. The conclusions made by the authors are well supported by the results, with the caveat that extensive use of DNA motif identification and ontology analyses invariably leads to some uncertainty regarding factor identity and gene network properties.

      Weaknesses:

      There are several areas where the clarity of presentation could be improved:

      (1) Given the importance of the methodology, the methods section needs more detail on how the extent of MNase digestion is chosen to achieve optimal results with MOA-seq. This is described to some extent in the description of control library preparation, but not for the experimental samples.

      (2) The abstract describes this approach as "native cistrome profiling" but this is misleading since formaldehyde fixation is used.

      (3) Species- and field-specific jargon and abbreviations need to be clarified on first usage. For example, on page 9: "Downsampling analysis was carried out for two sets of published reference peaks; the CTCF cCRE peak midpoints and for the ERG motif under the ERG ReMap ChIP-seq peaks." The different categories of cCREs were not clearly defined, nor will it be clear what the term ReMap refers to for those outside the field. The sentence after this refers to IDR, which also should be defined.

      (4) Figure 4C: Are these motifs examined under MOA sites specifically or anywhere in the genes in question?

      (5) Figure 5B shows that up-DEGs with diff-MOA footprints tend to show more losses of footprints. Do the authors interpret this as a loss of repressor binding?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      White et al. explore the role of synaptotagmin isoforms in mediating neurotransmitter release from EPN terminals in the LHb. The authors show a relatively high expression of Syt2 and Syt3 in the EPN relative to other Syt isoforms. The authors then perform a series of experiments to show that Syt2 preferentially regulates glutamatergic transmission while Syt3 regulates GABAergic transmission.

      Strengths:

      Interesting, timely topic.

      Weaknesses:

      While interesting, the study is rather preliminary. There are a number of issues the authors need to address.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Public Review

      This paper presents an fNIRS neuroimaging study with a relatively large sample of preschool children (aged 3-5) that measures both positive and negative empathy within a single task. Children watch emotional events and are asked questions about both their own emotions and the emotions of others, allowing the authors to distinguish between affective and cognitive empathy. The authors propose "foundational" models of affective and cognitive empathy and argue that their findings support the idea that cognitive empathy emerges before affective empathy in early childhood.

      Strengths:

      The paper addresses a valuable question by measuring both positive and negative empathy within a single cognitive task. The use of fNIRS with a relatively large preschool sample is commendable, and the pre-registered design strengthens the contribution. The task itself is innovative, well-suited to this age group, and achieves high compliance, which is essential and notably difficult with young children. Overall, the methods are appropriate, and the empirical work is valuable.

      Weaknesses:

      The main concerns relate to the framing of the paper rather than the empirical work itself.

      The introduction contains several claims that are overstated or inaccurate. The statement that "we know very little about the development of this fundamental social skill during the first years of life" does not reflect the state of the field; empathy in early development has been quite extensively studied (e.g., Davidov et al., Malti et al., Uzefovsky et al., Decety et al., Feldman et al., among others). The view that emotional contagion directly develops into affective empathy is based on early theoretical accounts that have since been challenged by empirical evidence (see Davidov et al., 2025). The claim that cognitive empathy does not require theory of mind is also overstated - it is hard to see how theory of mind, the understanding that others have thoughts, beliefs, and emotions that may differ from our own, would not be required for cognitive empathy. Furthermore, the introduction neglects recent and directly relevant work (e.g., Zach et al., 2025; Uzefovsky et al., 2020; Davidov et al., 2021).

      Most critically, the claim that "no neuroimaging studies have yet investigated brain regions supporting empathy in preschoolers" is inaccurate. Multiple studies have examined brain regions supporting empathy in children within this age range, including work using fNIRS and studies of positive empathy (e.g., Decety et al., 2018; Light et al., 2009; Levy et al., 2019; Bray et al., 2022; Brink et al., 2011). This is also not the first study to measure brain activation in response to positive and negative emotional events in children (e.g., Cheng et al., 2014; Light et al., 2009). These novelty claims need to be corrected.

      The use of "explicit" to describe cognitive empathy and "implicit" or "spontaneous" to describe affective empathy is problematic. Affective empathy can be expressed quite explicitly, through facial expressions, verbal statements, and gestures, and framing it as spontaneous overlooks the motivational dimensions of empathy (e.g., Zaki and colleagues). The authors' use of "foundational affective empathy model" and "foundational cognitive empathy model" as though these are established concepts is not well supported by the current evidence base.

      The conclusions in the discussion go beyond what the data can support. The question of whether cognitive or affective empathy emerges first cannot be adequately addressed with a cross-sectional sample aged 3-5, an age at which affective empathy is likely already well established and cognitive empathy is expected to be developing around the lower end of this range. The cross-sectional design further limits what can be inferred about developmental trajectories during a period of substantial individual variability. Together, these issues make the developmental-precedence conclusions difficult to sustain. The claim that the results demonstrate "the first time that this brain specialisation for stimuli of different emotional valence may be rooted in childhood" is also inaccurate, as there is prior evidence for brain specialisation of emotional valence in early childhood (e.g., Grossmann et al., 2007).

      Appraisal:

      The empirical contribution, the task design, the fNIRS data, and the analyses are sound and have value for the field. However, in its current form, the paper does not achieve what it sets out to do. The novelty claims are undermined by the omission of a substantial body of relevant prior work, and the developmental conclusions are not adequately supported by the cross-sectional design and age range studied. The abstract similarly overstates the support this study provides for the early emergence of cognitive over affective empathy.

      Impact:

      With appropriate revision, this work could make a meaningful contribution. The task is well-designed for studying empathy in young children and could be useful to other researchers in the field. The fNIRS data from a large preschool sample are a valuable resource. However, the contribution needs to be framed accurately, both in terms of what is genuinely novel relative to the existing literature and in terms of what conclusions the data can and cannot support.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The study by He and colleagues aims to investigate the molecular mechanisms driving key cell potency transitions, particularly the naïve-to-primed pluripotency transition. The authors explore the relationship between cell polarity and stemness using stem cell models combined with a comprehensive panel of experiments, including pharmacological inhibition and co-culture/conditioned medium rescue approaches. Overall, the study provides interesting observations and contributes to the understanding of the molecular mechanisms dynamically regulating stem cell differentiation.

      However, several conceptual and interpretational aspects could be strengthened:

      First, the Introduction would benefit from being more focused on what is currently known regarding cell polarity during early embryogenesis and pluripotent stem cell transitions, rather than emphasizing later neurogenesis events. Such reorientation would better match the main topic of the manuscript and improve the conceptual coherence of the study.

      Similarly, Figure 6, where the authors attempt to provide clinical relevance through neural organoid formation experiments, feels somewhat disconnected from the central theme of the naïve-to-primed transition. Although this section is interesting on its own, there is already extensive literature describing polarization and morphogenetic events occurring much earlier during pluripotent state transitions. Therefore, the developmental relevance of the neural differentiation phenotypes could be better contextualized in relation to earlier morphogenetic events associated with pluripotency progression.

      The manuscript contains a substantial amount of experimental work; however, several results would benefit from deeper discussion. For example, in Figure 1, what is the rationale behind ZO1 downregulation being observed specifically in primed PAR knockout cells but not under naïve culture conditions? In addition, in Figure 3, the authors perform co-culture and conditioned medium experiments between wild-type and knockout cells. While the authors focus on the secreted protein fraction that rescues the phenotype, they also mention that other fractions display rescuing activity. Could the authors briefly discuss what additional components may contribute to this rescue effect? For example, could other molecules within these fractions also converge on AKT signaling regulation?

      Importantly, transitions in cell potency are frequently associated with coordinated morphogenetic changes. For example, during mouse embryogenesis, naïve pluripotent inner cell mass cells progressively polarize into a rosette-like structure with apical domain specification before lumen formation and epithelialization during progression toward the primed epiblast state. This developmental context could help strengthen the biological interpretation of the study.

      There are also several claims throughout the manuscript that appear to be overinterpreted or insufficiently quantified. For example, in Figure 1, the authors state that CDH1 expression is uniform; however, this is difficult to appreciate from the images shown, and quantitative analysis would be necessary to support this conclusion.

      Another example appears in Figure 2, where the authors claim that "heatmap analysis revealed that transcriptomic profiles of PAR knockout cells progressively diverged from wild type from day 3 onwards". This conclusion is not fully supported by the presented data for two reasons: (1) transcriptomic divergence is more appropriately assessed through principal component analysis, clustering, or distance-based methods rather than by visual inspection of a heatmap alone; and (2) although some genes displayed in panel E begin to show genotype-associated differences from day 3, the overall transcriptomic structure shown in the PCA and heatmap remains primarily dominated by temporal progression rather than genotype.

      In this context, it remains unclear whether PAR knockout cells truly retain a more naïve pluripotent transcriptomic identity. To support this claim, the authors should compare the knockout transcriptome directly against a naïve pluripotent population. The phenotype observed in the knockout cells may instead represent an incomplete or aberrant primed transition rather than maintenance of naïve pluripotency itself. Intermediate morphogenetic states, such as rosette-like epithelial stages, could also explain the observed phenotype.

      Strengthening this aspect of the study would substantially improve its developmental and in vivo relevance, which currently appears somewhat limited. In particular, it would be interesting to determine whether this mechanism operates during embryogenesis itself. The authors could consider relatively simple but informative experiments, such as perturbing PAR signaling or Furin activity during embryo culture.

      Along the same lines, some statements in the manuscript appear overly speculative. For example, the statement that "these findings may reveal a developmental compensation mechanism during embryogenesis, whereby normal cells rescue defective cells or increase their own proportion" extends well beyond the experimental evidence presented. Such claims invoke concepts related to cell competition, abnormal cell recognition, or developmental quality control mechanisms in vivo, none of which are directly demonstrated in this study. The authors are encouraged either to substantially tone down these statements or move them to the Discussion as speculative possibilities.

      Another important conceptual point concerns the relationship between PAR complex regulation and Lefty signaling. If this mechanism indeed reflects a physiological or homeostatic process operating during embryogenesis, what would be the developmental rationale for the PAR complex regulation of Lefty? Lefty is well known for its role during gastrulation and anterior epiblast patterning. It would therefore be interesting if the authors could further discuss potential links between these developmental contexts.

      Minor points:

      (1) The authors state that PAR knockout cells do not exhibit major differences in self-renewal capacity; however, they simultaneously claim that these cells remain in a more naïve-like state. This interpretation requires clarification, as naïve pluripotent cells are typically associated with increased clonogenicity, enhanced self-renewal, and expression of markers such as alkaline phosphatase and SSEA1 compared to primed cells. The relationship between the observed phenotype and the proposed "naïve-like" state should therefore be discussed more carefully.

      (2) The authors generated several independent knockout clones, but appear to use only one clone for downstream analyses after observing similar morphogenetic phenotypes. Is this sufficient to account for potential clonal heterogeneity? Would the use of pooled clones provide a more robust experimental system?

      (3) The rescue experiments using pathway inhibitors are interesting; however, the interpretation again relies primarily on colony morphology. Readers may question whether these experiments truly represent rescue of the naïve-to-primed transition itself without additional transcriptomic or molecular characterization.

      (4) In Figure 4, the manuscript could be strengthened by integrating transcriptomic analyses from pharmacological treatments with the secreted-factor and co-culture datasets.

      (5) The authors could better clarify the context of Furin downregulation in the knockout cells. Is this a direct consequence of altered transcriptional regulation by the PAR complex, or could it instead represent a secondary consequence of impaired progression through the primed pluripotent transition?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The wide-ranging serotonergic projections emerging from the Dorsal Raphe nucleus (DRN) is suggestive of a central role in regulating brain-wide activity and behavioural states. DRN activity has been associated to diverse functions, ranging from mood, motivation and pain regulation to sleep and cognitive flexibility. Its far-reaching connectivity made it challenging to assess the brain-wide effect of its activation, especially during behaviour.

      The present study by Qi et al. addresses these challenges by combining state-of-the-art tracking microscopy with the whole-brain accessibility of the larval zebrafish model. To investigate the effect of DRN activation, the authors leveraged the Tg(tph2:ChrimsonR) line to optogenetically activate tph2-positive neurons in the DRN, while monitoring changes in brain-wide activity, locomotion and auditory-stimuli evoked responses.

      Optogenetic activation had a suppressing effect on locomotion, which the authors distinguished from inducing sleep by the maintenance of posture and its sleep disturbing effect of nighttime stimulations. Further, the authors report a distinct effect of DRN activation on motor-related, but not auditory-related neuronal subspaces, identified by demixed principal component analysis.

      In addition, rather than affecting all motor-correlated neurons similarly, tph2+ DRN-mediated suppression focused on neurons encoding high-amplitude or turning motion.

      In summary, the work of Qi et al. provides solid evidence for a predominant role of the DRN in wake-state motor suppression by aptly combining the vast data-acquisition possibilities of the larval zebrafish model with computational methods to extract relevant information.

      The brain-wide scope of the analysis is a key strength, reducing bias, confirming the involvement of known motor and auditory regions, and providing a valuable dataset for future analyses.

      While the results well support the conclusion of the authors, certain biological and technical aspects demand discussion.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors successfully addressed my points.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this article by Xiao et al. the authors aimed to identify the precise targets by which magnesium isoglycyrrhizinate (MgIG) functions to improve liver injury in response to ethanol treatment. The authors found through a series of in-vivo and molecular approaches that MgIG treatment attenuates alcohol-induced liver injury through a potential SREBP2-IdI1 axis. The revised manuscript adds to a previous set of literature showing MgIG improves liver function across a variety of etiologies, and also provides mechanistic insight into its mechanism of action. All major weaknesses were addressed in the revised submission.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors use a combination of approaches from both in-vivo mouse models to in-vitro approaches with AML12 hepatocytes to support the notion that MgIG does improve liver function in response to ethanol treatment.

      (2) The authors use both knockdown and overexpression approaches, in-vivo and in-vitro, to support most of the claims provided.

      (3) Identification of HSD11B1 as the protein target of MgIG, as well as confirmation of direct protein-protein interactions between HSD11B1/SREBP2/IDI1 is novel.

      Comments on revision:

      The authors addressed all my concerns. No additional comments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors combine PSMC and habitat modeling to try to connect habitat change during the Last Glacial Period to changes in Ne.

      Strengths:

      Observing how tropical single-island endemic bird species responded to habitat change in the past may help inform conservation interventions for these particularly vulnerable species. The combination of genomics and habitat modeling is a good idea-this sort of interdisciplinary thinking is what is needed to tackle these complex questions. Additionally, the use of PSMC makes it possible to perform this analysis on poorly-studied species with only a single genome available.

      Room for Improvement:

      A paper was cited to support the idea, but why coalescent Ne is a better predictor of extinction risk than current genomic diversity or current Ne isn't explicitly explained in this paper.

      Differing PSMC parameters may also impact results: the differences between passerines and non-passerines was one of their main results. They explain why they chose different mutation rates for the two groups, but they do not provide any analysis to show this difference was not driven by the different mutation rates used for the two groups.

      For five of the species tested, PSMC parameter differences led to different results, but the species shown in table S4 are different from what is listed in the manuscript.

      Ecosystems are highly complex; there may also be other variables influencing past demographic change other than those explored here. Results should be interpreted with caution.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary of goals:

      The authors' stated goal (line 226) was to compare gene expression levels for gut hormones between males and females. As female flies contain more fat than males, they also sought to identify hormones that control this sex difference. Finally, they attempted to place their findings in the broader context of what is already known about established underlying mechanisms.

      Strengths:

      (1) The core research question of this work is interesting. The authors provide a reasonable hypothesis (neuro/entero-peptides may be involved) and well-designed experiments to address it.

      (2) Some of the data are compelling, especially positive results that clearly implicate enteropeptides in sex-biased fat contents.

      Comments on revised version:

      There are small but useful improvements in the revised manuscript. Textual revisions have helped clarify some points, and I particularly appreciate the model (Figure 5). It gives a broader overview of fat storage regulation, even if new insights are limited to a generic statement that this phenomenon is complex (e.g. line 261).

      One crucial sticking point is again the handling of statistics. As the authors now explain, peptide knockdown effects are significant only if the experimental group differs from both parental controls (lines 191-194). By this definition (which is indeed the field standard and I also agree with), Tk knockdown had no significant effect (Figure 3B). The authors partially acknowledge this, initially calling the result a trend (line 198), but in many other places in their manuscript (e.g. lines 258-259, line 333) including in the Abstract (line 30) they (misre)present it as if it were significant. I have a huge problem with this, and it is the reason why I evaluate the strength of the evidence as Incomplete.

      Overall, I do not think it is meaningful for authors to undergo a new (second) revision if they do not carry out experiments to address key points.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Bohra et al. describes the indirect effects of ligand-dependent gene activation on neighboring non-target genes. The authors utilized single-molecule RNA-FISH (targeting both mature and intronic regions), 4C-seq, and enhancer deletions to demonstrate that the non-enhancer-targeted gene TFF3, located in the same TAD as the target gene TFF1, alters its expression when TFF1 expression declines at the end of the estrogen signaling peak. Since the enhancer does not loop with TFF3, the authors conclude that mechanisms other than estrogen receptor or enhancer-driven induction are responsible for TFF3 expression. Moreover, ERα intensity correlations show that both high and low levels of ERα are unfavorable for TFF1 expression. The ERa level correlations are further supported by overexpression of GFP-ERa. The authors conclude that transcriptional machinery used by TFF1 for its acute activation can negatively impact the TFF3 at peak of signaling but once, the condensate dissolves, TFF3 benefits from it for its low expression.

      Strengths:

      The findings are indeed intriguing. The authors have maintained appropriate experimental controls, and their conclusions are well-supported by the data.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zhang and colleagues investigate the molecular mechanisms by which the small brown planthopper (SBPH, Laodelphax striatellus) manipulates host rice carbohydrate metabolism to enhance its own fitness. Using a combination of molecular, pharmacological, and biochemical approaches, they demonstrate that SBPH infestation induces systemic glucose reallocation in rice, as evidenced by the upregulation of glucose levels in aerial tissues and simultaneous reduction in root glucose levels. Notably, host-derived glucose acts as a central signaling molecule, driving two key adaptive traits: enhanced fecundity via the glucose-TOR-JH-Vg signaling cascade, and increased imidacloprid tolerance through synergistic metabolic (GCL-GSH) and regulatory (TOR-JH-GST) pathways targeting GST activity. These findings uncover a sophisticated resource-manipulation strategy in SBPH and identify nutrient-sensing and detoxification pathways as potential targets for pest control.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study addresses a gap in plant-insect coevolution research by identifying glucose as a dual-function signaling molecule that coordinates SBPH reproduction and insecticide tolerance, providing valuable insights into how herbivores exploit host nutritional signals.

      (2) The experimental design is well structured and multifaceted, integrating RNAi, RT-qPCR, Western blotting, pharmacological inhibition, and biochemical assays. The use of appropriate controls (e.g., osmotic controls with mannitol and hydrolase-inhibitor rescue experiments) strengthens the causal interpretation of the results.

      (3) The mechanistic framework is clear and well-supported. The authors delineate two interconnected molecular cascades (glucose-TOR-JH-Vg for fecundity and GCL-GSH/TOR-JH-GST for tolerance) with hierarchical validation (e.g., rescue experiments with JHA), ensuring the reliability of conclusions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The study focuses exclusively on SBPH without validating whether the observed phenomena and mechanisms are conserved in closely related planthopper species (e.g., brown planthopper Nilaparvata lugens). This limitation restricts the generalizability of the findings to other economically important rice pests.

      (2) The specific upstream signals that trigger glucose reallocation in rice (e.g., SBPH salivary effectors or oviposition-associated factors) are not identified. Although this represents a complex and independent research direction, the absence of such information limits the depth and completeness of the mechanistic framework and leaves open questions regarding the initiation of host metabolic manipulation.

      (3) Insecticide tolerance assays are limited to imidacloprid. Extending these analyses to one or two additional commonly used insecticides (e.g., thiamethoxam) would help determine whether the glucose-mediated detoxification pathway is specific to imidacloprid or reflects a broader resistance mechanism, thereby strengthening conclusions regarding the generality of the GST activation cascade.

      (4) Given the study's potential implications for pest management, the manuscript would benefit from a brief discussion of possible practical applications, such as manipulating rice glucose metabolism through breeding strategies or developing small-molecule inhibitors targeting the TOR-JH axis. Including such perspectives would enhance the translational relevance of the work by linking mechanistic insights to real-world pest control strategies.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have comprehensively and satisfactorily addressed all my comments. The revised manuscript shows significant improvement in quality. I have no further questions or suggestions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors propose that HSV-1 infection degrades the class I histone deacetylases HDAC1 and HDAC2. The MDM2 E3 ubiquitin ligase from the DNA damage response pathway is responsible for ubiquitinating these HDACs that are subsequently degraded via proteasomes. The authors hypothesize that HDAC degradation will cause hyperacetylation of viral chromatin and enable viral gene transcription.

      Strengths:

      The ubiquitination of HDAC1 & HDAC2 by Mdm2 and the mapping studies are clear.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors enhanced their manuscript by more supportive data and providing clarification and the necessary corrections. However, a few more issues pertain:

      (1) In Figure 4j at 2 h post-infection we typically see the input virus and not progeny virus production. The input seems to have about 1-log difference that is expected to impact the results.

      (2) Figs 1A, 1E, 2H it seems unclear why ICP4 becomes detectable at 12 h post-infection in HeLa cells? How about other a-genes? How about other cells? ICP4 is typically detectable within 2-3 h post-infection.

      (3) In responses 2-2, Fig 5K: An infection without transfection has not been included. This is important to understand kinetics of infection in transfected cells.

      (4) Why HDAC1 with deleted NES does not accumulate or looks like it is degraded? Why then ICP4 does not accumulate?

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper presents results interpreted to indicate that sequences upstream of stop codons capable of base-pairing with the 3' end of 18S rRNA prolong the dwell time of 80S ribosomes at stop codons in a manner impeded by Rps26 in the 40S subunit exit channel, which leads to the proper completion of termination and ribosome recycling and prevents spurious translation of 3'UTR sequences by one or more unconventional mechanisms.

      Strengths:

      The standard 80S and selective eRF1 80S ribosome profiling data obtained using EZRA-Seq are of high quality, allowing the authors to detect an enrichment for purine-rich sequences upstream of stop codons at sites where termination is relatively slow and ribosomal complexes are paused with eRF1 still engaged in the A site.

      Weaknesses:

      There are many weaknesses in the experimental design and interpretation of results that undermine several of the final conclusions of the study described in the abstract, as described in detail below.

      (1) It's not indicated how far upstream of the stop codon the sequences were searched to find the enriched motifs in Figs. 1C and 2D. If it's further upstream of -15 then the sequence would generally not be found in the exit channel of a terminating ribosome positioned with the stop codon in the A site in the manner expected from their final model of mRNA:18S rRNA pairing. (This would be analogous to the occurrence of the Shine-Dalgarno within 15 nt of the initiation codon for most mRNAs in E. coli.) They could have depicted nucleotide percentages at each nucleotide from -1 to -15 for the high and low pause stop codons to better facilitate consideration of their proposed mechanism of termination pausing involving the 3' end of 18S rRNA.

      (2) lines 234-242: Their reporter data in Fig. 4B suggest that only the presence of GGG triplets at any location in the 9 nt substantially prevents downstream translation. If their interpretation about these G-rich sequences promoting termination by forming G-quadruplexes is correct, then this would have little to do with the purine-rich motifs identified by the profiling experiments (and their proposed function in base-pairing with rRNA), as the purine-rich motifs do not feature GG bases (as shown in Fig. 2D in particular). The authors point out that the MPRA can sample sequence space not represented in living cells. While true, this doesn't change the fact that it failed identify sequences conforming to the purine rich motifs found by the profiling experiments and identified instead sequences capable of forming G-quadruplexes that may well function by a different mechanism than that employed in cells. The authors cannot persist in claiming that the MPRA results confirm the findings of the profiling experiments regarding the purine-rich motif. Also, the claim of enrichment for C-rich sequences in the MPRA results is not compelling as only 3 of the 11 triplets showing the smallest M/P ratios contain more than 1 C and three of them contain no Cs. Also, there was no evidence for depletion of C's upstream of the stop codons with low pause scores from the ribosome profiling data in Fig. 1, so it's inaccurate to claim "mirroring" of results from the ribosome profiling and MPRA data on this point as well.

      (3) lines 256-260: I still contend that the different results shown in Fig. 4E for the C-rich and GA-rich sequences are not compelling as results for only a single sequence of each type are shown, which might not be typical of the entire class. In fact, the GA-rich sequence has two GG's and could form a G-quadruplex, whereas the GA-rich motifs identified by ribosome profiling and eRF1-seq do not exhibit consecutive GGs, such that the single G-rich sequence chosen for analysis might function by G-quadruplex mediated stalling rather than base-pairing with the 3' end of 18S rRNA, as they actually suggested in their rebuttal. Even the second GA-rich sequence analyzed in Fig. S3G has two GGs. Thus, while the results in Fig. 4 provide support for the notion that C-rich sequences preceding the stop codon promote stop codon read-through, it's important to note that no evidence was obtained by ribosome-profiling in Fig. 1 that the increased 3'UTR translation seen for low-pause stop codons is associated with C-rich sequences. It's unclear why they would be unable to observe this in the manner they document for the eRF1-Seq data in Fig. 2D for the three C-rich triplets enriched at stop codons lacking eRF1 peaks.<br /> - lines 278-282: These differences are quite small and could arise from the different sequences of the GFP-HiBit fusion proteins, as observed in Fig. 4C (top two control constructs), precluding mechanistic interpretations.

      (4) Notwithstanding their claim in the rebuttal, I still find no definition of the GA-rich and C-rich mRNAs described in Fig. 5C in the Methods or legends, nor whether the compilation is restricted to -15 from the stop codons. In addition, if expression of the mutant 18S rRNA is sufficient to alter the height of the termination peaks as shown in Fig. 5C and to alter reporter expression in Fig. 5D, I see no reason why they cannot carry out the pause score/motif enrichment of Fig. 1C to determine if they see the expected diminished enrichment for the GA-motif shown there on expressing the mutant 18S vs. the WT 18S control strain. If not, this would undermine their interpretation of the results in Figs. 5C-D as favoring base-pairing between the 3' end of 18S rRNA and sequences upstream of the stop codon.

      (5) I still find a significant shortcoming in their failure to analyze the 18S rRNA 3' end biochemically to show that the expected ~15% with the mutant sequence. Stating simply that they followed a previous protocol is not sufficient to document their success in this notoriously challenging experimental approach.

      (6) lines 382-384: The level of the control protein RACK1 is diminished in testis polysomes, and it's unclear that the ratio of Rps26:RACK1 is actually lower in testis polysomes in the manner claimed.

      (7) lines 414-427: I still contend that the authors should have quantified the ratio of the stop codon peak to the adjacent coding sequences in Figures 7E to establish that Rps26 OE decreased the stop codon peaks selectively on the GA-rich cohort of mRNAs. In addition, they still have not explained why the C-rich reporter behaves like the GA-rich reporter in Fig. 7F in showing reduced HiBiT expression on Rps26 OE when it should be unaffected. As such, the reporter data do not support the conclusion reached from the data in Fig. 7E.

      (8) Notwithstanding their rebuttal I still contend that the failure to measure Rps26 association with 80S ribsoomes or polysomes and show that it is depleted by the shRNA knockdown and increased by Rps26 OE is a significant shortcoming, especially since their interpretation of the OE data depends on the occurrence of 40S subunits lacking Rps26 in unstressed WT cells, which seems improbable based on the prior work on yeast.

      (9) Overall, examining the claims in the revised Abstract, I feel that I am in agreement with the claim "We identify a sequence motif upstream of the stop codon that promotes termination pausing,.." but disagree that the function of this motif was "validated by massively paralleled reporter assays", for the reasons stated above in point 2. Regarding the statement "Unexpectedly, reduced termination pausing increases the likelihood of stop codon slippage, giving rise to proteins with heterogenous C-terminal extensions." , I believe it would be more cautious to say that "reduced pausing is associated with stop codon read-through accompanied by frameshifting" since the MRPA did not provide compelling evidence for causality for the reasons described in point 3 above. Regarding the statement "Mechanistically, we show that sequence-dependent termination pausing arises from post-decoding mRNA scanning by the 3' end of 18S rRNA", I find this statement too strong in view of the shortcomings described above in points 4-5 and think it would be more correct to say that their findings are consistent with (rather than showing) this point, and also think they should add qualifying statements to the manuscript acknowledging the limitations of these experiments. I further contend that there are shortcomings in the experiments leading to the conclusion that the stoichiometry of Rps26... modulates mRNA:rRNA interactions, described above in points 6-9. Finally, in the last sentence, the claims that termination pausing is shaped by ribosome heterogeneity, and cell type-specific translational control is too strong.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Plasmodesmata are channels that allow cell-cell communication in plants; based on the functional similarities between facilitated transport within plasmodesmata and into the nucleus, the authors speculate that nuclear pore complex proteins might be involved in plasmodesmata function. In this manuscript, they localize nuclear pore complex proteins to plasmodesmata using proteomics and heterologous overexpression. They also document a possible plasmodesmata transport defect in a mutant affecting one nuclear pore complex protein.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of this manuscript is the interesting and novel hypothesis. This work could open exciting new directions in our understanding of plasmodesmata function and cell-cell communication in plants. They also localized many NUPs (12/35 Arabidopsis NUPs).

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness of this manuscript is that the data are solid, but could benefit from further controls. The authors appropriately and frequently acknowledge caveats to their data, which include: 1) that the proteomics preparations cannot completely purify plasmodesmata; 2) heterologous expression does not allow them to assess the function of the fluorescently-tagged NUPs; 3) some NUPs may be overexpressed, especially in the heterologous system, which can lead to localization artefacts; 4) ER-localized proteins can appear partially localized to plasmodesmata.

      Comments on revised version.

      In the revised version of the manuscript, the authors have addressed my main concerns from the previous review and they acknowledge the caveats and alternative interpretations to their results in the text. However, although some important controls have been added, the rationale for why different NUPs were used in different control experiments is often unclear, and it is also unclear why specific NUPs (corresponding to different locations in the nuclear pore complex) were selected for each experiment. This includes:

      a) Expression level analysis via proteomics: NUP62 (core FG NUP)<br /> b) Colocalization with known PD protein: HOS1 (outer ring)<br /> c) Colocalization with ER marker: NUP43 (outer ring)<br /> d) Complementation assays: CPR5 (membrane anchor) - only the rationale for this choice is articulated clearly (lines 224-228).

      However, they have not systematically conducted all controls for one NUP, nor explained why they selected specific different NUPs, corresponding to different localizations within the complex, for the control experiments.

      Generally, the manuscript needs careful proofreading. There are a number of typos, misused punctuation, sentence fragments, etc.

      - As one example, see the legend for Figure 5: there are two different definitions of white arrowheads, yet green are not defined; there is a sentence fragment on line 1320 ("And aniline blue."); there is double punctuation on line 1321 "localization.,"; and red arrows are defined as "mCherry-HDEL specific localization., without overly with other markers" yet in several cases, they point to either 1) regions of only mCherry-HDEL in cells not expressing NUP43-mVenus (both red arrows in the second row of images, which are biologically meaningless and potentially misleading) or 2) red arrows pointing to sites where mCherry-HDEL and NUP43-mVenus are colocalized (top two red arrows in the first row of images, which are biologically meaningful yet incorrectly interpreted by the authors). These are just a small example set of the proofreading required.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Some of the authors proposed in a PNAS paper in 2016 the occurrence of the Entner-Doudoroff (ED) pathway in cyanobacteria and plants, on the basis of several lines of biochemical and genetic evidence. However, more recent results indicated that one of the two specific enzymes of the ED pathway (EDD) is missing in Synechocystis PCC 6803. The authors carried out additional experiments, which demonstrated that EDD is missing, and one of the enzymes (ED aldolase) is a promiscuous enzyme which seems to be involved in proline metabolism and is not actually participating in the ED pathway as initially believed. The results described in this paper are strong evidence that this new interpretation is appropriate, and therefore, it corrects the previous proposal, providing an honest description of the reasons why the authors had reached the wrong conclusion about the existence of the ED pathway in cyanobacteria and plants.

      Strengths:

      Thorough reanalysis of the experimental results obtained in previous studies, which led to the publication of the PNAS paper in 2016.

      New experimental evidence to confirm that enzymes previously considered as participating in the ED actually are not catalyzing the ED biochemical reactions, but are involved in other metabolic pathways. Also, the authors completely discarded the occurrence of the GDH/GK shunt in Synechocystis PCC 6803. Generally speaking, the manuscript is very clearly written, with a precise description of the previous findings, the mistakes which took place in the 2016 paper, and the strategies they have used to address those issues, in order to reach a thoroughly revised vision of the glucose metabolic pathways in Synechocystis PCC 6803. In this regard, the drawings shown in Figures 1 and 7 are very helpful for the reader to follow the story and understand the possible metabolic transformations depending on the working hypothesis.

      Also, I commend the authors for openly describing previous mistakes. In this paper, they reassess past observations in light of more recent findings and to integrate the information in this manuscript. The scientific conclusions are solid and very interesting, and besides, they use the opportunity to offer valuable advice to researchers. This is especially focused on the importance of careful biochemical characterization of enzymes, which should always be carried out when studying proteins which have been identified as a specific enzyme on the basis of sequence homology. In a similar way, they found that an insertional mutant was the cause of the absence of specific metabolites, which had been attributed to particularities of a metabolic pathway in that mutant, when it was actually due to a nucleotide insertion; this could have been easily prevented by confirming the correct generation of the mutant by DNA sequencing.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors propose that EDA might be involved in the PEP-pyruvate-OAA node, or in the proline metabolism, but this requires further experimental work for clarification; what their results indicate clearly is that this enzyme is not actually catalyzing the transformation of KDPG to GAP, which is the second specific enzyme of the ED pathway. But the real physiological function in this cyanobacterium is still unconfirmed.

      Another aspect which could be improved is that the recombinant expression of some genes was carried out in E. coli; even if this is a useful and valid research strategy, in studies like this (where there is a strong focus on the physiological function of enzymes in the original organism, Synechocystis PCC 6803), I think it would have been more appropriate to express the 6803 genes in another cyanobacterium easily amenable for genetic transformation and gene expression, which would produce the protein in a physiological environment more similar to another cyanobacterium (compared to E. coli, which is an heterotrophic bacterium). I am not sure this would change any of the obtained results, but it certainly would confer additional robustness to the enzymatic results.

      Bibliography:

      I think the list of papers used in this manuscript is complete and up to date. However, I do miss recent papers which addressed one aspect that was proposed in the original 2016 PNAS paper: the authors wrote, "We therefore suggest that Prochlorococcus might oxidize glucose via the ED pathway under mixotrophic conditions, as shown for Synechocystis." Recent studies checked this hypothesis and have shown that the ED pathway seems to be also missing in Prochlorococcus and marine Synechococcus, and I think this manuscript is a good place to cite them, since these results are consistent with the findings of this paper.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors attempt to use a combination of behavioural and EEG analyses in order to investigate whether expectation of task difficulty influences spatial focus narrowing in the context of a spatially cued task, alongside an expected attention-related amplitude effect. This distinguishes the experiment from previous tasks which looked at this potential spatial narrowing in the context of more non-cued diffuse attention tasks. The authors present 2 major findings.<br /> (1) Behaviourally, they analysed the effects of cue validity and difficulty expectation on response accuracy and found that participants displayed an effect of difficulty expectation in validly cued trials, showing relatively enhanced behaviour to Hard Expectation trials, but no effect of expectation in invalidly cued trials.<br /> (2) Inverted encoding modelling on broadband EEG showed greater pre-target attentional processing in the Hard Expectation blocks. They go on to show that this enhancement comes in the form of greater amplitude of the Channel Tuning Functions (CTFs) approximately 300 to 400ms post-cue, in the absence of any spatial tuning specificity enhancement (as would be evident in a difference in CTF fit width). Together these results provide valuable findings for those investigating the separable effects of expectation and attention on target detection in visual search.

      Strengths:

      (1) This is a very solidly performed experiment and analysis, with different streams of evidence convincingly pointing in the same direction, i.e. a gain effect of Expectation in the absence of a spatial tuning effect.

      (2) EEG is competently analysed and interpreted, and the paper is well written, and simple in its motivation.

      (3) The authors report appropriately on the results in the Discussion, without overreaching.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have addressed all of my comments. Very interesting work, thank you!

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This useful study provides incomplete evidence of an association between atovaquone-proguanil use (as well as toxoplasmosis seropositivity) and reduced Alzheimer's dementia risk. The study reinforces findings that VZ vaccine lowers AD risk and suggests that this vaccine may be an effect modifier of A-P's protective effect. Strengths of the study include two extremely large cohorts, including a massive validation cohort in the US. Statistical analyses are sound, and the effect sizes are significant and meaningful. The CI curves are certainly impressive.

      Weaknesses include the inability to control for potentially important confounding variables. In my view, the findings are intriguing but remain correlative / hypothesis generating rather than causative. Significant mechanistic work needs to be done to link interventions which limit the impact of Toxoplasmosis and VZV reactivation on AD.

      Weaknesses:

      Major:

      (1) Most of the individuals in the study received A-P for malaria prophylaxis as it is not first line for Toxo treatment. Many (probably most) of these individuals were likely to be Toxo negative (~15% seropositive in the US), thereby eliminating a potential benefit of the drug in most people in the cohort. Finally, A-P is not a first line treatment for Toxo because of lower efficacy.

      (2) A-P exposure may be a marker of subtle demographic features not captured in the dataset such as wealth allowing for global travel and/or genetic predisposition to AD. This raises my suspicion of correlative rather than casual relationships between A-P exposure and AD reduction. The size of the cohort does not eliminate this issue, but rather narrows confidence intervals around potentially misleading odds ratios which have not been adjusted for the multitude of other variables driving incident AD.

      (3) The relationship between herpes virus reactivation and Toxo reactivation seems speculative.

      (4) A direct effect on A-P on AD lesions independent on infection is not considered as a hypothesis. Given the limitations above and effects on metabolic pathways, it probably should be. The Toxo hypothesis would be more convincing if the authors could demonstrate an enhanced effect of the drug in Toxo positive individuals without no effect in Toxo negative individuals.

      Minor:

      (5) "Clinically meaningful" should be eliminated from the discussion given that this is correlative evidence.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Torro et al. presented CellDetective, an open-source software designed for a user-friendly execution of single cell segmentation, tracking and analysis of time-lapse microscopy data. The authors demonstrated the applications of the software by measuring NK cell spreading events acquired with reflection interference contrast microscopy (RICM), as well as detecting target cell death events and their interaction with neighboring NK cells in a multichannel widefield microscopy datasets.

      Strengths:

      The segmentation (StarDist, Cellpose) and tracking (bTrack) modules implemented were based on existing and published software packages, while the event detection, classification and analysis modules were added by the authors to enable an end-to-end time-lapse microscopy data processing and analysis pipeline, complete with graphical user interface (GUI) to minimize coding experience required from the user. The latest iteration of CellDetective also incorporates new features that enable multiple cell subsets to be examined and visualized. The documentation that accompanies CellDetective is also well written.

      Weaknesses:

      The current iteration of CellDetective is still limited to 2D 'widefield' analysis, although the authors have provided convincing justification for the current implementation for 2D + time analysis and clarified such limitations of the software in the manuscript. This reviewer maintains that support for 3D + time analysis in future iterations of CellDetective will substantially improve its applicability across broad disciplines, especially with emerging focus on 3D organoid studies.

      Additionally, this reviewer has also encountered a key technical issue with the latest version of CellDetective (v1.5.2, installed on Windows 11 25H2) where the main CellDetective window is displayed in a fixed size that prevented the user from accessing the user interface/buttons that are essential for operating the software. As an example, in the very first demo (https://celldetective.readthedocs.io/en/latest/first-experiment.html), the fixed window size prevented this reviewer from accessing the "Submit" button in Step 2: Segment Cells (which is not visible as the fixed window size only displayed a certain portion of the GUI) of the workflow. This limitation made it near impossible to evaluate the useability and stability of the software. Fixing this issue by making the window size adjustable such that these buttons of the interface can be accessed by the user will be important to ensure the useability of the software.

      This reviewer understands the difficulties and time involved in bug fixing, and hope that the experience could have been much smoother and the software behaves much more stably in order to maximize its useability.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper investigates the physical basis of epithelial invagination in the morphogenesis of the ascidian siphon tube. The authors observe changes in actin and myosin distribution during siphon tube morphogenesis using fixed specimens and immunohistochemistry. They discover that there is a biphasic change in the actomyosin localization that correlates with changes in cell shapes. Initially, there is the well-known relocation of actomyosin from the lateral sides to the apical surface of cells that will invaginate, accompanied by a concomitant lengthening of the central cells within the invagination, but not a lot of invagination. Coincident with a second, more rapid, phase of invagination, the authors see a relocalization of actomyosin back to the lateral sides of the cells. This 2nd "bidirectional" relocation of actin appears to be important because optogenetic inhibition of myosin in the lateral domain after the initial invaginations phase resulted in a block of further invagination. Although not noted in the paper, that the second phase of siphon invagination is dependent on actomyosin is interesting and important because it has been shown that during Drosophila mesoderm invagination that a second "folding" phase of invagination is independent of actomyosin contraction (Guo et al. eLife 2022), so there appear to be important differences between the Drosophila mesoderm system and the ascidian siphon tube systems.

      Using the experimental data, the authors create a vertex model of the invagination, and simulations reveal a coupled mechanism of apicobasal tension imbalance and lateral contraction that creates the invagination. The resultant model appears to recapitulate many aspects of the observed cell behaviors, although there are some caveats to consider (described below).

      Strengths:

      The studies and presented results are well done and provide important insights into the physical forces of epithelial invagination, which is important because invaginations are how a large fraction of organs in multicellular organisms are formed.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) This reviewer has concerns about two aspects of the computational model. First, the model in Fig. 5D shows a simulation of a flat epithelial sheet creating an invagination. However, the actual invagination is occurring in a small embryo that has significant curvature, such that nine or so cells occupy a 90-degree arc of the 360-degree circle that defines the embryo's cross-section (e.g., see Fig. 1A). This curvature could have important effects on cell behavior.

      (2) The second concern about the model is that Figure 5 D shows the vertex model developing significant "puckering" (bulging) surrounding the invagination. Such "puckering" is not seen in the in vivo invagination (Fig. 1A, 2A). This issue is not discussed in the text, so it is unclear how big an issue this is for the developed model, but the model does not recapitulate all aspects of the siphon invagination system.

      (3) In Fig. 2A Top View and the schematic in Fig. 2C, the developing invagination is surrounded by a ring of aligned cell edges characteristic of a "purse string" type actomyosin cable that would create pressure on the invaginating cells that has been documented in multiple systems. Notably, the schematic in Fig 2C shows myosin II localizing to aligned "purse string" edges, suggesting the purse string is actively compressing the more central cells. If the purse string consistently appears during siphon invagination, a complete understanding of siphon invagination will require understanding the contributions of the purse string to the invagination process.

      (4) The introduction and discussion put the work in context of work on physical forces in invagination, but there is not much discussion of how the modeling fits into the literature.

      Comment on revised version.

      This is an extensively revised version of a previously submitted manuscript that, as detailed in their 20-page response to the first reviews, satisfactorily addresses the reviewers' comments. In particular, the revised manuscript makes it much clearer how this work fits into and advances the field. The added experiments strengthen the rigor of the manuscript as well. Overall, this paper is ready to go.

    1. Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      The authors demonstrate a computational rational design approach for developing RNA aptamers with improved binding to the Receptor Binding Domain (RBD) of the SARS-CoV-2 spike protein. They demonstrate the ability of their approach to improve binding affinity using a previously identified RNA aptamer, RBD-PB6-Ta, which binds to the RBD. They also computationally estimate the binding energies of various RNA aptamers with the RBD and compare against RBD binding energies for a few neutralizing antibodies from the literature. Finally, experimental binding affinities are estimated by electrophoretic mobility shift assays (EMSA) for various RNA aptamers and a single commercially available neutralizing antibody to support the conclusions from computational studies on binding. The authors conclude that their computational framework, CAAMO, can provide reliable structure predictions and effectively support rational design of improved affinity for RNA aptamers towards target proteins. Additionally, they claim that their approach achieved design of high affinity RNA aptamer variants that bind to the RBD as well or better than a commercially available neutralizing antibody.

      Strengths:

      The thorough computational approaches employed in the study provide solid evidence of the value of their approach for computational design of high affinity RNA aptamers. The theoretical analysis using Free Energy Perturbation (FEP) to estimate relative binding energies supports the claimed improvement of affinity for RNA aptamers and provides valuable insight into the binding model for the tested RNA aptamers in comparison to previously studied neutralizing antibodies. The multimodal structure prediction in the early stages of the presented CAAMO framework, combined with the demonstrated outcome of improved affinity using the structural predictions as a starting point for rational design, provide moderate confidence in the structure predictions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Authors have investigated the role of FMRP in the formation and function of RNA granules in mouse brain/cultured hippocampal neurons. Most of their results indicate that FMRP does not have a role in the formation or function of RNA granules with specific mRNAs but may have some role in distal RNA granules in neurons and their response to synaptic stimulation. This is an important work (though the results are mostly negative) in understanding the composition and function of neuronal RNA granules. the last part of the work in cultured neurons is disjointed from the rest of the manuscript and the results are neither convincing nor provide any mechanistic insight.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study is quite thorough, the methods and analysis used are robust and the conclusion and interpretation are diligent.

      (2) The comparative study of Rat and Mouse RNA granules is very helpful for future studies

      (3) The conclusion that the absence of FMRP does not affect the RNA granule composition and many of its properties in the system the authors have chosen to study is well supported by the results

      (4) The difference in the response to DHPG stimulation concerning RNA granules described here is very interesting and could provide a basis for further studies though it has some serious technical issues (see below)

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The system used for the study (P5 mouse brain or DIV 8-10 cultured neuron) is surprising as the majority of defects in the absence of FMRP are reported in later stages (P30+ brain and DIV 14+ neurons). It is important to test if the conclusions drawn here hold good at different developmental stages.

      (2) The term 'distal granules' is very vague. Since there is no structural or biochemical characterization of these granules it is difficult to understand how they are different from the proximal granules and why FMRP has an effect only on these granules.

      (3) Since the manuscript does not find any effect of FMRP on neuronal RNA granules, it does not provide any new molecular insight with respect to the function of FMRP

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have answered several questions raised by the reviewers. But for me, the critical issue of using only the brain from P5 animals and relatively early DIV neurons is still not convincingly addressed. FMRP may still play a role in determining the stalled ribosomes on its target mRNAs at a later stage of development, when there is more scope for activity-mediated protein synthesis.

      I agree with the authors that this work helps the molecular understanding of FMRP functions by disproving one of the long-standing hypotheses.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The article by Zdraljevic et al. reports the discovery of a third toxin-antidote (TA) element in C. elegans, composed of the genes mll-1 (toxin) and smll-1 (antidote). Unlike previously characterized TA systems in C. elegans, this element induces larval arrest rather than embryonic lethality. The study identifies three distinct haplotypes at the TA locus, including a hyper-divergent version in the standard laboratory strain N2, which retains a functional toxin but lacks a functional antidote. The authors propose that small RNA-mediated silencing mechanisms, dependent on MUT-16 and PRG-1, suppress the toxicity of the divergent toxin allele. This work provides insights into the evolutionary dynamics of TA elements and their regulation through RNA interference (RNAi).

      Overall, there are many things to like about this paper and only a few small quibbles, which will not require more than a little rewriting or relatively minor analyses.

      Strengths of the Paper:

      (1) The discovery of a maternally deposited TA element with delayed toxicity due to delayed mRNA translation of the maternally deposited toxin mRNA is a significant addition to the literature on selfish genetic elements in metazoans.

      (2) Identifying three haplotypes at the TA locus provides a snapshot of potential evolutionary trajectories for these elements, which are often inferred but rarely demonstrated in naturally occurring strains. The genomic analysis of 550 wild isolates contextualizes the findings within natural populations, revealing geographic clustering and evolutionary pressures acting on the TA locus.

      (3) The study employs various techniques, including CRISPR/Cas9 knockouts, FISH, long-read RNA sequencing, and population genomics. The use of inducible systems to confirm toxicity and antidote functionality is particularly robust. This multifaceted approach strengthens the validity of the findings.

      (4) The authors provide compelling evidence that small RNA pathways suppress toxin activity in strains lacking a functional antidote. This highlights an alternative mechanism for neutralizing selfish genetic elements.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have addressed all my (relatively minor) comments from the first round of reviews. However, the most substantial comments came from Reviewer 2, mostly focused on the conclusions that "Multiple lines of evidence suggest that the N2 tmrl-1 allele is recognized by piRNAs, leading to MUT-16-dependent 22G siRNA production and post-transcriptional silencing of the transcript." This is beyond my expertise to fully evaluate what is state-of-the-art in terms of acceptable evidence, so I will defer to Reviewer #2 for this.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study uses large-scale all-atom molecular dynamics simulations to examine the conformational plasticity of the HIV-1 envelope glycoprotein (Env) in a membrane context, with particular emphasis on how the transmembrane domain (TMD), cytoplasmic tail (CT), protomer cleavage, and membrane environment influence ectodomain orientation and antibody epitope exposure. By comparing Env constructs with and without the CT, explicitly modeling glycosylation, and embedding Env in an asymmetric lipid bilayer, the authors aim to provide an integrated view of how membrane-proximal regions and lipid interactions shape Env antigenicity, including epitopes targeted by MPER-directed antibodies.

      Strengths:

      The authors have made a heroic effort to address the concerns raised in the first two rounds of review, and the revised manuscript is substantively improved. The addition of dynamical cross-correlation maps, expanded citation of prior computational work, clarification of the membrane composition rationale, data deposition to Zenodo, and new contextualization has improved the flow and interpretation of the manuscript throughout. Several scientifically interesting aspects of the work merit highlighting with a brief discussion on how future studies can leverage this data to build upon its impact.

      A key strength of this work remains the scope, scale, and realism of the simulation systems. The authors construct a very large, nearly complete-Env-scale model that includes a glycosylated Env trimer embedded in an asymmetric bilayer, enabling analysis of membrane-protein interactions that are difficult to capture experimentally. The inclusion of specific glycans at reported sites, and the focus on constructs with and without the CT or cleavage, are well motivated by existing biological and structural data.

      The observation that R696 orientation and its interacting partners give rise to asymmetric protomer conformations and distinct TMD tilts is a notable finding. The statement that interactions between R696 and lipid headgroups or CT residues can be strong enough to introduce a kink into the TMD is well-supported by representative snapshots and consistent with prior isolated-TMD simulations. The use of two initialization depths ("high" and "low") to probe R696 leaflet preference is methodologically interesting and the authors' interpretation - that there is a slight bias toward cytoplasmic leaflet interactions, but that these contacts could be highly dynamic over the course of viral entry - is appropriately cautious. It would be valuable to explicitly frame this as a hypothesis with testable predictions that future experimental or enhanced-sampling work could address. Similarly, the equilibration-driven kinking of the TMD core, consistent with prior isolated-TMD studies, represents a useful validation that extends those earlier observations to the intact trimeric context.

      The simulations reveal substantial tilting motions of the ectodomain relative to the membrane, with angles spanning roughly 0-30{degree sign} (and up to ~40{degree sign} in some analyses), while the ectodomain itself remains relatively rigid. This framing, that much of Env's conformational variability arises from rigid-body tilting rather than large internal rearrangements, is an important conceptual contribution. The authors also provide interesting observations regarding asymmetric bilayer deformations, including localized thinning and altered lipid headgroup interactions near the TMD and CT, which suggest a reciprocal coupling between Env and the surrounding membrane.

      The analysis of antibody-relevant epitopes across the prefusion state, including the V1/V2 and V3 loops, the CD4 binding site, and the MPER, is another strength. The study makes effective use of existing experimental knowledge in this context, for example by focusing on specific glycans known to occlude antibody binding, to motivate and interpret the simulations.

      Finally, the revised text provides clear context that situates the study's findings and discrepancies within the broader literature, strengthening the manuscript's clarity and interpretability.

      Future work in the field:

      As the authors appropriately acknowledge within in the text, these microsecond simulations capture only the closed ground state and with limited sampling due to the already computationally intensive nature of these simulations. Their simulation setup provides interesting foundational knowledge of this state and a framework for these additional important questions.

      Additionally, the authors appropriately acknowledge that CT-TMD and CT-ectodomain correlations are difficult to interpret given limited structural confidence in these regions. Future experimental and computational work in the field can extend and build upon the author's framework, particularly as the authors have made their trajectories available for the public. Re-analysis of the authors' deposited MD trajectories-such as probing for exposure of cryptic epitopes and potential allosteric coupling-could serve as valuable extensions of this work, particularly as advancements in computational analysis has reached an inflection point.

      Comments on revised version.

      Bravo! The improved clarity was a delight to read and will increase the impact this study has on the field.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      Mitotic kinesins carry out crucial roles in intracellular motility and mitotic spindle organization. Although many mitotic kinesins have been extensively studied, a few conserved mitotic motors remain poorly explored, including chromosome-associated kinesins. Here, Furusaki et al reconstitute recombinant chromosome-associated kinesin or chromokinesin (Kid) and reveal processive plus-end motility along microtubules. The authors purify multiple versions of Kid, revealing dimeric organization and their processive microtubule plus-ended motility which depends on their conserved motor domains, neck linkers, and coiled-coil regions. The study reveals for the first time that KID can recruit and transport duplex DNA along microtubules using its conserved C-terminal DNA binding domain. The work provides crucial revised thinking about the mechanisms of Chromokinesins mitosis as physical processive motors that mobilize chromosomes towards the microtubule plus ends in early metaphase.

      Strengths:

      The authors reconstitute multiple chromosome-associated kinesin (KID) orthologs from Xenopus and humans with microtubules and determine their oligomerization. The study shows how coiled-coil and neck linker regions of KID are essential for its function as its deletion leads to non-processive motility. Chimeras placing the KID coiled-coil and neck linker on the KIF1A motor domain led to the production of a processive recombinant motor supporting the compatibility of their motility mechanisms. The KID c-terminal tail binds and transports only double-stranded DNA and its deletion or single-stranded DNA leads to defects in this activity.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This is a well-written and fully documented methods paper.

      The authors have established a clear rationale for their new packages, especially for real-time use, and demonstrate significant speed improvements that will likely appeal to many users of tools like DLC, SLEAP, and LightningPose. The inclusion of a graphical user interface will help make the package more accessible to neuroscientists with limited computational expertise. While it may be challenging to get users to switch from their established workflows for video analysis, the speed gains offered by this package make it worth considering. The hardware aspects of the project are well-documented, and the GitHub repository for this part of the setup is also thorough. Overall, this paper provides a clear summary of the tools, their uses, setup, and benefits.

      I have a few minor questions about the collective set of tools.

      First, the GitHub repository for SqueakPoseStudio appears to be missing a testing routine and associated badge, and the package has not been formally released. This means users would need to download the repository to install it, correct? I suggest the authors consider publishing a formal release of the package, making it installable via pip, and including a basic testing routine to clearly display the package's status on the repository page. Adding a DOI from Zenodo would also be helpful. A testing routine is especially useful when updates are made, as many users avoid repositories with failing tests.

      Second, the installation instructions simply state "Create a virtualenv and install:". This may not be sufficient for many researchers, as most neuroscientists are not experienced Python programmers and require clear guidance on the environment specific to this package. The installation instructions should be expanded to provide more detailed guidance and encourage more users. It would also be helpful to verify that the setups work across Windows, Mac, and Linux.

      Third, the package defaults to UMAP for non-linear dimensionality reduction, which has some known issues. Can the package be modified to allow for alternative mapping methods, such as PaCMAP, PyDiffMap, or the more comprehensive topometry package?

      Finally, what specific GPUs have been tested with the package, and are there any limitations based on the age of the video card or the available libraries for the deep learning component of the package?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the role of the insulin receptor and the insulin growth factor receptor was investigated in podocytes. Mice, where both receptors were deleted, developed glomerular dysfunction and developed proteinuria and glomerulrosclerosis over several months. Because of concerns about incomplete KO, the authors generated and studied podocyte cell lines where both receptors were deleted. Loss of both receptors was highly deleterious with greater than 50% cell death. To elucidate the mechanism of cell death, the authors performed global proteomics and found that spliceosome proteins were downregulated. They confirmed this directly by using long-read sequencing. These results suggest a novel role for insulin and IGF1R signaling in RNA splicing in podocytes.

      This is primarily a descriptive study and no technical concerns are raised. The mechanism of how insulin and IGF1 signaling regulates splicing is not directly addressed but implicates potentially the phosphorylation downstream of these receptors. In the revised manuscript, it is shown that the mouse KO is incomplete potentially explaining the slow onset of renal insufficiency. Direct measurement of GFR and serial serum creatinines might also enhance our understanding of progression of disease, proteinuria is a strong sign of renal injury. An attempt to rescue the phenotype by overexpression of SF3B4 would also be useful but may be masked by defects in other spliceosome genes. As insulin and IGF are regulators of metabolism, some assessment of metabolic parameters would be an optional add-on.

      Significance:

      With the GLP1 agonists providing renal protection, there is great interest in understanding the role of insulin and other incretins in kidney cell biology. It is already known that Insulin and IGFR signaling play important roles in other cells of the kidney. So, there is great interest in understanding these pathways in podocytes. The major advance is that these two pathways appear to have a role in RNA metabolism.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      The authors describe the results of a single study designed to investigate the extent to which horizontal orientation energy plays a key role in supporting view-invariant face recognition. The authors collected behavioral data from adult observers who were asked to complete an old/new face matching task by learning broad-spectrum faces (not orientation filtered) during a familiarization phase and subsequently trying to label filtered faces as previously seen or novel at test. This data revealed a clear bias favoring the use of horizontal orientation energy across viewpoint changes in the target images. The authors then compared different ideal observer models (cross-correlations between target and probe stimuli) to examine how this profile might be reflected in the image-level appearance of their filtered images. This revealed that a model looking for the best matching face within a viewpoint differed substantially from human data, exhibiting a vertical orientation bias for extreme profiles. However, a model forced to match targets to probes at different viewing angles exhibited a consistent horizontal bias in much the same manner as human observers.

      Strengths:

      I think the question is an important one: The horizontal orientation bias is a great example of a low-level image property being linked to high-level recognition outcomes and understanding the nature of that connection is important. I found the old/new task to be a straightforward task that was implemented ably and that has the benefit of being simple for participants to carry out and simple to analyze. I particularly appreciated that the authors chose to describe human data via a lower-dimensional model (their Gaussian fits to individual data) for further analysis. This was a nice way to express the nature of the tuning function favoring horizontal orientation bias in a way that makes key parameters explicit. Broadly speaking, I also thought that the model comparison they include between the view-selective and view-tolerant models was a great next step. This analysis has the potential to reveal some good insights into how this bias emerges and ask fine-grained questions about the parameters in their model fits to the behavioral data.

      Weaknesses:

      I'll start with what I think is the biggest difficulty I had with the paper. Much as I liked the model comparison analysis, I also don't quite know what to make of the view-tolerant model. As I understand the authors' description, the key feature of this model is that it does not get to compare target and probe at the same yaw angle, but must instead pick a best match from candidates that are at different yaws. While it is interesting to see that this leads to a very different orientation profile, it also isn't obvious to me why such a comparison would be reflective of what the visual system is probably doing. I can see that the view-specific model is more or less assuming something like an exemplar representation of each face: You have the opportunity to compare a new image to a whole library of viewpoints and presumably it isn't hard to start with some kind of first pass that identifies the best matching view first before trying to identify/match the individual in question. What I don't get about the view-tolerant model is that it seems almost like an anti-exemplar model: You specifically lack the best viewpoint in the library but have to make do with the other options. I sort of understand the reasoning that this enforces tolerance of viewpoint variability, but I'm not clear on whether or not this is a version of face familiarity and recognition that the authors think has an analog in human visual processing.

      I do think that this model is interesting in terms of the differential tuning it exhibits, but don't find it easy to align with any theoretical perspective on face recognition. Specifically, do the authors think there is a stage of face processing in which tolerance as they've operationalized it in the model is extant? What I'm looking for is a concrete description of the circumstances that the authors are saying lead to this kind of model potentially being a meaningful analog of face recognition. For example, is the idea that one may become familiar with a face in some very limited set of viewpoints and then be presented with that face in other views?

      Alternatively, if the authors prefer to say that they simply thought this was a nice exercise in terms of identifying a different model and that it may not be a meaningful proxy for face recognition. I think that's fine, to be clear! I just still don't see anything in the text that convinces me of the ecological validity of this version of view-tolerance.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      The authors address whether theta/beta ratio /TBR) can be used as a clinical biomarker for ADHD.

      Strengths:

      The data were acquired independently from 2 separate datasets, and there are sufficient subjects for adequate statistical power. The authors applied up-to-date EEG data preprocessing, state-of-the-art feature extraction, and statistical analyses, using a multiverse approach. By testing and comparing all meaningful approaches, defined a priori in the previous meta-analysis, the author convincingly demonstrates that TBR cannot be used as a clinical biomarker, and previous positive results can be explained by interactions between different factors (alpha peak frequency, aperiodic component, age).

      Weaknesses:

      There are no apparent issues with data, separate datasets, large sample sizes, and state-of-the-art data analysis.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      GPR52 is an orphan receptor implicated in neuropsychiatric disorders; however, the absence of tools capable of monitoring GPR52 activity in real time has stalled both mechanistic research and ligand discovery. This study addresses this gap by reporting the development of GPR52-1.0, a genetically encoded fluorescent sensor designed to detect activation of GPR52. The sensor was systematically engineered using the established GRAB platform, yielding a construct with micromolar sensitivity and high selectivity in cell culture. The authors largely achieve their stated aims, however the biological relevance of their aims is unclear, as GPR52 is reported to be a constitutively active receptor (PMID: 32076264, PMID: 26384023). GPR52-1.0 is a validated, specific, and sensitive sensor that functions in vitro and ex vivo. The claim that electrically stimulated endogenous GPR52 ligand release occurs in the striatum is supported by the specificity of the GPR52 antagonist block using ex vivo brain slices, however, once again this aim is clouded by evidence that GPR52 is constitutively active. The sensor is presented as a tool for future deorphanization; however, this assumes that the physiological ligand is an agonist, which is unclear based on the evidence that GPR52 is constitutively active. If the authors can explain or adapt their experiments and manuscript in the context of GPR52 constitutive activity, this will be useful work to the community. The impact of this work is likely to be moderate to high within the specialized communities studying orphan GPCRs, neuronal signaling, and neuropsychiatric disease. The GRAB sensor strategy has already generated widely adopted tools for other receptors, and a validated GPR52 sensor would fill a genuine gap. The GRAB technology makes GPR52-1.0 directly applicable to in vivo studies. It is likely that GPR52-1.0 could be replicated for other orphan receptors to facilitate their deorphanization.

      Strengths:

      (1) Systematic and rigorous sensor optimization and characterization by screening ~800 variants with iterative linker and cpEGFP mutation step. The resulting EC50 values are characterized in HEK293T and cultured neurons.

      (2) Testing GPR52-1.0 against a broad panel of neurotransmitters with no detectable off-target activation strengthens confidence in sensor specificity.

      (3) The use of a selective antagonist to confirm specificity, both in cell lines and in brain slices, strengthens the conclusions significantly.

      (4) Electrically stimulated GPR52-1.0 fluorescence changes in ex vivo striatal slices are blocked by a GPR52 antagonist. This is the most biologically significant result in the manuscript, as GPR52-related diseases can involve the striatum.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The work, both experimentally and in its presentation, is not put into the context of what is known about GPR52 pharmacology and signaling. It is reported by multiple groups that GPR52 has high constitutive activity and does not require a ligand for high levels of signaling (PMID: 32076264, PMID: 26384023). The authors should clarify whether GPR52-1.0 senses constitutive activation and whether baseline fluorescence is stable over the timescale of their experiments. The cell and mouse work needs to be reframed and conducted in the context of the high basal activity of the receptor, or the authors need to explain the differences between their study and other studies.

      (2) The electrical stimulation used in brain slice experiments is non-specific. This could be activating many cell types and neurotransmitter systems simultaneously. The pharmacological block by the GPR52 antagonist is reassuring, but the identity of the molecules driving the signal remains unknown. It could be that GPR52 is constitutively active, and that the electrical stimulation drives higher expression of GPR52 and thus constitutive signaling. This constitutive signaling can then be inhibited by the GPR52 antagonist. In this scenario, there would be no endogenous GPR52 agonist invoked by electrical stimulation.

      (3) The ex vivo brain slice data rely on n=9 slices without reporting the number of animals that the slices come from. Given the importance of this result, more biological replicates and clear reporting of animal numbers would strengthen confidence.

      (4) The manuscript does not benchmark GPR52-1.0 against existing approaches (e.g., HTRF, BRET, or calcium mobilization assays) to contextualize its advantages in a drug-discovery or screening workflow.

      (5) The paper's title references deorphanization, but the authors have made no attempts toward this deorphanization. No candidate ligand molecules are identified or tested.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript titled," Sleep-Wake Transitions Are Impaired in the AppNL-G-F Mouse Model of Early Onset Alzheimer's Disease", is about a study of sleep/wake phenomena in a knockin mouse strain carrying, "three mutations in the human App gene associated with elevated risk for early onset AD". Traditional, in-depth, characterization of sleep/wake states, EEG parameters and response to sleep loss are employed to provide evidence, "supporting the use of this strain as a model to investigate interventions that mitigate AD burden during early disease stages". The sleep/wake findings of earlier studies (especially, Maezono, et al., 2020, as noted by the authors) were extended by several important, genotype-related observations, including age-related hyperactivity onset that is typically associated with increased arousal, a normal response to loss of sleep and to multiple sleep latency testing, and a stronger AD-like phenotype in females.

      The authors conclude that the AppNL-G-F mice demonstrate many of the human AD prodromal symptoms and suggest that this strain may serve as a model for prodromal AD in humans, confirming the earlier results and conclusions of Maezono, et al. Finally, based on state bout frequency and duration analyses, it is suggested that the AppNL-G-F mice may develop disruptions in mechanism(s) involved in state transition.

      The study appears to have been, technically, rigorously conducted with high quality, in depth traditional assessment of both state and EEG characteristics with the concordant addition of activity and temperature.

      The major strengths of this study derive from observations that the AppNL-G-F mice: 1) are more hyperactive in association with decreased transitions between states; 2) maintain a normal response to sleep deprivation and have normal MSLT results; and 3) display a sex specific, "stronger" insomnia-like effect of the knockin in females.

      The weaknesses stem from the study's impact being limited due to its being largely confirmatory of the Maezono et al. study with advances of import to a potentially, more focused field. Further, the authors conclude that AppNL-G-F mice have disrupted mechanism(s) responsible for state transition, however these were not directly examined. The rationale for this conclusion is stated by the authors as based on the observations that bouts of both W and NREM tend to be longer in duration and decreased in frequency in AppNL-G-F mice. Although altered mechanism(s) of state transition (it is not clear what mechanisms are referenced here) cannot be ruled out, other explanations require careful consideration. It is acknowledged in the discussion that increased arousal in association with hyperactivity would be expected to result in increased duration of W bouts during the active phase. This would also predictably result in greater sleep pressure that is typically associated with more consolidated NREM bouts, consistent with the observations of bout duration and frequency. The results from the MSLT tests and lack of increased EEG slow wave activity are problematic to interpret in the context of increased arousal (evidenced by the hyperactivity) since these phenomena, known to be enhanced in association with increased sleep pressure, may be masked by arousal (or by some other effect of the altered genotype). Perhaps, the effect on consolidation is less sensitive. Thus, understanding the underlying mechanism(s) involved is needed for conclusion(s) about sleep pressure.

      Overall, this study's findings are valuable but with respect to the claims, incomplete.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Freas and Wystrach present a computational and experimental study of ant navigation. The main innovation of the computational model is the insertion of an oscillatory element between the steering signal and the motor control that results in a trajectory whose heading oscillates around a goal direction. Additionally, the model imposes periodic cessations of forward movement and inversely couples rotational speed to forward velocity. As a result the model periodically makes larger reorientations reminiscent of those seen in behaving ants.

      The behavioral data consists of two experimental sets: experienced Melophorus bagoti foragers, recorded in 2010 and inexperienced M. bagoti foragers, recorded in 2023-2024 at the same site. The behavioral data is qualitatively compared to the model in Figures 3 through 6. In figures 3-5, all ant sets are grouped together while in Figure 6 they are separated. In Figure 6, the authors should do a careful job of making sure the reader is aware that comparisons are being made between behavioral data sets captured more than a decade apart and of justifying the validity of a quantitative comparison between these sets.

      The manuscript also describes Myrmecia ants and makes comparisons between modeled Myrmecia ants and supplemental videos of these ants (Videos 3,4). These videos are not described in the methods. While the captions describe these as ants "homing in an unfamiliar environment," the videos show tethered ants walking on a ball. Without more information and absent any analysis, it is difficult for me to understand how these videos support granular points in the text about coupling between rotation and forward velocities.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript's main thesis, that an oscillatory element interspersed between the control signal and the motor unit can reproduce aspects of ant navigation, appears supportable.

      Weaknesses:

      Qualitative agreement between aspects of a model and aspects of a behavioral measurement do not prove the correctness of a model. In the section (802), "An ancestral design? Striking parallels with crawling Drosophila larvae," the authors argue that behavioral data in larvae support their model, despite the larva's lack of a (known) central complex. C. elegans navigation can also be segmented into longer runs and shorter exploratory behaviors (Chen 2025), comparable to the runs and scans described here. C elegans definitively does not have a central complex. In general, multiple internal mechanisms are capable of producing the same macroscopic behavioral outcome. This fact limits the ability of behavioral data to confirm the details of a particular model; it does not imply that observation of similar behaviors in multiple species shows that a particular model is correct or generalizable.

      Here the ability of the behavioral data to confirm or constrain the model is further limited by the qualitative nature of the comparisons. Some of the comparisons are trivial (e.g. Figure 5E-F: any first order process will produce a Poisson distribution, and in the model a Poisson process was explicitly coded in with parameters chosen (1070) to match the behavioral data). Finally, the number of adjustable parameters (13) is comparable to the number of comparisons made; it is unclear that the model could not be adjusted to fit any set of behavioral measurements.

      While the introduction is improved, there is still room to eliminate confusion as to what aspects of the model reflect hypothesized rather than measured neural circuits. For instance, if there is data showing LAL oscillations in insects, the authors should cite it and call it out clearly. Alternately they should say that the oscillator is hypothesized based on measured bistability. They should also clarify whether they are discussing neural oscillations or motor oscillations and whether these oscillations are measured, modeled, or hypothesized.

      As one example: Lines 283-284 "This oscillator [referring to the model's intrinsic oscillator described in the previous paragraph], which is widespread in insects (Cheng, 2024; Kanzaki, 2005; Kanzaki and Mishima, 1996), resides in the lateral accessory lobes (LAL)" reads as though it is known that a neural oscillator occupies the LAL. Cheng 2024 is a brief review of behavioral oscillation. Kanzaki et al. 2005 describes numerical modeling and simulation with a physical robot. Kanzaki and Mishima, 1996 demonstrates bistability (flip-flopping) in moth descending neurons. None of these show neural oscillations and none of them describe the LAL. The authors should review the paper and be scrupulously careful that the claims made in the text are supported in the cited references. These difficulties were pointed out in a previous round of review; hopefully they can be fully corrected this time.

      Kevin S. Chen, Jonathan W. Pillow*, Andrew M. Leifer*, "State-switching navigation strategies in C. elegans are beneficial for chemotaxis," arXiv:2508.00191 31 July 2025.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Overview:

      This study examines cellular computations in the dendrites of neurons in the medial superior olive (MSO) required for computing sound location based on interaural time differences (ITD). This field had, for many decades, depended on the so-called Jeffress model, which stated that an array of binaural coincidence detector neurons fire only when a given sound lateralization is balanced by a given difference in presynaptic axonal conduction time. The apparent absence of such calibrated axonal delay lines has left the field with little mechanistic handle for the strong ITD computations in MSO. This study suggests that dendritic delay along the dendrites of the bipolar MSO neurons makes a significant contribution to a calibrated delay line.

      Strengths:

      The authors used a combination of in vitro patch-clamp recordings, morphological analysis of a large dataset, and computational modelling to gain experimental access to dendritic computations. A technical tour-de-force set of distal dendritic patch-clamp recordings allowed an evaluation of this otherwise inaccessible parameter, and detailed modeling based on large datasets revealed the functional consequences. The use of this broad methodological toolbox enabled a detailed study of dendritic integration in MSO neurons and revealed a prominent role for graded variation in dendrite structure in shaping the coincidence detection in MSO neurons. In addition, the modeled effects of synaptic inhibition were quite striking and shaped our understanding of ITD coding in the MSO.

      Weaknesses:

      The paper's organization does not set up the reader very well for the major point to be made about exactly how dendritic asymmetry could bias ITD curves. This point only arises later in the paper after discussion of uncorrelated physiological measures that merely hint that what is important is "larger morphological and electrotonic structure". The paper could also benefit from a more complete description of the methodology. As an example, bridge balance goes unmentioned, and series resistance is hardly mentioned, even though both could distort the measurements of simulated EPSP amplitudes made through tiny electrodes used for dendrite recording.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The previous concerns have been addressed.]

      The central pair apparatus of motile cilia consists of two singlet microtubules, termed C1 and C2, each of which is associated with a set of projections, referred to as the C1 and C2 projections. Each projection comprises multiple distinct structural domains, designated a, b, c, and so on. Biochemical studies combined with genetic analyses in Chlamydomonas identified three proteins as the major components of the C2a projection, and subsequent cryo-EM studies confirmed these findings.

      In this paper, the authors aim to study the homologues of these three proteins-CCDC108/CFAP65, CFAP70, and MYCBPAP/CFAP147-using knockout mouse models. Biochemical and cell biological analyses demonstrate that, as in Chlamydomonas, these proteins are components of the C2 projection and form a complex that depends on the presence of each other. In addition, the authors use affinity purification to identify two previously uncharacterized proteins and show that they are central pair apparatus proteins that associate with the aforementioned complex. Knockout mice lacking any of the three core proteins exhibit phenotypes consistent with primary ciliary dyskinesia (PCD).

      Overall, the manuscript is clearly written, and the data are convincing and support the authors' conclusions. However, given the previous findings in Chlamydomonas, this work provides limited conceptual advances to the field. Nonetheless, it represents a useful and well-documented resource for understanding the conserved organization of the central pair apparatus in motile cilia. It will be of interest to cell and developmental biologists, biochemists, and clinicians studying and treating human ciliopathies.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this work, Gaurav et al. present an extensive study of phase-separated condensates formed by the foci-forming region (FFR) of the MUT-16 protein. The authors first report in vitro experiments showing that these condensates exhibit upper critical solution temperature (UCST) behavior. They then provide a detailed analysis based on atomistic simulations of MUT-16 FFR condensates, identifying key interactions responsible for LLPS, including salt bridges, cation-π interactions, and the role of Na⁺ ions.

      Overall, the manuscript is well written. However, there are several concerns that should be addressed.

      Major Concerns:

      (1) I have several questions regarding the system preparation that require clarification. The authors state that "65 copies of the coarse-grained MUT-16 FFR were embedded in a slab-shaped simulation," but it is not clear how this initial configuration was generated. Were the molecules randomly distributed in the simulation box, or were they initially arranged in a preformed condensate? Alternatively, were they randomly inserted and allowed to self-assemble into a condensate during NpT simulations?

      In Figure 1, the atomistic snapshot appears to show a well-defined condensate at the center of the simulation box. It would be important to clarify how this configuration was obtained: Was it generated from coarse-grained simulations starting from random initial conditions? Or was a preassembled condensate used as input?

      Related to this, how do the authors ensure that the simulations are equilibrated? While 20 μs appears to be a reasonably long simulation time for coarse-grained simulations, it would be useful to demonstrate equilibration explicitly. For example, the authors could plot the center-of-mass positions (in the long axis of the simulation box) of individual proteins over time to show that all molecules reach a steady state and remain within the condensate without systematic drift.

      (2) The authors experimentally observe UCST behavior for these condensates. Do the coarse-grained or atomistic simulations reproduce this behavior?

      While atomistic simulations may be too computationally demanding to systematically explore temperature dependence, coarse-grained simulations could be used to test whether condensates are stable at lower temperatures and dissolve at higher temperatures. Such an analysis would provide valuable support for the experimental observations.

      (3) Regarding the analysis of ions, several points could be clarified and extended:

      a) It would be helpful to report the total number of ions and quantify how many are located inside vs. outside the condensate. While qualitative trends can be inferred from density profiles, quantitative analysis would strengthen the conclusions.

      b) It would also be interesting to analyze the number of contact ion pairs (e.g., Na⁺-Cl⁻ pairs), as described in J. Chem. Phys. 156, 044505 (2022). It is known that some ion models tend to overestimate ion pairing and underestimate solubility (e.g., J. Chem. Phys. 153, 010903 (2020)).

      c) In this context, the use of scaled-charge models has been shown to improve the description of ionic solutions and biomolecular systems (e.g., J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 2019, 10, 23, 7531-7536). I would suggest that, at least for one trajectory, the authors perform a test simulation using scaled charges (e.g., scaling by ~0.8) to evaluate whether ion distributions and protein-ion interactions are significantly affected.

      d) Finally, while the selected water model is known to be accurate, it would be useful to assess its performance for concentrated salt solutions. For example, the authors could estimate the density of a 6 m salt solution and compare it with experimental data or validated models (e.g., J. Chem. Phys. 151, 134504 (2019)). This would help clarify to what extent the conclusions depend on the chosen force field.

      Minor Concerns

      (1) In the Introduction, it would be helpful to elaborate further on the possible driving forces of LLPS in this region. Are there prior hypotheses or evidence pointing to specific interactions (e.g., cation-π, π-π, electrostatic interactions)? While this work addresses these questions, a brief discussion of previous experimental or theoretical insights would provide useful context.

      (2) On page 18, the authors state:<br /> "MUT-16 FFR satisfies the length (172 residues), aromatic content (20.35%), and Arg enrichment (85.71%) criteria. Its charge content (10.47%) and charge balance (38.89% positive charge fraction) are slightly below the nominal thresholds."<br /> It would be very helpful to include a schematic representation of the protein sequence highlighting these features (aromatic residues, charge distribution, etc.) in the corresponding figure, to provide a more intuitive understanding.

      (3) A question regarding ion hydration: What is the coordination environment of the ions that bridge proteins? Are they still hydrated by water molecules, or does the reduced water content inside the condensate significantly affect their solvation?<br /> Typically, Na⁺ and Cl⁻ ions have coordination numbers around 5-6 in aqueous solution. Do protein interactions and reduced solvent conditions within the condensate alter this coordination? A brief analysis or discussion would be valuable.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigated the relationship between physical activity (PA) and both structural (MRI) and cognitive brain health in the LIFE-Adult Study, with total baseline recruitment of 2576. Hippocampal volume, an MRI-derived BrainAGE marker, and scores from the Trail Making Test were used as outcomes, with the majority of participants measured at baseline and subsets also measured in a follow up session. The key findings were a lack of direct association between PA and outcomes, but longitudinal evidence for a higher BrainAge at baseline leading to lower physical capacity at follow-up. This supports a reverse-causation hypothesis in contrast to prevailing understanding of the positive effects of physical activity on brain health.

      Strengths:

      The Life-Adult study is a rich and carefully acquired dataset, with multiple follow-up time points. The statistical analyses were conducted carefully with appropriate control for confounds and multiple testing. The study design enables the important assessment for reverse causality. The authors are scrupulous in their consideration of a number of factors that could potentially bias their results, performing an age-stratified analysis, and emphasising discrepancies in PA measurements (specifically and age-reporting bias) across the dataset and other limitations.

      Weaknesses:

      This is an observational study with inconsistent measures of physical activity. Previous studies have used physical activity interventions, and might be more strongly weighted when considering evidence for these effects (specific confounders involved in interventions notwithstanding) .

      The model identifying potential reverse causality is relatively limited - it seems possible/likely that brainAge could reflect more general health status, which would expand the potential range of factors underlying this observation. The authors comment on these possibilities.

      The important quantitative actigraphy subset is small (n=227) as are the longitudinal subsets. Along with the discrepancy of physical activity/capacity at baseline and follow-up, and other complexities of the dataset, it is difficult to make firm conclusions. The authors point out that the actigraphy subset was quite inactive, and discuss this as a limitation.

    1. Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      Lengyel et al. present a normative model of single-neuron activity in area MT, which is known for its role in processing visual motion. The authors focus on responses to a center and a surround that move at different velocities. Both the center and surround are rigid: picture a set of dots all moving at the same velocity. The center dots are arranged in a disc; the surround dots in an annulus, and in both cases, the velocity of each is time-varying.

      The core proposal is that the brain does not process motion in a fixed coordinate system, but instead infers a latent reference frame, and that MT neurons encode motion either in retinal coordinates or relative to this inferred reference frame. The model is meant to overcome a challenge in the existing literature on area MT: on the one hand, experimental findings are heterogeneous, including both surround suppression and surround facilitation of neural responses; on the other, existing models are either designed ad hoc to capture specific phenomena or they are somewhat general (e.g., divisive normalization), but in either case they can't explain the full range of responses. This manuscript proposes that the full range of responses in MT is explained as Bayesian inference over the reference frame in which center motion speed and direction should be estimated. The model extends one introduced in a previous publication from the same lab (Shivkumar et al. 2025). That publication focused on human perception of motion; this one makes predictions about MT mean responses and across-trial variability.

      Strengths:

      Processing visual motion is important for normal visual function, including for the integration and segmentation of visual objects. This manuscript presents a normative theory, supported by recent human perceptual data, and extends it to make predictions about neural firing rate and variability in area MT. The theory is well motivated and supported by the simulation analysis and comparison to data. It provides new insight into how causal inference of relative motion reference frames can modulate neural activity in MT. The richness of the theory's prediction can guide future experiments. In particular, the theory explains both center-surround suppression and facilitation, unifying disparate empirical observations in MT for which no unified explanation had been proposed. The manuscript also demonstrates a new method to map ideal observer predictions (posterior distributions over speed and direction, which are dependent on the posterior inference over reference frames) onto predicted neural activity for center-surround stimuli, by only considering basic tuning curves measured in the center-alone condition. This is a useful methodological contribution. The manuscript offers a thorough review of CS modulation studies in MT.

      Weaknesses:

      We found this paper difficult to read for two reasons. First, math is generally explained in words. This made it extremely difficult (impossible for some reviewers) to understand the details of the model, which are important. We're not against words, but it's critical that they be accompanied by equations.

      Second, the manuscript is not self-contained in the sense that many of the motivations, assumptions, and limitations of the approach are only evident if one carefully reads the groups' prior work, Shivkumar et al. (2025). Following up on previous work isn't necessarily a flaw, but the introduction of the paper is written from a very broad perspective that does not effectively summarize the prior work and lay out the specific questions that motivate the current study. For example, it is not clear from the introduction whether the authors believe this framework can explain all sorts of center-surround interactions (including in non-motion stimuli and in other areas like the retina), or if the focus is only on area MT.

      Finally, the connection to neural data is confusing and mostly qualitative. The authors create a library of "hypothetical but plausible tuning curves" and show that their modeling framework is flexible enough to capture a variety of center-surround interactions. Although they do state that their model can't explain all possible tuning curves, it's still hard to tell whether they have particularly strong evidence for the Bayesian causal inference hypothesis.

      We also have several technical, but potentially important, comments.

      Line 427: 'Our framework not only reinterprets past findings but also generates new, testable predictions. The model makes directly testable predictions for surround modulation. Facilitation, for instance, is predicted for neurons encoding retinal-centric motion (v_center) under high sensory uncertainty. In contrast, suppression is the hallmark of neurons encoding relative motion (v^relative_center) with respect to a surround-influenced reference frame.' It seems that to test the predictions of the model, one would need to first determine if a neuron encodes retinal or relative motion, without relying on the patterns predicted by this model, and then test if the two types of neurons behave as predicted. It is unclear how one can obtain this labeling of neurons independently of the model predictions.

      Line 492: 'This offers a principled account of how the same population of neurons can support both perceptual states (integration and segmentation)'. However, because the theory assumes each neuron encodes either center velocity or center velocity relative to a moving reference frame, but not both, it does not explain that the same neuron could shift from suppression to facilitation. It may be worth considering another possibility, using V1 surround modulation as an analogy. Different neuron types are required to implement the surround computation: in mouse V1, SST interneurons are surround-facilitated, and they are necessary to implement surround suppression of pyramidal neurons https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC3621107, but their (SST) outputs are not communicated to downstream targets. In that view, facilitation is therefore not a signature of some neurons encoding a type of latent variable; it is only there as an intermediate step in the computation of the other latents (those that require suppression).

      Misspecification of either the prior or likelihood can be a problem for Bayesian inference. Discussion of this point -- and in particular evidence (say from analysis of natural scene statistics in the case of the prior) that both are well-specified -- would strengthen the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this work, Jiqi Shao and colleagues evaluate the microbial iron competition and siderophore-mediated interactions combining (a) a dynamic modeling framework based on the consumer-resource model, including multiple siderophore and siderophore-receptor types, and (b) a graph-theory framework based on directed graphs to quantify the ecological dependencies of the community (referred to as Benefit Transfer Graph). Through a plethora of simulation experiments, by changing the number of species in the community, the ratio of pure-cheaters, and the number of foreign siderophores a partial-producers can utilize (referred to in this study as 'Cheating Breadth'), the authors found:

      (1) Using simulations of small communities of 5 or fewer members, they observe that closed benefit-transfer loops (commensalism/mutualism loops) serve as the structural scaffold for diversity, observing coexistence, dominance, or dynamic fluctuations in function of the fraction of receptors in species and the number of community members.

      (2) Using simulations of large communities of 50 members, they observed a paradox on the capacity of partial producers to utilize different foreign siderophores (referred to in this study as 'The Paradox of Cheating'). They observed that broad 'Cheating Breadth' of partial-producer members increases the probability of community-wide extinction and can act as destabilizing forces. However, at the same time, 'Cheating Breath' of partial-producer members promotes species richness and community biodiversity.

      (3) The application of graph-theory framework helps to unveil ecological complexities of small and large microbial communities, explaining the aforementioned Paradox of Cheating.

      As major strengths of this work, the authors present a novel modeling framework considering the ecological complexity of siderophore-mediated interactions by differentiating types of community members (pure-producers, partial-producers, and pure-cheaters), siderophore/receptor pairs, and exploring a wide range of situations (such as the number of community members, the ratio of pure-cheaters, or the siderophore breadth of partial-producers). Moreover, the discussion and conclusions of this study are mechanistically well-founded with a graph-theory framework (Benefit Transfer Graph). All computer code and scripts to replicate the simulations, analysis, and figure generation are public in the Zenodo repository.

      However, this study still has some work to do before it meets the expected standards, presenting some weaknesses to be addressed. Please regard the following paragraph as constructive feedback aimed at improving your work. The main weakness of the actual version is the Abstract, the missing Methods section, the structure of the Results section, and the results displaying (i.e., Figures), and how partial-producers are considered as cheaters (including how they referred to the capacity of partial-producers to use different siderophores as 'Cheating Breath'). The Abstract could be significantly improved with a better introduction of the system (cooperators and cheaters, and the concept of the 'Tragedy of Commons'), a better description of the modeling framework, and other details included in 'Recommendations for the authors'. The current version of the manuscript misses a proper 'Methods' section.

      Moreover, the authors could include (1) a section with the simulated systems and parameter choices of simulation experiments, (2) the key model assumptions, and (3) a separate (and more detailed) section explaining the graph-theory framework applied in this study (Benefit Transfer Graph). Most of this information is included in Supporting Information, but including it in the main text will facilitate the comprehension of the work. The structure of the results displayed (i.e., Figures) is quite confusing, especially in the section 'Closed Benefit Loops Drive Transitions from Exclusion to Coexistence and Chaos'. Moreover, important results are included in Supportive Information when they should be in the main text. Also, the lack of a proper Method section makes it harder to follow the Results sections. I have included some recommendations/suggestions to improve the Results structure. This study reveals an interesting ecological dynamic in siderophore-mediated interactions. The authors suggest the existence (and further explanation) of the 'Paradox of Cheating'. However, this paradox (and their discussion) may come from a misunderstanding of concepts and/or terminologies used by the authors applied here (and maybe widely applied in cooperator-cheaters systems). The authors refer to the capacity of 'partial-producers' to utilize foreign siderophores (i.e., siderophores of other species) as cheating. Also, they refer to the number of foreign siderophores that a 'partial-producer' can utilize as 'Cheating Breadth'. A microbial cheater is one that has receptors for siderophore uptake but does not pay the cost of producing siderophore themselves. Because 'partial-producers' are generating at least one type of siderophore, these are not technically cheaters (although they may act as 'pure-cheaters', changing their gene expression and do not synthesize any siderophore for the community). All this may entail a misleading of the results and a potentially overstated title and conclusions of this work. Community members 'pure-producers', 'partial-producers' cheaters may be called in a different way, e.g., 'single-receptor producer', 'multiple-receptor producers' and 'nonproducers', respectively [Gu. et al. (2025), doi: 10.1126/sciadv.adq5038]. A better terminology for 'the number of foreign siderophores that a partial-producer can utilize' could be 'Siderophore Breadth', and instead of stating a 'Paradox of Cheating', it can be a 'Paradox of Multiple-receptor Producers'. The discussion of the authors aligns better with the presented results if the proposed terms 'single-receptor producer/multiple-receptor producer and cheater' are used, considering multiple-receptor producers as cooperative members rather than 'moderate cheating'. On the other hand, the Paradox of Multiple-receptor Producers (or Paradox of Cheating by the authors) could be a modeling artifact. Although some species possess multiple siderophore receptors in their genome (some studies suggest that Pseudomonas species and other environmental strains' genomes can have up to 20-30 siderophore receptors), that does not mean that they are all expressed simultaneously.

      Regardless of the weaknesses and the major points to be improved, the findings presented in this work substantially advance our understanding of complex ecological interactions between cooperators and cheaters mediated by siderophore and siderophore-receptor syntheses, especially when multiple-receptor producers are present. Moreover, the modeling and graph-theory frameworks presented by the authors can be applied in other microbial systems, such as collaboration/competition/cheating for substrates or nutrients. Fundamental modeling exercises are indispensable to unveil ground ecological rules of complex microbial communities, accelerating the advances in ecology by developing theory-based hypotheses for future experimental and environmental studies.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      One of the most important fundamental questions in base excision repair (BER) is how chromatin structure affects the action of specific components of the BER pathway. Previous work from this and other groups has began to address this question. In this report, the authors study the activity of Pol beta on a gapped or nicked DNA substrate 23 bases from the entry/exit site of a 603 nucleosome core particle in the presence and absence of PARP1, PARP2, HPF1, or FEN1. They show that H1 and PARP block pol beta incorporation, which is relieved by NAD+.

      Strengths:

      They show, not unexpectedly, that HPF1 and PARP activity help to displace H1, allowing Pol beta incorporation. PARP1 and PARP2 suppress Pol beta activity, which is mitigated by autoparylation. PARP2 has a strong impact on strand displacement synthesis. This is an important contribution to the field.

      Weaknesses:

      This present work incrementally builds upon their previous work, and what has been known previously about the activity of PARP1/2, HPF1, and the modification of histones.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript investigates the conformational flexibility and membrane-interaction behavior of the N-terminal segment of the VP4 protein from non-enveloped viruses, such as Coxsackievirus B3, with particular emphasis on the role of myristoylation, an essential process implicated in viral entry and transmission. The authors employ a multiscale simulation framework, combining all-atom (AA) and coarse-grained (CG) molecular dynamics simulations, to characterize the behavior of VP4 peptides in both bulk aqueous and membrane environments.

      AA simulations suggest that the VP4 N-terminus remains predominantly disordered in bulk water, whereas CG simulations highlight the importance of conformational flexibility during interactions with a POPC membrane. The CG approach is further used to demonstrate an enhanced aggregation tendency of myristoylated VP4 monomers compared to non-myristoylated forms and to estimate the free-energy barriers associated with VP4 translocation across the membrane in monomeric and aggregated states. The study proposes a connection between VP4 aggregation, membrane remodeling, and peptide insertion into the membrane. Finally, well-tempered metadynamics simulations are used to explore changes in VP4 helicity during pore formation.

      Overall, the study addresses an important problem and applies appropriate computational approaches. However, several aspects of the methodology, interpretation of results, and consistency with existing literature require clarification before the conclusions can be fully supported. The authors should revise the manuscript with due attention to the comments below.

      (1) Disordered State of VP4 in Bulk Water

      Figures 1(f-g, i-j) indicate that both myristoylated and non-myristoylated VP4 peptides adopt largely disordered conformations in bulk water. This finding appears to contradict prior experimental and computational reports discussed in the Introduction, which suggest partial or transient helicity in this region. A more detailed explanation is required to reconcile these differences with the existing literature. Additionally, since α-RMSD (aRMSD) is a direct and quantitative measure of helicity, the authors may consider reporting helical content explicitly using this metric to strengthen the analysis.

      (2) Lack of Backmapped Atomistic Data for Membrane-Bound States

      Figure 2 presents membrane-bound conformations of VP4 obtained from CG simulations. While this provides useful qualitative insight, the absence of backmapped all-atom representations limits the ability to extract detailed information regarding residue-level interactions, peptide conformations, and specific binding modes at the membrane interface. Inclusion and analysis of backmapped atomistic data would significantly strengthen the mechanistic interpretation of VP4-membrane interactions.

      (3) VP4 Binding to Membrane

      Figure 2(H): The key takeaway from the exercise using multiple different rigidity for the peptide was that the different sections of the peptide have reduced membrane contacts, particularly the N-terminus. However, the contribution from each membrane component is not very apparent due to stacked transparent plots. Re-plotting using bars placed side to side or using a line representation will help to make this clearer.

      (4) Aggregation Stability in Bulk Versus Membrane Environments

      The manuscript states that the aggregation rate and stability of VP4 20-mers in bulk water are weaker than in the presence of a membrane, as shown in Figure S5. However, no clear or significant reduction in aggregation stability is apparent from the figure as currently presented. The authors should clarify which quantitative metrics support this claim and, if necessary, provide additional analysis to substantiate the reported difference.

      (5) Decoding the Role of MYR on the VP4 n-mer Aggregation

      The authors have suggested that the MYR tail plays a key role in the recruitment of VP4 peptides into the aggregate. This is based solely on visual evidence from the simulation. This can be tested directly by using a combination of MYR and non-MYR VP4 molecules, with MYR VP4 acting as membrane anchors. The change in aggregation rate or the number of clusters will give a more complete picture of this phenomenon. In the case of 20 non-MYR VP4 peptides, the aggregate forms within 2 µs, which is comparable to the complete aggregation in the case of MYR-VP4 6-mer. This further brings into question whether the faster aggregation for MYR cases is due to the proximity to the membrane or due to the lipid recruitment aspect of the MYR group.

      (6) Interpretation of Umbrella Sampling Results and Membrane Remodeling

      Figure 4 reports CG umbrella sampling results indicating a reduced translocation free-energy barrier for VP4 in aggregated (condensate) form, which is linked to membrane curvature and remodeling. Additional methodological details are required to support this interpretation:<br /> (a) What is the nature of the membrane used in the umbrella sampling simulations? Specifically, was the membrane initially flat or curved, and was the same membrane (with identical curvature and properties) used for the single, 6-mer, and 20-mer cases? Differences in membrane geometry would directly influence the translocation free-energy profiles.<br /> (b) Additional details regarding the peptide models used in umbrella sampling simulations should be provided, including peptide length, aggregation state definition, restraints applied (if any), and reference configurations, to improve clarity.

      (7) VP4 n-mer Condensate Dynamics

      The authors have performed an autocorrelation analysis of Rg of VP4 in the 6 and 20-mer condensates and found that the decay is slower in the 6-mer. This suggests a higher degree of rearrangement within the VP4 20-mer. This could be due to a faster relaxation time upon formation for the 6-mer compared to the 20-mer owing to its smaller size. It would be informative to look at whether these differences still hold when the 20-mer simulations are extended beyond 10 µs.

      (8) Comparison Between Metadynamics and Backmapped Membrane-Bound Structures

      Figure 5 presents Well-Tempered Metadynamics results for VP4 in a membrane environment. To strengthen the conclusions regarding peptide binding and conformational behavior, it would be valuable to directly compare the peptide conformations and interaction characteristics observed in the Metadynamics simulations with those obtained from the backmapped structures corresponding to Figure 2.

      (9) Interpretation of the Z-Coordinate in Free-Energy Profiles

      Figure 5(a) shows the free-energy landscape of the VP4 peptide as a function of reaction coordinates. However, the corresponding Z-position of the peptide relative to the membrane is not clearly defined. The authors should clarify whether the reported Z-values correspond to peptide conformations at the membrane surface, within the hydrophobic core, or fully translocated across the membrane, as this is essential for proper interpretation of the free-energy minima.

      (10) Helicity in Bulk Water from Metadynamics Simulations

      Figure 5(b) shows a free-energy minimum at relatively high helicity (~0.6) even at a peptide-membrane distance of approximately 3.6 nm, which appears to correspond to a bulk-water-like environment. This observation contradicts the predominantly disordered peptide behavior reported in bulk water simulations (Figure 1). The authors should provide a mechanistic explanation for this inconsistency between the bulk AA simulations and the Metadynamics results.

      (11) Folding and Insertion Free Energy of VP4

      The free energy calculation for folding of VP4 using metadynamics in the POPC membrane and the 2D free energy calculated using umbrella sampling do not show the same picture. As in the first case, the deeper insertion into the membrane promotes a higher helicity, which is not present in the 2D free energy landscape. Assuming the same scale bar for the free energy between the two plots, as that is not mentioned for the free energy obtained from the metadynamics simulations, we see a massive preference towards a helicity fraction of >0.6. This is absent, both in the aqueous and the membrane-embedded environment of the 2D free energy simulations. It will also be useful to mention the plane of the phosphate groups to demarcate the hydrophilic and hydrophobic sections of the membrane

      Final Recommendation

      The manuscript presents interesting and potentially impactful findings on the conformational dynamics and membrane interactions of VP4. However, substantial clarification and additional analysis addressing the points above are required to ensure consistency, rigor, and alignment with existing literature. I recommend major revisions.b

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors utilize genetic code expansion to tag TDP-43 and G3BP1, and evaluate this protein tagging system (ANAP) compared to antibodies and evaluate protein trafficking and stress granule formation in response to stress with sodium arsenite treatment. They find similar staining to antibodies in HeLa cells, mouse embryonic stem cells and primary mouse cortical neurons. By incorporating the intrinsically fluorescent noncanonical amino acid Anap at carefully selected sites, the authors enable live-cell and neuronal visualization of protein localization, stress-induced redistribution, and dynamic behavior without the structural and functional compromises often associated with large fluorescent protein tags. The work provides technical framework that will be useful for live imaging of tagged proteins.

      Strengths:

      A key strength is the demonstration of the specificity of the Anap fluorescence signal through appropriate controls and the agreement between Anap labeling and antibody-based detection across multiple cell types, including primary neurons. The ability to visualize stress-induced redistribution of both G3BP1 and TDP 43 in living cells highlights the practical value of this approach.

      The functional validation of TDP 43-Anap is compelling. The rescue of both cell viability and RNA splicing defects in TDP 43 knockout models provides evidence that Anap incorporation preserves core protein functions. This is important, as functional disruption is a central concern for any alternative tagging strategy applied to aggregation-prone or RNA-binding proteins.

      Weaknesses:

      While some inherent limitations of genetic code expansion remain (e.g., variable amber suppression efficiency and the inability to directly assess endogenous protein behavior), these are acknowledged and discussed appropriately. Importantly, these limitations do not undermine the central contributions of the study.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study by Damphousse, Calvin, and Redish investigates how the hippocampus represents competing future outcomes during approach-avoidance conflict. Using an ethologically relevant robotic predator foraging paradigm, the authors aimed to dissociate hippocampal activity associated with reactive defensive responses (escape) from that linked to anticipatory withdrawal decisions. The central finding is that dorsal hippocampal representations differentiate these two modes of defensive behavior within a single naturalistic assay. Specifically, the authors show that attack-triggered retreats and mid-track aborts differ in movement dynamics and hippocampal spatial decoding despite sharing a common behavioral endpoint, that hippocampal representations during pauses predict subsequent behavioral outcomes, and that these representational biases emerge before overt behavioral divergence. The main importance of the study lies in moving beyond viewing the hippocampus as merely encoding spatial location or threat salience, instead suggesting that hippocampal ensemble activity dynamically tracks and differentially weights threat-related, reward-related, and safety-oriented future states to bias behavior before overt action occurs.

      Strengths:

      The study has several notable strengths. First, the behavioral decomposition into retreats, mid-track aborts, and mid-track continues is rigorous and provides a highly interpretable analytical framework. Second, replication across two independent cohorts - despite differences in arena configuration, robot design, and extinction procedures - meaningfully strengthens confidence in the robustness of the findings. Third, the unified reanalysis pipeline across cohorts reflects strong analytical discipline, and the Bayesian decoding framework is well-suited to addressing the central representational questions. Fourth, the ethological relevance of the robotic predator paradigm is a major advantage, allowing the authors to examine a richer repertoire of defensive and decision-related behaviors than is possible in conventional fear-conditioning assays. Overall, the experiments are well designed, the data are clearly presented, and the findings make a valuable contribution to understanding how the hippocampus supports decision-making under threat.

      Weaknesses:

      The study is technically strong, but a few modest revisions would further enhance it.

      (1) First, the abstract mentions extinction and reinstatement effects, but neural analyses focus primarily on the attack phase. It would be helpful to clarify or adjust the abstract accordingly.

      (2) Second, some interpretive language ("guide," "bias") leans toward causal phrasing. Given the correlational data, using "predict" or "correlate with" would be more precise.

      (3) Third, given the relationship between running speed and hippocampal theta, considering speed-related contributions to decoding differences would be useful.

      (4) Fourth, reporting turnaround positions for mid-track abort and continue trials (Figure 7) would provide helpful context.

      (5) Fifth, a figure comparing stimulated vs. non-stimulated sessions in cohort 2 would support the claim that closed-loop stimulation had no measurable effect.

      (6) Finally, reporting effect sizes for key decoding comparisons would add clarity.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Sustar et al. takes a methodical approach to document the types of glutamate receptor subunits that reside in Drosophila muscles, examining developmental stages spanning from larvae to adults. Prior work thoroughly documented the subunits operating in Drosophila larval body wall muscles. Most subsequent research focused on the glutamate receptor heterotetramers found in the body wall, composed of GluRIIA/C/D/E or GluRIIB/C/D/E subunits, along with auxiliary subunits like isoforms of Neto.

      For the current work, the authors report that the larval muscle glutamate receptor composition is not universal for all Drosophila muscles. They examine the following muscle systems: larval body wall, adult abdomen, adult leg coxa, and adult indirect flight. They also briefly examine adult muscle structures associated with the proboscis, neck, and haltere. The authors find that the receptor subunits in the adult abdomen (mostly) match those in the larval body wall. This makes sense given that the adult abdominal muscles are derived from the larval body wall. Yet not much else matches the larval body wall. For example, all (or most) of the GluRII-type subunits are missing from the adult indirect flight muscles. Leg muscles have GluRII-type subunits, but they do not have all of them expressed prominently, and they are missing GluRIIB. Additionally, leg muscles express a glutamate-gated chloride channel, which could be a source of inhibitory glutamatergic transmission. Interestingly, when it comes to non-abdominal adult muscles, one general theme seems to be an active promoter (GAL4 driver) for the kainate-type glutamate receptor called Clumsy. The authors propose that Clumsy could be key to understanding how functional GluR complexes are assembled in adult insects.

      Strengths:

      (1) Documenting the types of glutamate receptors that operate in diverse insect muscle systems is important because it uncovers fundamental information.

      (2) Much of the prior research focus has been on how the body wall muscle tetramers assemble and operate. It is a strength to demonstrate the other receptor solutions used by adult NMJs.

      (3) The work uses GAL4 drivers and immunohistochemistry (when possible) in combination to draw conclusions.

      (4) The muscle anatomical analyses are of high quality. This allows the research group to reach refined conclusions.

      (5) The confocal-level images of synaptic active zones and their apposed glutamate receptor clusters are of high quality.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There is a strawman argument that is used repeatedly to highlight the significance of the work. The argument implies that the field broadly assumes (or "tacitly" assumes) that the larval body wall glutamate receptor composition extrapolates to all muscles of the fly, including the adult. This reviewer cannot find evidence that this assumption or argument has been explicitly promulgated by others. More likely, others have not examined these muscles directly, and thus, they have not speculated one way or the other.

      (2) Related - to the extent that there has been any tacit assumption about GluRIIC/D/E-anchored receptors being ubiquitous among adult muscles, tacit doubt was raised by Rivilin et al., 2004 (cited by the authors but not as a source of doubt) and by RNAseq datasets like FlyAtlas from 2022 (replicated in Figures s11 and s12). To be clear, the current analysis is better than a bulk transcript analysis from adult tissues. But rather than "overturning" a field or being paradigm-shifting, the current data seem confirmatory of FlyAtlas - and confirmatory of Rivlin et al., 2004, which explicitly concluded that larval and adult NMJs were different .

      (3) One can draw expression-level conclusions from these data. But genetic tests (e.g., would clumsy losses of function impair leg muscles?) could help the authors and the field draw stronger conclusions about the roles of some of these glutamate receptor gene products. The current dataset falls short of definitively establishing the function of alternate glutamate receptor modules.

      (4) The confocal synaptic images are of high quality. They are good enough that one could analyze how well Brp directly apposes a specific glutamate receptor subunit for all the associated imaging data underlying Figures S1-S8. No such analysis is done, but understanding what components seem to directly oppose the site of release could lead to better conclusions.

      Overall Assessment and Discussion:

      The data in this study are of high quality, and the results support the main conclusion: adult muscle glutamate receptor clusters do not recapitulate the "canonical" larval body wall clusters. This is important, and the data stand on their own. That is the most important part. This reviewer does have suggestions on how to put the current work in proper context; the current draft appears to overstate the novelty of the findings. Additionally, some sentences need editing for accuracy. None of those concerns impeach the excellent foundational data.

    1. Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      Kalburge et al. investigate a task in which human subjects make a decision based on the accumulation of noisy evidence. Tasks like this have been studied for decades, but always with the same essential ingredient: noisy moment-by-moment evidence has to be integrated internally by the subjects, and so is not observed by the experimenter.

      In this study, the authors depart from this scenario and make the evidence visible. Specifically, subjects see a pigeon moving stochastically on a screen, and they have to determine whether the net motion is to the right or to the left. This provides the experimenter direct access - on a trial-by-trial basis - to the bounds the subjects use to make their decision.

      The authors apply this paradigm across a range of tasks, each one differing in how the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR; defined to be the ratio of the drift rate of the pigeons to the standard deviation of the noise) changes over time and across trials. The tasks range from the standard case of constant SNR to the non-standard case where the SNR changes abruptly in the middle of the task.

      The authors determined, on a trial-by-trial basis, the bounds used by the subjects. Setting the bounds optimally when the SNR changes over time or across trials is a non-trivial problem; not surprisingly, then, the subjects were suboptimal. However, they weren't very suboptimal; instead, their behavior was "satisficing" (in the words of the authors), meaning their bounds were reasonably close to the optimal ones. Since the loss is relatively flat near the maximum, and finding the optimal bounds is hard, this is a sensible strategy.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of this work is the introduction of a new paradigm that supports a trial-by-trial measure of the decision bound. This allows direct measurement of the bound at decision time within individual trials. This, in turn, allows experimenters to determine whether the decision bound differs across decision time or fluctuates for the same decision time across trials. This is harder, although not impossible, to do with tasks in which decision bounds have to be estimated across multiple trials, especially when the SNR is changing.

      The authors use this paradigm to show that the decision bounds are mostly constant when the SNR is constant within and across trials. This has been shown indirectly before by fitting models with different parametric boundary shapes, but not directly by measuring the boundary separately for different decision times (but see Kira, Yang, and Shadlen, 2015). They also demonstrate that variability in these bound estimates arises from measurement noise rather than trial-by-trial variability in bound heights, something that could not have been done with previous paradigms.

      They furthermore replicate findings that subjects adjust their bounds, including weak collapse, to changing reward contingencies and SNRs, further validating their paradigm. And finally, the work demonstrates an apparent within-trial bound change if the SNR changes (predictably) mid-trial, as predicted by their previous work (Barendregt et al., 2022). This is -- to our knowledge -- the first confirmation of this prediction.

      Weaknesses:

      There are two non-technical weaknesses.

      First, comparison to optimal behavior was mainly qualitative; a quantitative comparison would greatly strengthen the work.

      Second (although not exactly a weakness), the work does not leverage the full potential of trial-by-trial estimates of the decision bound, which is a missed opportunity. To our understanding, the only finding that relied on trial-by-trial access to the bound was that the variability in the bound estimate was a major source of measurement noise. Their finding that the bound changes to reward contingencies and SNR, on the other hand, did not require such a trial-by-trial estimate. However, with this task (and not standard paradigms), the authors could determine how the bounds change during learning, which would give insight into the learning rules that participants use to adjust their bounds.

      There are also a few technical issues.

      (1) The authors argue that they don't observe a collapsing bound when the SNR varied across blocks (Figure 5). However, they only seem to perform this analysis on the difference in boundaries between trials with different SNRs (Figsures 5B, D). Observing a zero difference implies that the boundary shape is the same across SNRs, but does not rule out a collapse.

      (2) The evidence for a within-trial boundary change for conditions with a within-trial SNR change could be stronger. The data shown in Figures 6C, D is very noisy, and there are no error bars. For individual participants, is the estimated change in bound larger than the variability in bound estimates before and after the SNR changepoint? Are there potentially other measures that could be used to make the point of a clear change in boundary within individual trials more convincing?

      (3) The work assumes that bound height estimates are biased due to the bounded accumulation nature of the decision process, and it corrects for these biases with a simulation-based correction (Methods and Figure 7). To our understanding, this correction assumes that the decision time is the first time that this boundary is crossed. However, the authors do not demonstrate that this is the strategy that participants use; they need to explicitly rule out the possibility that there are significant pigeon excursions across the boundary before the decision time.

      (4) The authors did not consider other stopping rules, such as a decision based on the last few trials. Showing that a stopping rule based purely on the bound fits the data better than other possible rules would strengthen the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript presents compelling evidence from a wild chickadee population linking heritable spatial cognition to extra-pair paternity success, supporting sexual selection via good genes in a food-caching species. The integration of RFID cognition tests with ddRAD paternity assignment is methodologically strong and timely for behavioral ecology, though causal mechanisms and confounds warrant clarification.

      Overall, a major revision of the manuscript is recommended, addressing the points below.

      (1) Confirmation of manipulation and treatment effects. The central claim hinges on spatial cognition driving EP siring, but direct evidence that cognition predicts observed copulations (vs. post-copulatory mechanisms) is absent. While territories do not cluster by performance (Figure S4), quantify male aggression/movement data during fertile periods to rule out intrusion-based EPP. The authors should provide metrics like nearest-neighbor distances for EP sires or playback responses linking cognition to dominance, as in prior chickadee work. Without this, causal female preference remains correlational.

      (2) Female cognition-EPY link inconsistency. Poor female cognition predicts more EPY (first-20-trials: offspring-level χ²=6.21, P=0.013; nests: χ²=6.79, P=0.009), but not for full-task (P>0.5). The authors should discuss why (e.g., learning speed vs. memory stability) and add exploratory correlations (female errors vs. EPY proportion). They should soften claims in the Discussion section of "female-driven" without consistent support and should frame this as a hypothesis.

      (3) Cognitive task sensitivity and validity. Mean errors aggregate learning curves effectively, but single feeder-assignment (non-preferred) confounds neophobia/motivation with spatial ability. The authors should report trial-by-trial improvements (Figure S7 subset) or criterion-to-learn metrics. Justify excluding high-error birds (<3 mean); sensitivity analysis needed to check bias toward high performers.

      (4) Paternity assignment robustness. ddRAD-CERVUS with bimodal LODs (Figure S8) is solid, but unassigned EPY (social-genotyped but no sire) implies missing sires (~?% of EPY?). Include all alive males as candidates yearly? Test power simulations for LOD thresholds. 2019 exclusion justified, but multi-year SNP alignment could boost resolution.

      (5) Mechanistic speculation vs. data. Discussion invokes hippocampus genes (GWAS priors) and good genes, but no offspring cognition/survival data. Label as hypotheses; suggest tracking EPY recruitment. No brood size costs for EP sires is key, but monitor long-term nest investment (e.g., feeding rates).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is important and significant work because it helps describe the complexity of interactions between system components where two herbivores interact with vegetation. Whereas other studies have shown that the larger ungulate (yaks, Bos grunniens, in this case) can facilitate the abundance and population growth of the smaller (the semi-fossorial lagomorph, Ochotona curzoniae, plateau pika hereafter), this study flips the tables and shows that, at least under some conditions, moderate densities of the plateau facilitate the nutritional condition of yaks.

      The study was not designed to investigate the reasons that pikas clip Stellera chamaejasme. That said, based on other studies and general knowledge of the ecology of these pikas, it is likely that they clip (although do not eat) this plant because its relatively large size hinders predator detection. This species of pika does better where vegetation height is low than where it is higher.

      Strengths:

      Notably, the strong inference the authors can claim for their results is supported by the careful experimental design. A weaker paper would have simply noted correlations between pika burrow density and yak feeding efficiency without experimental removal. This paper, to its credit, not only used experimental removals but also documented the various intermediary results that support the ultimate conclusions. The statistical approaches used appear to be appropriate. (Readers are encouraged to read the full Materials and Methods, which are available in the Supplementary Materials section.)

      Weaknesses:

      Although the study was well designed and executed, and its conclusions appear strongly supported, readers interested in the management implications of the Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau should be mindful of its limitations. First, the study site, at approximately 3,200 m elevation, was relatively low by Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau standards. Stellera chamaejasme becomes less common at elevations > 4,000 m, where a majority of livestock grazing occurs. Thus, it would be instructive to learn, through follow-up studies, whether similar facilitation occurs where unpalatable (and mildly poisonous) species in such genera as Astragalus, Oxytropis, and Thermopsis replace S. chamaejasme as the problematic plant for pastoralists. Second, the authors make no mention of wild ungulates, so it is unclear what, if any, role they may have played in this system. At least one study in Qinghai Province, albeit at a slightly higher elevation, showed that not only pikas, but also Tibetan gazelles (Procapra picticaudata), which were commonly observed on grazed pastures, grazed more frequently on some dicots avoided by domestic sheep than did the livestock themselves (Harris et al. 2015). It would also be instructive to learn if similar facilitation as observed here applied to the other principal livestock species in the area, domestic sheep (which are often herded together with smaller numbers of domestic goats). Finally, as suggested by this study, the interactions between all components of the system are complex and interactive. If pika facilitation of yak nutrition at the densities documented results in herders increasing yak density, might the increased herbivory from the domestic animals provide the conditions for the pika population to increase beyond the densities observed here, and thus toward the levels where facilitation yields to competition?

      Citation:

      Harris RB, Wang, WY, Badinqiuying , Smith AT, Bedunah DJ (2015) Herbivory and Competition of Tibetan Steppe Vegetation in Winter Pasture: Effects of Livestock Exclosure and Plateau Pika Reduction. PLoS ONE 10(7): e0132897. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0132897

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The multi-species approach of testing the model in macaque and mouse is excellent, as it improves the chances that the observed findings are a general property of mammalian visual cortex. It would be useful to delineate however any notable differences between these species, which are to be expected given their lifestyle.

      The overall performance of the model appears to be excellent in V1, with over 80% performance, but falls substantially in V4. It would be important to consider the implications of this finding; for example, in the context of studying temporal lobe structures that are central to recognizing objects. Would one expect that model performance decreases further here, and what measures could be taken to avoid this? Or is this type of model better restricted to V1 or even LGN?

      While the manuscript delineates novel axes of inhibitory interactions, it remains unclear what exactly these axes are and how they arise. What are the steps that need to be taken to make progress along these lines?

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have adequately addressed the points I raised in my review during the revision.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed all the comments raised in the previous round of review. The revised manuscript includes new labeling experiments revealing boundary compression at the cardiac poles consistent with the authors predicted dynamic model of heart tube formation.]

      Summary:

      The study by Raiola et al. conducted a quantitative analysis of tissue deformation during the formation of the primitive heart tube from the cardiac crescent in mouse embryos. Using the tools developed to analyze growth, anisotropy, strain, and cell fate from time-lapse imaging data of mouse embryos, the authors elucidated the compartmentalization of tissue deformation during heart tube formation and ventricular expansion. This paper describes how each region of the cardiac tissue changes to form the heart tube and ventricular chamber, contributing to our understanding of the earliest stages of cardiac development.

      In order to understand tissue deformation in cardiac formation, it is commendable that the authors effectively utilized time-lapse imaging data, a data pipeline, and in silico fate mapping. The study clarifies the compartmentalization of tissue deformation by integrating growth, anisotropy, and strain patterns in each region of the heart.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: This version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Rayan et al. aims to elucidate the role of RNA as a context-dependent modulator of liquid-liquid phase separation (LLPS), aggregation, and bioactivity of the amyloidogenic peptides PSMα3 and LL-37, motivated by their structural and functional similarities.

      Strengths:

      The authors combine extensive biophysical characterization with cell-based assays to investigate how RNA differentially regulates peptide aggregation states and associated cytotoxic and antimicrobial functions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Here the authors address the organization of reach-related activity in layer 2/3 across a broad swath of anterodorsal neocortex that included large subregions of M1, M2, and S1. In mice performing a novel variant water-reaching task, the authors measured activity using two-photon fluorescence imaging of a GECI expressed in excitatory projection neurons. The authors found a substantial diversity of response patterns using a number of metrics they developed for characterizing the PETHs of neurons across reach conditions (target locations). By mapping single-neuron properties across cortex, the authors found substantial spatial variation, only some of which aligned with traditional boundaries between cortical regions. Using Gaussian mixture models, the authors found evidence of distinct response types in each region, with several types prominent in multiple cortical regions. Aggregating across regions, four primary subpopulations were apparent, each distinct in their average response properties. Strikingly, each subpopulation was observed in multiple regions, but subpopulation members from different regions exhibited largely similar response properties.

      Strengths:

      The work addresses a fundamental question in the field that has not previously been addressed at cellular resolution across such a broad cortical extent. I see this as truly foundational work that will support future investigation of how the rodent brain drives and controls reaching.

      The quantification is thoughtful and rigorous. It is great that the authors provide explanation for and intuition behind their response metrics, rather than burying everything in the Methods.

      The Discussion and general contextualization of the Results is thorough, thoughtful, and strong. It is great that the authors avoid the common over-interpretation of classical observations regarding cortical organization that are endemic in the field.

      All things considered, this is the best paper regarding spatial structure in the motor system I have ever read. The breadth of cellular resolution activity measurement, the rigor of the quantification, and the clear and open-minded interrogation of the data collectively have produced a very special piece of work.

      Weaknesses:

      There are two important issues left unaddressed that the authors plan to address in their future work. The first is the relation between observed neural activity patterns and movement kinematics, and in particular how much the activity variation across target locations may relate to the kinematic differences across these different conditions, as opposed to true higher-order movement features like reach direction. The second issue is how to interpret the results in relation to existing ideas about behavioral organization in motor/premotor cortex.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have done an excellent job addressing my previous concerns. I have no additional concerns with the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Simoens and colleagues use a continuous estimation task to disentangle learning rate adjustments on shorter and longer timescales. They show that participants rapidly decrease learning rates within a block of trials in a given "location", but that they also adjust learning rates for the very first trial based on information accrued gradually about the statistics of each location, which can be viewed as a form of metalearning. The authors show that the metalearned learning rates are represented in patterns of neural activity in the orbitofrontal cortex, and that prediction errors are represented in a constellation of brain regions including ventral striatum, where they are modulated by expectations about error magnitude to some degree. The work opens the door to future work focusing on how exactly these signals contribute to adaptive behavior.

      Strengths:

      The authors build on an interesting task design allowing them to distinguish moment-to-moment adjustments in learning rate from slower adjustments in learning rate corresponding to slowly gained knowledge about the statistics of specific "locations". Behavior and computational modeling clearly demonstrate that individuals adjust to environmental statistics in a sort of metalearning. fMRI data reveal representations of interest including those related to adjusted learning rates and their impact on the degree of prediction error encoding in the striatum.

      Weaknesses:

      It was nice to see that the authors could distinguish differences between the OFC signals that they observed and those in the visual regions based on changes through the session. However, the linkage between these brain activations and a functional role in generating behavior remains somewhat unclear, opening the door for alternative interpretations.

      Comments on revised version.

      I appreciate the authors responses and they have largely addressed my concerns. I understand the concerns about power with regard to the individual differences/behavioral analyses included in the rebuttal. However, my personal view, which is perhaps a matter of taste, is that the paper would benefit from a description of these results - along with a clear description of why the authors are hesitant to draw a strong interpretation from the negative result.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Cai et al. investigated the role of ripples in the hippocampus and coupled between the hippocampus and the neocortex in visual short-term memory (VSTM) using a similar lures match-to-sample task. The main findings are that hippocampal, but not neocortical ripples, ramp up during the maintenance period, peaking shortly before the memory response is given. This ramping-up effect was stronger for correct compared to incorrect trials. Furthermore, the authors show that stimulus category could be better decoded during coupled hippocampo-neocortical ripples compared to uncoupled ripples. These results provide compelling novel evidence for a role of ripples in supporting human visual short-term memory.

      Strengths:

      (1) State-of-the-art intracranial EEG in 13 patients during a well-designed visual short-term memory task, with simultaneous hippocampal and neocortical recordings.

      (2) Thorough analysis pipeline with validation to detect ripple events, and distinguish them from spurious ripple activity (i.e., as induced by IEDs).

      (3) Use of multivariate classifiers to resolve the neural representation of the stimuli.

      Weaknesses:

      It is difficult to find clear weaknesses in this paper, as the analyses are thorough, the results are clear, and the writing is excellent. However, some more sanity checks on the validity of ripples could have been conducted (i.e., making sure that ripple events have multiple peaks in the unfiltered raw signal at the ripple frequency). Also, the time window for coupled ripples appears to be a bit long, which makes it questionable to what degree these ripples are coupled (i.e., the time window is ~5 times longer than the duration of a ripple event). Lastly, the ramping-up effect could have been more clearly depicted in the figures, but that's a fairly minor point.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study combines representational similarity analysis (RSA) with 7T layer-specific fMRI and EEG to examine how neural representations in specific cortical layers of EVC and LOC correspond to the temporal dynamics of visual processing. The authors interpret these correspondences as reflecting feedforward and feedback processes, based on their relative timing and their similarity to representations in different layers of a deep neural network (DNN).

      Strengths:

      The combination of RSA with laminar fMRI is a promising approach for dissociating the functional roles and dynamics of different cortical layers within the same functional region, and it holds considerable potential for elucidating computational mechanisms both within and between levels of the visual hierarchy. However, several issues should be addressed before the authors' conclusions can be fully supported.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors report that the representation in the LOC superficial layer resembles EEG-derived neural representations at ~400 ms post-stimulus, and that this similarity is best explained by representations in the higher layers of the DNN. From these two observations, they conclude that activity in the LOC superficial layer is driven by feedback signals. However, neither line of evidence directly dissociates feedforward from feedback contributions.

      Specifically, late-stage representations in LOC could instead reflect the outcome of local recurrent computation, given that the superficial layer also serves as an output layer of the local cortical circuit. Moreover, the correlation with the DNN peaks at higher layers rather than being dominated by them, and feature tuning in higher DNN layers does not necessarily map onto higher-order cortical regions such as PFC.

      While a feedback contribution to the LOC superficial layer is consistent with theoretical predictions and known cortical anatomy, the current evidence is indirect. I would recommend that the authors either tone down this conclusion or, at a minimum, explicitly clarify the strength and limitations of the evidence in the Discussion.

      (2) I could not find information regarding the fMRI slice orientation or whether temporal regions beyond LOC were covered. The reported FOV (192 × 192 mm) seems quite large if only EVC and LOC were targeted. Did the authors acquire data from other object-selective regions in the temporal cortex, and if so, did they analyze these?

      It would strengthen the feedback interpretation considerably if the RDM of the LOC superficial layer could be shown to resemble RDMs from more anterior temporal regions, which would be consistent with feedback originating from higher-order object-processing areas.

      (3) Related to the previous point, LOC is a relatively large region, and based on the figures, it appears that the LOC ROI may contain two subregions. It would be helpful for the authors to show the location and extent of the LOC ROI in example participants.

      If the ROI does indeed span two subregions, do these subregions share the same laminar profile and temporal dynamics?

      (4) The authors report no feedback-related information in EVC, which contrasts with a number of prior fMRI studies that have demonstrated object-related feedback signals in EVC. One plausible explanation for this discrepancy is task relevance: in the present study, participants performed only a fixation color-change task, whereas in previous work they were required to attend to object features or identity (e.g., Morgan et al., 2019, J Neurosci; Kok et al., 2016, Curr Biol; Mohsenzadeh et al., 2018, eLife; Hou et al., 2026, eLife). Task demands on object processing may substantially modulate the strength of feedback signals to EVC, and this possibility warrants discussion.

      (5) A substantial body of work has used specialized paradigms to dissociate feedforward and feedback signals in EVC (e.g., Williams et al., 2008, Nat Neurosci; Fan et al., 2016, PNAS; Hou et al., 2026, eLife). These studies are directly relevant to the current work but are not cited.

      (6) Multidimensional scaling (MDS) visualizations of the RDMs (as in, e.g., Mohsenzadeh et al., 2018) are not included in the manuscript. These visualizations are important for interpreting the representational format across different layers of LOC and EVC, and I would encourage the authors to include them.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Hüppe and colleagues characterized the network of neurons in the central nervous system of Antarctic krill that contained pigment-dispersing hormone (PDH), an important output factor in the circadian clock of insects. These neurons in the brain are putative clock neurons since a subset also expressed the clock genes period and cryptochrome 2. As one of the ocean's major contributors to biomass, krill is an ecologically important marine species that experiences challenging daily and seasonal environmental fluctuations in its high-latitude habitat. A comprehensive study of krill's internal clock may help to understand the extent of its resilience to the rapidly changing climate.

      The authors used antibody staining against PDH across the whole central nervous system and additional in situ hybridization for cry2 and per mRNA, with a focus on the supraesophageal ganglion. There, they identified the major neuropils in the eye stalks and central brain of Antarctic krill. The resulting staining pattern aligns with the identified circadian clock network in insects and PDH-expressing networks in other crustaceans, making these neurons highly likely candidates for krill clock neurons.

      Strengths:

      (1) This study provides the first clues about the circadian clock architecture in a non-model organism in chronobiology, Antarctic krill, with a clear 3D reconstruction of the putative clock network.

      (2) The authors effectively place their results within the extensive body of literature on arthropod circadian clock networks to argue that the neurons they describe are likely the circadian clock in krill.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The data presented here are not sufficient to support the claim that the described network is the circadian clock because functional evidence is missing.

      (2) Additionally, the study falls short of identifying any elements of the positive limb of the canonical circadian clock transcriptional-translational feedback loop, e.g., clk or cyc, in the PDH-expressing neurons.

      (3) No sample sizes are reported, making it difficult for readers to assess the generalizability of the presented data.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Scheib et al. identify distinct calcium dynamics in the somata and tuft dendrites of layer 5 pyramidal cells in mice performing a licking task. Animals are trained to lick water ports on the left or right following an acoustic cue, and can adjust their targeting when the ports are displaced. For tongue premotor cortical neurons projecting to the ventromedial thalamus, calcium transients in tuft dendrites are tightly locked to the direction-instructive cue, while somatic calcium signals are more broadly dispersed and more frequently synchronized with tongue motion and port contact. Finally, when the targets are shifted, tufts exhibit a sparse but large corrective signal on an improperly-targeted first lick, and the changes in population activity in the tufts and somata differ after adaptation to the new port locations.

      Strengths:

      In my opinion, this is a very strong manuscript which reports several novel and significant observations, contains high-quality data and (for the most part) reasonable analyses, and is clear and well-written. Most prior studies of cortical sensorimotor processing have measured the output of neurons using extracellular recording - an approach which obscures potentially important signaling differences between neuronal compartments. This study leverages cutting-edge imaging techniques in mice to document large, time-dependent differences between calcium signals at cortical somata and tuft dendrites. This phenomenon could have major implications at the cellular level for synaptic plasticity, and at the systems and behavioral levels for motor adaptation. As described below, I have only one major technical concern (which should be addressable with additional analysis), along with several relatively minor suggestions for improving the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      At a conceptual level, the authors may wish to elaborate a bit on what sensorimotor computation they think the circuit is implementing, and how their results help explain this implementation. Several possibilities are raised: tuft activation could "prime" the pyramidal cells in advance of movement initiation (line 319ff), or could track errors to engage plasticity (line 351ff) and solve the credit assignment problem (line 362ff). It might be helpful to make one of these proposals more concrete with a computational model, but this is not strictly necessary.

      My only major technical concern relates to the analyses in Figures 4F-H, 5G-I, and 6H-K (c.f. equations 2-5). Typically, one identifies population-level factors by projecting neural activity onto fixed dimensions of interest; this makes it possible to see how activity evolves over time along interpretable coordinates. Here, however, the coding directions are redefined at each time point, so the "choice" activity at time t is actually a different signal from the "choice" activity at t+1. This procedure is a bit like comparing the activity of one neuron at one time point with the activity of a different neuron at a later time point. It also makes the physiological interpretation more complicated: if the dimensions are fixed, one can see how a downstream neuron could "read out" the signal by computing a weighted sum of the activity of upstream neurons, but it is harder to see how this could happen if the weights are always rotating.

      A few comments on the behavioral task and results. After the port shift, the error rate is quite high, and doesn't diminish much between the early and late epochs (approximately 42% and 38% error rate, respectively; Figure 1I). That is, mice do not seem to fully master the task. Clearly, animals do alter their aim, but even this does not seem to change much between early and late periods (Figure 1J). I recommend that the authors show the behavioral data at a finer level of granularity (e.g., by plotting the change in exit trajectory on all individual trials across sessions, with a loess fit) to allow an assessment of the adaptation rate and when adaptation saturates. It would also be more conventional to refer to the behavioral changes as "motor adaptation," instead of "skill learning." (The latter would be appropriate if the port offset were randomized across trials, and animals received two separate cues for direction and offset, but I suspect this task would be too difficult for mice to learn.)

      This is perhaps a semantic point, but it might not be entirely accurate to refer to the activity evoked by the directional cue as "sensory." Typically, a "sensory" response should encode some feature of a stimulus - in this case, the frequency of a tone. Here, it seems likely that the cue-aligned activity reflects the instructed lick direction, rather than the auditory information per se. (Presumably, these premotor neurons do not have well-behaved auditory tuning curves.) By comparison, in macaques performing center-out reach tasks, activity in dorsal premotor cortex rapidly ramps up following a visual cue instructing the direction of an upcoming reach, but one usually wouldn't refer to this activity as "visual" or "sensory" (though this is sometimes done). I suggest the authors either use "Instruction" or similar (e.g., in Figure 4F), or clarify in the text whether they think the activity is a genuine auditory response or something else.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The non-social task was a classic risky decision-making task with a binary choice between an option with a sure gain and a risky option with a probabilistic gain or loss. In the social task, the sure option was an individual gain (as in the non-social option) and the probabilities in the risky option, which were shown to participants, were framed as probabilities of other previous participants (i.e., "partners") to cooperate or not; a probabilistic gain (when the partner cooperated) also led to a gain of the partner, while a probabilistic loss meant that the partner would receive the amount lost by the participant. This loss was framed as "betrayal." The authors show differences in how probabilities and amounts (of gains/losses) affected choices, RTs, and ERPs (P3 and LPP).

      Strengths:

      Since participants faced decisions with the same individual payoffs in a non-social and a social condition, this setup made it possible to use identical standard analyses for choices, RTs, and ERPS as well as (almost) identical economic models for the two conditions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The task does not include many components that are usually considered central for cooperation or "betrayal" and this is not discussed appropriately. At the same time, the "emotional aspects" of the operationalized "betrayal" are not directly assessed.

      a) The standard economic game for cooperation is the prisoner's dilemma, in which participants make independent choices at the same time without getting any explicit information on the cooperation probability of their partner before they make their decisions. Furthermore, most of the time the interactions are repeated. Actually, the trust game as one other frequently used economic game, also includes a back and forth of transfers between the partners. So, here, I am not so convinced by the operationalization of a low cooperation probability, which is shown before the decision, as "betrayal." The authors should motivate and explain their rationale more clearly in reference to such other tasks.

      b) The setup of the task, especially the fake interaction with the fake partners, should be made clearer in the main text (before reporting the results). I would argue for including the task picture in the main text.

      c) In general, I am in favour of taking participants' choice behaviour as the main outcome measure. But given the strong implications of "emotional costs" made by the authors, I would have expected some ratings of "betrayal" on a trial-by-trial basis. I would at least include this as a shortcoming.

      d) Also, given the framing of the study, I would have expected some exploratory analyses regarding individual differences with respect to, e.g., social value orientation, etc. I would at least include this as an outlook.

      (2) The standard statistical analyses could be improved.

      a) It is good that the authors have rather long sections using standard regression analyses. But they are a bit lengthy, and the modelling should be more prominent.

      b) In a couple of places, the authors say something like "this is significant, but that is not." Here, it has been made very clear that the interaction term needs to be looked at. As far as I can see, this has not always been done.

      c) For this binary choice, the difference in expected value (EV) between the sure and the risky options is one crucial comparison. But the authors never take that into account. This difference does not depend on the amount, which the authors dub "principal." That is, the sure option simply has an EV of x, i.e., the amount. The risky option has the EV = p2x + (1-p)0.5x, with p being the probability of gain/cooperation. That is, the two options have the same EV at p=1/3, independent of x. This should be made clear.

      d) Relatedly, RTs should depend on the differences in EV (and not so much on p or on x per se). This can be seen by the more or less quadratic relationship between p and RTs (Fig 1A), with a peak around a p of 1/3.

      e) RTs are often log-transformed. It should be briefly mentioned why this was not done here.

      (3) The modelling evidence is relatively weak. This is my main point.

      a) (Cumulative) prospect theory should be introduced.

      b) The models seem overly complicated with many free parameters. I would have expected some simpler versions and more comparisons between models that differ in just one parameter.

      - e.g., it is really nice that the authors used a probability weighting function. BTW: Please describe this more clearly in the introduction and in the results. But for this limited range of probabilities, this might be too much.

      - e.g., why directly assume two different exponents in the utility function for gains and losses, and in addition a loss aversion parameter lambda? Only lambda would be a better starting point here.

      c) The differences in AIC (Figure 2A) seem rather minuscule, and the distribution of winning models is not very peaked. I am not convinced that Model 3 is the winning model.

      d) Crucially, and related to the previous points, judging from Fig 2C, the "betrayal" parameter kappa seems to be zero for about half of the participants. The authors should look into this.

      - Would a model just like model 3 but without kappa (i.e., kappa set to zero) perform better? Is this just model 2?

      - How is kappa set in the non-social condition?

      - This massive skew, to say the least, is never discussed.

      - A correlation is definitely not warranted.

      (4) The ERP results seem to me rather superficial. But I am not an EEG expert.

      a) The authors do not seem to look at the outcome phase, which could be interesting for differences in reward/loss processing in the two task versions.

      b) Again, differences in EV seem to be more important from a conceptual point than probabilities or amounts; see my comment 2d.

      c) Also, the authors report ERPs for the two task types separately but do not seem to run proper comparisons between them, see my comment 2b.

      (5) Preregistration: It should be made very clear early on that this study was not preregistered.

      (6) Quality checks: The authors should check if some participants are outliers in terms of the number of missed trials, always choosing the same option, etc. It is notoriously difficult to find good post hoc reasons for excluding participants (one reason why replications and preregistrations are important). In any case, the data quality should be checked and described a bit more.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Demeshkina and Ferré-D'Amaré showed that extrachromosomal circular DNA (eccDNA) and chromatin-associated proteins are present in stress granules, based on proteomic and sequencing analyses. Using HCR-FISH combined with imaging, the authors showed the colocalization of eccDNA with stress granule proteins. Furthermore, they found that CRISPR machinery targeting the eccDNA component of stress granules disrupts stress granule assembly, and that this effect is largely independent of Cas9 endonuclease activity. Notably, expression of cytoplasmic chromatin factors restores stress granule formation in the presence of CRISPR machinery in yeasts. This also rescues the growth defect caused by hypoxic stress, which correlates with impaired stress granule formation. Together, this manuscript provides insight into the presence of eccDNA in cytoplasmic membraneless organelles, specifically stress granules, and suggests a functional role for eccDNA within these structures under stress conditions.

      Strengths:

      The authors used a panel of ribonucleases to demonstrate that stress granule cores isolated from yeast and HEK293 cells are resistant to plasmid-safe DNase, an enzyme that does not degrade circular double-stranded DNA. To further support the presence of extrachromosomal circular DNA (eccDNA) in stress granules, they performed Circle-Seq on stress granule cores. The gel electrophoresis and sequencing experiments complement each other well, providing consistent evidence for eccDNA within these granules. Overall, this study provides insight into potential cytoplasmic roles for eccDNA, an area that remains largely unexplored.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Figure 1F suggests that stress granule cores are susceptible to DNase I but not to plasmid-safe DNase (psDNase). However, its smearing pattern in the psDNase condition appears similar to that in the DNase I treatment shown in Figure 1E, although psDNase produces more discrete bands. The authors should comment on these differences between Figures 1E and 1F, or consider revising Figure 1F to improve consistency with Figures 1E and 1D.

      (2) The authors should clearly define "colocalization". Does it refer to complete spatial overlap between two signals (i.e., VCP and T30), or partial overlap (i.e., AHNAK DNA and G3BP)? Figure 3 and the associated text are descriptive. Quantitative analysis would strengthen the conclusions. For example, the authors could analyze the fraction of molecules localized to stress granules or provide Pearson's correlation coefficient or similar measurements.

      (3) The authors used a CRISPR-based approach to target the Ty1 LTR retrotransposon, an abundant stress granule eccDNA, and they observed a loss of stress granule formation. However, this phenotype may be specific to Ty1 eccDNA rather than representative of all eccDNA species present in granules. In particular, the title "Cytoplasmic circular DNA is a key constituent of stress granules" implies a broader role. To support this claim, the authors should consider approaches that more globally deplete eccDNA rather than targeting a single eccDNA.

      (4) The authors should provide additional experimental evidence to support the claim that eccDNA is packaged in a chromatin-like state. The rescue of stress granule formation by ectopic expression of modified chromatin-associated proteins (CHD1NES and GCN5NES) following CRISPR treatment does not necessarily demonstrate that eccDNA is packaged like chromatin under basal conditions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, the authors study optimal chemotactic navigation of bacteria in disordered environments. Most previous work has studied bacterial chemotaxis in free liquid, but navigation in obstructed environments is gaining more attention. Here, the authors first used the classic swim plate assay to select E. coli for chemotaxis in soft agar at two agar concentrations. In the higher concentration, they observed that the population's migration speed increased and the mean run duration decreased over selection cycles. Importantly, the growth rate did not change, so the change in migration speed was due to improved chemotaxis. Then, using a strain in which they could control the mean run duration with an inducible promoter, they measured population migration speed as a function of mean run duration, observing a peak. In liquid, theory predicts a peak when the run duration is comparable to the time scale of rotational diffusion. Here, the peak is at a much shorter run duration, and the optimal run duration decreased with agar concentration. A key feature in previous studies of bacterial motion in obstructed environments has been the dynamics of cell trapping and escape via tumbling. By directly visualizing the flagella in single cells, the authors found that the majority of trap events in semisolid agar did not end with a tumble. This is important because it means that the peak in the migration speed has a different origin from the peak typically seen in the diffusion coefficient, which is due to a balance between longer runs and less time spent trapped. Instead, using a minimal theoretical model, the authors argue that the peak in the migration speed is due to a balance between longer runs, which improve chemotaxis, and having those runs terminate with a tumble rather than a trap event, because runs that end with trapping do not result in up-gradient bias. Qualitatively similar behavior is seen in simulations of a more complex model of chemotaxis.

      Overall, we find the results to be significant and the evidence to be strong. We have some comments, which the authors need to address to improve/clarify their work:

      (1) The authors' model predicts that, because cells spontaneously escape traps without tumbling, the diffusion coefficient should depend monotonically on mean run length even though the chemotaxis coefficient is non-monotonic. It would strengthen the paper if the authors could show this to be true in experiments. Part of the reason for this comment is that the flagella labeling experiments were done in agar that was rapidly cooled in a freezer and then thawed, whereas the migration experiments were performed in agar cooled at room temperature. Our (anecdotal) understanding is that the cooling rate dramatically affects the properties of the agar mesh. Verifying that diffusivity is monotonic in mean run length would therefore show that cells' spontaneous escape from traps is not an artifact of the cooling protocol.

      (2) Two agar densities were used in their study (0.2%, 0.3%). As shown in Figure 1, while cells in the 0.3% agar showed significant improvements during the directed evolutionary experiments, the cells in 0.2% agar didn't. Correspondingly, the evolved average run time did not show significant changes in the 0.2% agar, but it decreased in the 0.3% agar. What is the reason for this difference? Does it mean the cells are already optimized for the 0.2% agar medium?

      (3) Related to the previous comment, the comparison between Figure 1 and Figure 2 should be made clearer. In Figure 2, a peak performance at an intermediate run time is shown, with the optimal run time decreasing with the agar density. Qualitatively, this result, i.e., the existence of the peak performance, gives the evolution experiments shown in Figure 1 a nice explanation. However, quantitatively, the run times shown in Figures 1 and 2 are quite different. For example, for the 0.3% agar case, the change of run time decreases from ~0.6sec. in cycle-1 to ~0.4sec in cycle-40. However, in Figure 2, the optimal run time is ~0.9sec., which means that the migration speed would decrease if the run time is decreased from 0.6sec to 0.4sec. We understand this may only be considered as a qualitative result. However, it does raise the question of what the molecular mechanisms are that drive the directed evolution, which the authors should address.

      (4) In Figure 3B, the distributions of speed in different media (liquid versus agar) for cells with bundled and split flagella are shown. While the distribution for the bundled flagella shows nicely the emergence of the trapped state (peak near zero speed), the distribution for the split flagella shows a significant shift of the distribution. Does this mean the agar medium also changes the tumble state significantly? In fact, we are puzzled by the observation that in bulk liquid, the run speed distribution for cells with split flagella seems to be quite similar to that of cells with bundled flagella, which might indicate problems in determining run speed.

      (5) Finally, none of the points plotted have error bars. Error bars would allow the readers to evaluate i) whether the changes in mean run speed during selection are significantly resolved and ii) whether the peaks in the migration speeds are significantly resolved.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Eroglu and Hobert demonstrate that injecting CRISPR guides and repair constructs to target three genes at a time, tagging each with a different fluorescent protein, and selecting which gene to tag with which fluorophore based on genes' expression levels, can improve efficiency of gene tagging.

      Strengths:

      This manuscript demonstrates that three genes can be targeted efficiently with three different fluorophores. It also presents some practical considerations, like using the fluorophore least complicated by agar/worm autofluorescence for genes with low expression levels, and cost calculations if the same methods were used on all genes.

      Weaknesses:

      Eroglu has demonstrated in a previous publication that single-stranded DNA injection can increase efficiency of CRISPR in C. elegans, while inserting two fluorescent proteins and a co-CRISPR marker into three loci, and Paix et al 2015 demonstrated simultaneous insertion of two fluorescent tags. The current work is valuable and incremental advance. In general, I applaud the authors' willingness to strategize about how whole proteome tagging might be accomplished. I predict that the advance here will be one of many small advances that will get the field to that goal. The title oversells the advance presented, in my view, since seems like one among many key advances, and the first sentence of the Discussion seems a more apt summary of the key advance here.

      Some injections targeted genes on the same chromosome together, which will create unnecessary issues when doing crossing that will be useful for some future experiments. This made me wonder if injecting 3 together really is helpful vs targeting each gene separately, since only 5 worms need to be injected. It cuts time down by 2/3, but perhaps avoiding targeting the same chromosome with two tags would be useful.

      The limited utility of current blue fluorescent proteins makes me wonder if it's worth using at this stage, before there are better blue fluorescent proteins, or better yet, far red, to avoid issues with live imaging under phototoxic UV or near-UV illumination.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript has been improved in response to the reviewing. Although overinterpretation has been partially reduced compared to the previous version, the main concerns on the manuscript remain. The experiments have been conducted according to rigorous standards and the limitations of the results have been discussed to provide a comprehensive interpretation. However, this still represents an incomplete study in which the conclusions are insufficiently supported by the data provided.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors identify and investigate a specific population of PVNOT neurons (oxytocin neurons of the paraventricular hypothalamus) that seem to be involved in both behavioral and autonomic thermoregulation. These cells are activated by social thermoregulatory behaviors, but can influence thermoregulation in both social and social contexts, specifically during transitions and when mice are at low core body temperature (Tb).

      Strengths:

      The manuscript has many strengths.

      This is a novel study, with a clear question that is addressed using an array of well-designed experiments employing integrative methods. Most of the Figures are well developed, and the analysis is generally rigorous and well detailed. The authors are clearly very experienced in this field, and indeed their scholarly introduction and discussion sections is in their credit.

      The link between thermoregulation and the oxytocin system is well established, as is the link between social behavioral and the same broad system. However, the link between these three things is novel, if it can be well substantiated. I am not persuaded that was achieved here, but I do think this manuscript has many novel and useful offerings.

      The authors use a cooling floor and only go town to 10 degrees Celsius. This is fine, but I would like to see the effects using ambient temperature also. This is not a crucial issue, as it is not necessary for the authors' interpretations, but it could improve measurement sensitivity.

      Through an elegant behavioral experiment in Fig. 1, the authors identify c-Fos patterns in the PVN that are activated by active social huddling, and they show that at the RNA level these cells overlap with oxytocin, indicating that they are oxytocin producing cells. But this is not well discussed or indeed quantified.

      The authors engage in deep analysis of fiber photometry experiments, first by observing PVNOT neuron overall activity during a variety of different behaviors in the context of three different temperatures. Activity was associated with nesting, quiescence, and both types of huddling (when social opportunities exist). Social situations did not strongly effect this, not did temperature conditions. These analyses indicate that the PVNOT neurons are involved in mediating specific behavioral outputs.

      With more detailed analysis, the authors investigated how PVNOT neuronal activity relate to behavioral state transition. They found that the probability of peak PVNOT neural activity strongly predicts the offset of quiescence or quiescent huddling and therefore can be argued to signal an increase in physical activity, and as such increased metabolism. However, the opposite pattern was observed for huddling and nesting (onset being associated with PVNOT activity), again arguing for increased thermogenesis as a function.

      What is particularly compelling is that these peaks of activity tend to occur during low Tb, again arguing for the function in increasing body warmth.

      The authors then employ an impressive set-up where they image brown dispose tissue (BAT) in tandem with DeepLabCut (DLC) based animal tracking. Crucially, BAT activity and surface temperature correlated with the calcium peak of PVNOT neurons.

      Lastly, optogenetic activation of PVNOT neurons increased Tb when it was in the lower range, but not when in the higher ranger. It also affected BAT and rump temperature, again at low Tb. However, there is no real affect on behavior, except a trend in activity.

      The authors do some interesting tracing work at the end, though this is not functionally explored. That's not a criticism as it does seem like this would be a follow-up whole study.

      Comments on revised version.

      As discussed before, the authors employ a wide range of techniques (FOS IHC, FP for fine scale PVN OXT population dynamics, behavioural analysis, core and surface temperature tracking, physiological recordings to assess AAV specificity, optogenetic activation of PVN OXT neurons, and projection tracing) to address a clear question. The outcomes of these techniques seem to drive the same conclusion that PVN OXT neurons signal transitions from rest to arousal (behavioural and thermogenic) in a state-dependent manner:

      - FOS data identifies PVN OXT population activity following behavioural onset

      - Ca activity in these cells peaks at behavioural and thermogenic state transitions

      - Rump temperature and BAT activity increase at state transition points

      - Optogenetic stimulation of these cells recapitulates the thermogenic effects seen during physiological state transitions (in low body temperature animals) with a trending increase in physical activity

      Despite the inconclusive IHC results when validating the specificity of their AAV, the virgin female/ lactation experiment is convincing that they are specifically targeting PVN OXT neurons. The rationale for this experiment is clearer in the revised manuscript.

      Generally, in terms of the revised manuscript, the authors give strong responses to reviewer comments, either incorporating feedback, or giving clear explanations for the choices they made in the original manuscript. The revised manuscript is clearer about the question the authors aim to address, the reasons for their choice of experiments, and the limitations of the techniques used.

      Criticisms:

      I appreciate and agree with the authors' point that this manuscript is more fundamental than simply social basis oxytocin neuron function. This is point is well made by their data, and in the revised text. However, I still believe more behavioural analysis would be welcome to any reader.

      They partly justify the lack of behavioural analysis in Figure 6 with the problem of "animal merging" on the SGBS images. However, in Figure 6C, they confirm that, in solo conditions, the SGBS readings are consistent with core body temperature readings. So why not stick to core body temperature, opto stimulate and analyse the social behaviour with DLC (with normal video recordings)?

      The lactation validation still seems out of place in manuscript order. It is a very valuable validation, but it feels more like supplementary data for Figure 1. I feel the authors wanted it as a main figure because of how much work it must have been. In that case, it still makes more sense to include it in Figure 1.

      Though their lactation experiment validates that they are targeting PVN OXT neurons, their optogenetic stimulation protocol may not be specifically inducing OXT release from these cells. PVN OXT neurons co-release glutamate but can also release glutamate independently of OXT following lower frequency tonic stimulation. OXT release from PVN neurons requires pulsatile stimulation at a higher frequency (Leithead et al., 2021; Piñol et al., 2014; Lincoln & Wakerley, 1975). In this paper, the authors use a low stimulation frequency (10Hz) and continuous pulse train (20s) to optogenetically manipulate the target PVN population which may bias the cells towards glutamate release over OXT. Therefore, though they find evidence that PVN OXT neurons are involved in driving the transition between states in their other experiments, their optogenetic stimulation may not necessarily involve OXT release/signalling. It may be valuable to separate this out to identify the signalling molecule underlying this behavioural/ thermogenic transition. This could be done by using an opto protocol that recapitulates physiological OXT release.<br /> The authors do however mention that isolating the specific contribution of OXT signalling compared to other co-transmitted molecules was not the aim of this study, so this is not an essential question for this manuscript.

      A loss of function experiment to test for sufficiency would be a nice addition to further confirm their claims, but the authors mention that there were technical limitations to their attempts at inhibiting PVN OXT neurons. I appreciate the authors declaring that the DREADDs attempt suffered from unfortunate confounds. But for optogenetic attempts, I don't think they need a closed-loop system to get some useful results. They still can shine the light at "random" moments (that will correspond to random body temperatures) and then separate the data per body temperature.

      Lastly, the mention of Raam et al. 2026 is insufficient. The authors just mention it regarding the potential differences with males, to be explored in future experiments. Even if not using males in the current study doesn't affect the stated conclusions, the fact that they chose females because "their thermo-behavioural states were readily discernible" is a considerable bias. Testing males in this very study might be out of scope, but more discussion is warranted.

      References

      Leithead, A. B., Tasker, J. G., & Harony-Nicolas, H. (2021). The interplay between glutamatergic circuits and oxytocin neurons in the hypothalamus and its relevance to neurodevelopmental disorders. Journal of neuroendocrinology, 33(12), e13061. https://doi.org/10.1111/jne.13061

      Lincoln, D. W., & Wakerley, J. B. (1975). Factors governing the periodic activation of supraoptic and paraventricular neurosecretory cells during suckling in the rat. The Journal of physiology, 250(2), 443-461. https://doi.org/10.1113/jphysiol.1975.sp011064

      Piñol, R. A., Jameson, H., Popratiloff, A., Lee, N. H., & Mendelowitz, D. (2014). Visualization of oxytocin release that mediates paired pulse facilitation in hypothalamic pathways to brainstem autonomic neurons. PloS one, 9(11), e112138. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0112138

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the reviewers' comments adequately and revised the manuscript accordingly.]

      Summary:

      In the submitted manuscript, Steinbach et al describe the formation of a detergent-resistant "cloud" around the Legionella-containing vacuole (LCV) that functions as a protective barrier. The authors show that formation of the "cloud" barrier is contingent upon the phosphoribosyl-ubiquitination activity of the SidE/SdeABC effector family, and is temporally regulated, with the assembly and subsequent disassembly of the "cloud" coinciding with replication and vacuolar expansion. The authors postulate a model of "cloud" barrier formation that relies upon a wave of initial ubiquitination by the SidC effector family, after which the SidE/SdeABC family expands the ubiquitination and forms cross-links that render the ubiquitin cloud resistant to harsh detergents. Additionally, Steinbach et al. also demonstrate that Rab5 is recruited to the LCV and remains associated for a considerable period.

      Strengths:

      This manuscript is very well written, with clear justification provided for experiments that make it very easy to follow along with the experimental logic. The figures have clearly been designed with much thought and are easy to interpret. Steinbach et al have also done a commendable job of addressing the previous reviewers' comments, even though some may suggest that some of these comments could be viewed as slightly unreasonable. This work would be of interest to both the Legionella and ubiquitin fields. Legionella researchers would potentially be interested to explore the proposed barrier model as the function for the ubiquitin "cloud," whereas ubiquitin researchers may be interested in exploring the mechanisms underlying SidE's crosslinking ability.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors conducted a time-course of whole-body transcriptional analysis of a pest aphid, Rhopalosiphum padi, and identified four major clusters of the genes that show diurnal rhythmicity in transcription. In addition, they have conducted the analysis of aphid feeding behaviour and showed that aphids salivate longer from the end of the day toward the beginning of the night while their phloem feeding time does not change throughout a day. The genes up-regulated at nighttime were enriched with the genes involved in metabolic activities, collaborating with the results showing higher number of honeydew excretion at night. The authors identified the list of candidate salivary genes that show diurnal rhythmicity in the transcription and silenced a salivary gene C002 and the candidate salivary gene E8696. Silencing of these genes reduced aphid fecundity and survival rate on the host plant but not on the artificial diet.

      Strengths:

      The time-course transcription study and its analysis will be of interest to researchers studying diurnal rhythms in insect biology. Also, the analysis of aphid feeding behaviour at different time of day is interesting. This study provides variable resources for those who study insect biology.

      Weaknesses:

      Without the knowledge of the functions of the salivary effectors, especially their targets, it is hard to conclude that the rhythmical expression is important for the aphid performance. In addition, it is not clear whether increase of gene expression is directly corelated with the increase of protein secretion into the saliva and the plant.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Huang et al. examined ACC response during a novel discrimination-avoid task. The authors concluded that ACC neurons primarily encode post-action variables over extended periods, reflecting the animal's preceding actions rather than the outcomes or values of those actions. The authors have made considerable revision to address the raised the concerns. However, it appears that some important issues remain unresolved.

      To what extent ACC neurons encode post action content remain as a major concern. This may be at least partially attributed by the analysis methods. If I understand it correctly, the authors compared pre- vs post-event neural activity and looked for significant changed. By default, this is to look for post-event changes, rather than pre-event. As a result, it would lead to the conclusion 'Our study also reveals that ACC neurons play a limited role in encoding pre-action variables associated with decision-making or planning, as evidenced by their minimal responses to auditory cues and the modest activity changes prior to shuttle initiation'.

      To determine whether ACC encode pre-action variables or planning, different time windows should be used in the analysis.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates whether the distribution of receptors and transporters of neurotransmitters accounts for the topography of cortical activity of confidence and surprise in probability learning. The authors first examined the invariance of functional correlates of confidence and surprises with multiple fMRI studies and then investigated whether 20 PET-derived receptor and transporter density maps account for this cortical invariant activity of confidence and surprise in probabilistic learning. Beyond these specific findings, the main novelty of this study lies in its attempt to bridge neuromodulatory systems and cognitive processes using neuroimaging data. This integrative approach is particularly valuable, as it showcases a framework to combine neurochemical architecture and cognitive computations.

      Strengths:

      This study attempts to link neuromodulatory systems with cognitive processes involved in probabilistic learning. Although the role of neuromodulatory systems in learning has been highlighted in several influential previous studies, it has not yet been widely investigated or systematically related to functional neuroimaging data so far. The authors used an efficient approach to address this question by combining group-averaged neurotransmitter maps with functional results from multiple fMRI studies using probabilistic learning tasks with similar structures. This approach provides informative insights into the relationship between the distribution of neuromodulatory systems and cognitive processes from neuroimaging data.

      Weaknesses:

      One limitation of the study stems from the unavoidable constraints of relying on pre-existing datasets rather than data specifically collected to address the present research question. Because the four fMRI studies differed in their measurements and task structures, the authors defined confidence and surprise on the basis of ideal observer behavior. Thus, "confidence" and "surprise" are not related to individual decision or subjective value, and the PET data is also from group-level data. Thus, it certainly has a limitation in linking with individual learning performance and brain activity. Also, "surprise" in this study does not seem to capture the nature of "surprise" in the learning process, which is a violation of expectation, as it was calculated with improbability. Moreover, the correlation of Study 1-4 for surprise was not consistent and not strong enough to argue for spatial invariance. Thus, these results may not yet be fully conclusive.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study uses stacked encoding models to characterize differences in sensory (visual and auditory) processing between autistic and non-autistic children and adolescents. The authors found no significant enhancement of low-level feature encoding in either visual or auditory cortex, but reduced high-level visual representations and a relative shift toward low-level over high-level visual feature encoding in the posterior superior temporal sulcus (pSTS). The shift in pSTS correlated with social symptom severity (SRS scores). These findings support weak central coherence (WCC) theory over enhanced perceptual functioning (EPF) theory, suggesting an altered visual feature encoding in pSTS in autism.

      Strengths:

      This study uses sophisticated methodology and an open data set with a relatively large sample size. fMRI data are acquired during a naturalistic paradigm (i.e., movie watching), which promotes attention and engagement among participants, and provides greater ecological validity. The use of encoding models to explore population-level differences in neural representations of stimulus-computable features is novel. Overall, results provide somewhat modest yet still informative evidence for adjudicating between possible theories of altered sensory processing in autism.

      Weaknesses:

      Some important methodological details are missing and/or require justification. Some potential confounding factors or unconsidered differences between individuals and/or diagnostic groups should be explored and possibly addressed. Specific major and minor points are raised below.

      Major comments:

      (1) Unclear description of noise ceiling calculation (line 205-206, 632-634) and potential heterogeneity: it is not clear what data were "split" for the split-half correlation used to calculate noise ceilings. To our knowledge, each participant watched each movie once each, so there is no within-subject repetition available. Were these correlations across participants (i.e., ISC)? If so, does this across-subject metric provide a fair representation of the true noise ceiling, given that a) encoding models themselves are trained within subjects and b) autistic individuals are known to exhibit more idiosyncrasy in responses to naturalistic stimuli (e.g., Hasson et al., 2008)? Moreover, do noise ceilings differ between individual participants, diagnostic groups, and/or with age? If so, how might these differences affect the interpretation of results (e.g., R2 differences)?

      (2) Possibly underperforming visual model: given that the visual model in general performed worse than the audio model, the visual vs audio perceptual preference analyses (line 281-290) might be affected by the underlying mismatch between model performance. Though the visual and auditory regions showed similar noise ceilings (Figure 2 S1B), the stacked model performed better in auditory regions than in visual or multimodal regions (Figure 2 S1A). Supporting the same idea, the visual model in general showed lower fitting R2 than the audio model (Figure 2 S2A, Figure 2 S3A vs B). Instead of using mean motion (line 608-614), applying PCA on the raw features might help reduce noise inherent in the raw motion energy features (Malik et al., 2026), therefore improving model performance.

      (3) The clipping procedure for unique variance (lines 634-637) requires justification: the unique variance is defined by subtracting high-level R² from stacked R² with explicit clipping when high-level R² is negative or exceeds stacked R². However, in the original stacked regression framework (Lin et al., 2024), unique variance is defined by simple subtraction without such post-hoc adjustment, as the negative R2 is still meaningful, indicating the model performs worse than predicting using the mean value. This requires justification. How frequently does clipping occur, and in which brain regions? Is it an indicator of overfitting or poor model performance? How substantially do results change if clipping is removed? E.g., the hemisphere dominance comparison (line 271-280, Figure 6). Critically, does this procedure affect the key finding regarding SRS/sensory symptom severity correlations in pSTS?

      (4) The interpretation of the correlation between SRS with neural patterns is misleading (line 237-242, line 364-366): based on Figure 3, SRS and SSS showed more significant and robust relationship with unique variance of high-level visual feature, meaning that the decrement of high-level feature encoding in STSvp and STSdp, rather than the relative low-level preference, is likely driving the relationship with autism severity and sensory symptom.

      (5) Details are missing about how data from the two movie runs were combined. Were the time series concatenated without regard to which movie they originally came from, or was the distinction between movies taken into account for purposes of splitting data into train/test cross-validation folds? The results would be stronger if the authors could show that results replicate across the two movies when they are each analyzed independently, though we recognize that there is perhaps not enough data, especially in the shorter [~4min] movie, to do this. The authors discussed this in lines 412-417, but it would be helpful to provide a justification in the Methods section as well.

      (6) Potential feature weight differences across individuals and/or diagnostic categories: since the encoding models were trained for each subject, is there significant variability in feature weights across individuals and/or diagnostic categories (e.g., did the model predictions heavily rely on face for the non-ASD group but not for the ASD group)? If so, how does this change the interpretation of the R2 comparisons? The authors showed the results of stacked feature weight differences between diagnostic categories and their relationship with autism severity and sensory symptoms, but it might be informative to show the raw feature weightings before diving into stacked-weight differences.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Evidence for visual representation of animacy.

      Strengths:

      This is a very cool paper that casts light on a persistent problem in the psychology and philosophy of visual representation: is there high-level perception? Every vision scientist agrees that low-level features such as shape, color, texture, motion and spatial frequency are represented in visual perception, but there is a great deal of controversy about the representation of high-level properties such as causation, faces, agency and animacy. Animacy is especially problematic because there are large differences in line curvature between stimuli that represent animate and inanimate items.

      This article uses a novel approach-visual "anagrams" that are exactly the same image, except one is rotated 90 degrees relative to the other. They found persistent differences in visual processing between animate and inanimate stimuli. (Of course, the stimuli aren't animate-they represent animate items.). For example, there were processing differences between changes between animate and inanimate items (rabbit to boot) that were not present in rabbit to dog. They also showed such differences in two kinds of visual search tasks.

      Of course, there are feature differences that exploit orientation. A classic example is the difference between a square and a diamond that is produced from the square by rotating it 45 degrees.

      They addressed an aspect of this challenge having to do with some features using silhouettes. There was no search advantage for silhouetted stimuli.

      Weaknesses:

      I thought this was an excellent submission. I have two suggestions for revision:

      (1) I thought that experiment 7 should have been described in more detail, with the upshot explained better. What exactly do the authors take it to show?

      (2) There should be a candid discussion of what the loose ends are and how they might be addressed. It would be good to have some examples like the square/diamond case with some indication of what would address such challenges.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Deepak V. Raya and colleagues combined behavioral measures with EEG recordings to investigate how distractors presented during the working memory delay influence memory representations. Using oriented gratings as stimuli and a continuous estimation task, the authors systematically manipulated factors that may modulate distractor interference, including the behavioral relevance of the WM item (cued vs. uncued) and the spatial relationship between the distractor and the WM item. By analyzing the relative orientation between the WM item and the distractor, the authors showed that distractors presented at the same location as the WM item induced an attractive bias (i.e., reported orientations biased toward that of the distractor), whereas distractors presented at the opposite location produced a weaker effect, with any systematic bias tending to be repulsive. Through a combination of behavioral analyses and EEG-based decoding, the authors further examined and revealed factors that modulate the magnitude of distractor interference, including cueing status, the strength of memory maintenance, distractor timing, and neural indices of distractor encoding and gating. Lastly, the authors propose a computational account of these effects by implementing a two-layer ring attractor model that captures several key behavioral patterns observed in the data.

      Strengths:

      The influence of distractors on working memory has been extensively studied both behaviorally and with neuroimaging. The present study advances this literature by providing a more comprehensive account that jointly manipulates and quantifies many key factors, including cueing (behavioral relevance), the spatial relationship between WM items and distractors, and distractor timing. This integrative approach enables a more systematic characterization of how different sources of interference interact. A particular strength of the study is the use of EEG combined with multivariate decoding to track the dynamics of memory and distractor representations. Compared to prior fMRI work, this approach provides a time-resolved view of how encoding, maintenance, and distractor processing unfold over time. This is especially valuable for dissociating memory maintenance and stimulus encoding, or gating contribute to behavioral interference, which is more difficult to achieve with fMRI.

      Behaviorally, while most previous studies have reported attractive biases by distractors, the current study identified a repulsive effect when distractors were in the opposite hemifield from the WM item. Overall, the study provides a rich investigation of distractor interference in working memory and will be of interest to researchers studying the neural and computational mechanisms that protect memory representations from distraction.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In the paragraph starting around line 125, the authors reported a 2-way ANOVA (cue/uncued × same/opposite side) restricted to trials in which a distractor was present. However, the subsequent post-hoc analyses compared distractor-present trials (same or opposite side) with no-distractor trials, which were not included in the ANOVA. While both analyses were informative, presenting them together in this way was somewhat confusing, as the post-hoc tests extended beyond the factors and conditions analyzed by the ANOVA. I suggest presenting these analyses separately and clarifying their distinct purposes. Additionally, Figure 1C appeared to reflect only the pairwise comparisons; including a figure that directly visualizes the two-way ANOVA results would improve clarity.

      (2) In lines 138-150, the authors fitted von Mises functions to the distributions of memory error and reported that the effect of distractor location (same vs. opposite) was stronger in the uncued condition than in the cued condition. However, this result appears difficult to reconcile with the earlier 2-way ANOVA, which showed no interaction between cueing and distractor location. It is unclear whether this discrepancy arose from differences in the dependent measures (CSD vs. κ), statistical procedures, or other factors. Clarifying how these two sets of results should be interpreted together would improve the clarity of the findings.

      (3) For the analyses in Figures 1B and 1D, parametric functions were fitted to the distributions of memory error using aggregated data. Models of memory error distributions have been central to ongoing debates in the working memory literature (e.g., Schurgin, Wixted, & Brady, 2020; van den Berg, Awh, & Ma, 2014). Fitting functions/curves to aggregated data can be problematic, as it distorts the underlying distributions at the individual level. I suggest performing the fits on the individual data and analyzing the fitted parameters across participants using appropriate group-level statistical tests.

      (4) At the end of the first Results section (lines 234-235), the authors concluded that cued memoranda were "better shielded from interference" than uncued memoranda. However, I did not see a clear statistical test directly supporting this. This statement appeared to rely mainly on Figure 1D, which showed a stronger location effect (same vs. opposite) when the memory item was uncued. However, this analysis does not directly test whether distractors impair uncued items more than cued items overall. Supporting this broader claim would require a direct comparison of distractor effects (e.g., distractor vs. no-distractor) between cued and uncued conditions, or an interaction test involving cueing and distractor presence (e.g., either by pooling different distractor locations, or focusing on the same-location condition if opposite-location distractors show no significant effect).

      (5) While the attractive and repulsive biases are an interesting finding, it was demonstrated only at the behavioral level. It would be informative to examine whether the biases are reflected in the decoding results. For example, after deriving trial-wise orientation tuning functions, one could estimate decoded orientations (e.g., via vector averaging or the peak of the tuning curve) and assess bias at the neural level. Although EEG SNR may limit recovery of full function of the memory error (e.g., Figure 1F-G), grouping trials into fewer bins (even with just two bins) may still allow detection of the overall direction of the bias in the decoding results. This type of decoding bias has been reported in other contexts (GY Bae - NeuroImage, 2021).

      (6) The analysis P2/P3a requires more explanations. Typically, these components are extracted from trial-averaged ERP. The methods section also mentioned "averaged across channels and trials to obtain the ERP waveform." However, to split the trials, these components have to be identified at a single-trial level. More details are needed in the Methods.

      (7) Components such as P3a are often linked to attentional capture and orienting, which would predict increased, rather than decreased, distractor interference. The interpretation of this signal as reflecting gating appears to be inferred from the observed relationship between larger P3a amplitudes and weaker interference. The N2pc component is a well-established index of spatial attention allocation and may be particularly relevant (and useful) here, given the lateralized distractor. Have the authors tested whether distractor-evoked N2pc can be used to split trials and examine its relationship with the bias?

      (8) Line 676 in the Discussion states "possibly by error-correcting top-down control mechanisms." It is unclear which results provide support for this interpretation, except that there are stronger feedback connections at the cued location in the attractor ring model.

    1. Joint Public Review:

      Cardiolipin, is a key lipid constituent of mitochondrial membranes. Perturbation of its abundance is thus poised to affect broad aspects of mitochondrial function. Given the important role of mitochondria, it is not surprising that cardiolipin deficiency would have pervasive effects on cell physiology.

      The original version of this paper advanced the idea that cardiolipin deficiency, and the attendant mitochondrial dysfunction, plays a causative role in the progression of fatty liver (a common feature in the human population) to a more pathogenic inflammatory state known as steatohepatitis. Given the prevalence of this form of liver disease in the human population this claim for discovery was deemed sufficiently interesting to merit peer review at eLife.

      Peer review reaffirmed the importance of the claim but also revealed important limitations in the experimental support provided. Specifically, the lack of experimental interventions that uncouple the correlation between progression in a mouse model and changes in cardiolipin abundance to test the causal relationship. The review process also recognised the utility of other aspects of the paper, namely the evidence implicating cardiolipin deficiency in altered properties of the mitochondrial membrane, its contribution to an electron leak and the potential for these features to contribute to pathology.

      The revised version of the manuscript now focuses on the importance of cardiolipin sufficiency to mitochondrial integrity and contains various improvements to the data supporting this aspect. At the same time the revised paper retreats from the most interesting claim of a causal role for cardiolipin deficiency in disease progression. We are left with a more convincing but less significant paper.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors find that DNA methylation-based clocks are generally less accurate at predicting age in cohorts with large proportions of non-European (especially African) ancestry, compared to cohorts with high European ancestry proportions (which more closely reflects the genetic composition of individuals included in training sets). They provide evidence for this ancestry bias via ancestry-stratified analyses, and in analyses of continuous ancestry proportion effects on clock error. They then test two hypothesized underlying causes of ancestry bias: that ancestry-differentiated SNPs disrupt CpG sites preventing methylation, and that ancestry-differentiated SNPs influence DNA methylation levels. They find clear evidence especially for the second cause, in the form of meQTL that influence clock CpG sites and vary in frequency across ancestry groups. Finally, the authors provide key discussions of potential paths forward to alleviate bias and improve portability for future clock algorithms.

      The topic is timely due to the increasing popularity of DNA methylation-based clocks and the acknowledgment that many algorithms (e.g., polygenic risk scores) lack portability when applied to cohorts that substantially differ in ancestry or other characteristics from the training set. This has been discussed to some degree for DNA methylation-based clocks, but could of course use more discussion and empirical attention, which the authors nicely provide using an impressive and diverse collection of data. The inclusion of data from multiple cohorts, the analysis of ancestry as a continuous variable, and the attempts to address the underlying causes of ancestry-based differences in accuracy provide comprehensive evidence that genetic background influences clock portability.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Ono et al., compared the activity of prime editor nickase PE2 and primer editor nuclease PEn in introducing SNPs and short exogenous DNA sequences into the zebrafish genome to model human disease variants. They find the nickase PE2 prime editor had a higher rate of precise integration for introducing single nucleotide substitutions, whereas the nuclease PEn prime editor showed improved precision of integration of short DNA sequences. In somatic tissue the percentage of SNP variant precision edits improved when using PE2 RNP injection instead of mRNA injection, but increased precision editing correlated with elevated indel formation. While PEn overall had higher rates of precision edits, the indel rate was also elevated. Similar rates were observed when introducing a 3 bp stop codon into the ror gene using a standard pegRNA with a 13-nucleotide homology arm, or a springRNA driving integration by NHEJ. Inclusion of an abasic sequence in the springRNA prevented imprecise edits caused by scaffold incorporation, but did not improve the overall percentage of precise edits in somatic tissue. Both PE2 and PEn showed higher frequency of 3 bp precision integration, compared to CRISPR HDR mediated knock-in using a single strand donor DNA template with short homology. Recovery of a germline ror-TGA integration allele using PEn with RNP was robust, resulting in 5 out of 10 founders transmitting a precise allele. The authors demonstrate PEn was effective at integration of a 30 bp nuclear localization signal into the 5' end of GFP in an existing muscle-specific reporter line. PEn-mediated integration of long sequences was further demonstrated by integration into the wls gene of a 46bp attP sequence for phiC31 integrase recombination. Additional analyses are needed to determine if the approach can be used to isolate stable germline alleles of variants that are potentially dominant negative or gain of function in nature.

      The conclusions of the paper are well supported, demonstrating PE2 increases precision, while PEn increases efficiency, for integrating short DNA sequences. Introducing longer sequences up to 46 bp wit PEn highlights the potential broad utility of this approach for insertion of functional motifs for protein modification and gene expression.

      (1) In Figure 3 the data indicates a significant increase in precise edits of the 3 bp TGA using PE2 RNP (11.5%) vs. PE2 mRNA (1.3%). At the adgrf3b locus both PE2 RNP, PE2 mRNA, PEn RNP and PEn mRNA were tested for introducing the 3 bp TGA and a longer 12 bp insertion. PEn RNP showed the highest rate of precision for integration of the longer 12 bp sequence. A comparison of somatic precision editing at additional loci, and analysis of germline transmission rates using PE2 vs. PEn, would support the conclusion that PEn is preferred for precise integration of longer templates, and recovery of germline integration alleles.

      (2) Figure 4 shows the results of introducing a TGA stop codon that is predicted to result in nonsense mediated decay. Testing the ability to also isolate different substitution mutations in the germline would be useful information for identifying the most effective approach for generating human disease variant models.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper carefully compares intramural vs. extramural National Institutes of Health funded research during 2009-2019, according to a variety of bibliometric indices. They find that extramural awards more cost-effectively fund outputs commonly used for academic review such as number of publications and citations per dollar, while intramural awards are more cost-effective at generating work that influences future clinical work, more closely in line with agency health goals.

      Strengths:

      Great care was taken in selecting and cleaning the data, and in making sure that intramural vs. extramural projects were compared appropriately. The data has statistical validation. The trends are clear and convincing.